2014 Catalog Online Programs 01/2014
Table of Contents Mission
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3
Education Philosophy
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4
History .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5
Degree Programs .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7
BUSINE S S IN T E L L IGE NC E
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8
. . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. Master of Science Degree Program
C OMP U T E R A NIM AT ION .
General Information
.
.
.
.
.
.
284
.
IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING
. . Master of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15 8
A DM IS SIONS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
285
18
M E DI A C OM M UNIC AT IONS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16 8
F IN A NC I A L A ID
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
287
C A R E E R DE V E L OP M E N T
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
289
T UI T ION BR E A K DO W N
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
290
GE NE R A L IN F OR M AT ION
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
291
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
293
ONL INE HOL IDAY SC HE DUL E
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
294
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
C R E AT I V E W R I T ING F OR E N T E R TA INM E N T
.
.
.
.
.
30
M E DI A DE SIGN
. . . . . . . Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
18 1
C R E AT I V E W R I T ING
. . . . . Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
42
MOBIL E DE V E L OP M E N T
. . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
18 9
DIGI TA L C INE M AT OGR A P H Y
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
51
MOBIL E G A M ING
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
201
E N T E R TA INM E N T BUSINE S S
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
63
M USIC BUSINE S S
. . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
209
E N T E R TA INM E N T BUSINE S S
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
75
M USIC P RODUC T ION
. . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
221
E N T E R TA INM E N T BUSINE S S
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
84
NE W M E DI A JOU R N A L ISM
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
233
GAME ART
.
.
.
.
.
.
2 41
295
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P UBL IC R E L AT IONS
ONL INE E DUC AT ION AT F UL L S A IL
. . . . . . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
G A M E DE SIGN
. . . . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 3
SP OR T S M A R K E T ING & M E DI A
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
251
S T UDE N T SE R V IC E S
GR A P HIC DE SIGN
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
115
W E B DE SIGN & DE V E L OP M E N T
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
263
P OL IC IE S & P ROC E DU R E S
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
12 6
EDUC AT ION M E DI A DE SIGN & T EC HNOL OGY
.
.
.
275
INS T RUC T ION A L DE SIGN & T EC HNOL OGY
.
.
.
.
13 6
IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
279
IN T E R NSHIP
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
282
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
283
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program
with a Sports Management Elective Track Master of Science Degree Program
. . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
INNOVAT ION & E N T R E P R E NEU R SHIP Master of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program
IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING
. . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
91
14 5
. . . . . Master of Science Degree Program
Master of Arts Degree Program
. . . Master of Arts Degree Program
.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certificate Graduate Certificate .
.
.
.
.
.
DEGR E E P ROGR A MS ON C A M P US
ONL INE C L A S S SC HE DUL E S
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
296
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
296
C L OC K HOU R -T O - C R E DI T HOU R C ON V E R SION .
.
.
303
L IC E NSE S & AC C R E DI TAT ION
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
303
A DM INIS T R AT ION .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
305
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2
Introduction MISSION
People from around the world come to Full Sail to pursue their educational goals, and they share one thing in common – a passion for creative careers in the entertainment and media industry. Full Sail’s mission is to provide students with an innovative style of education, delivered by a staff of dedicated individuals, that addresses the career opportunities available in an ever-growing, constantly evolving industry. We do this by developing unique curricula that combine elements of creativity, art, business and life skills, technical prowess, and academic achievement. Our education is delivered via immersive teaching methods, both in Full Sail’s real-world production studios and classrooms, as well as through our online learning environment. Every one of our degree programs is designed to provide students with knowledge and real-world experience that will help them realize their career goals in the entertainment and media industry.
I NT RODUC T I ON
|
Mission
3
Introduction EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Empower our students through an active relationship with the entertainment and media industry Full Sail is dedicated to serving the needs and careers of our students and graduates by actively engaging the companies that make up the entertainment and media industry, both in the United States and around the world. At Full Sail, every degree program goes through ongoing assessment and evolution, ensuring that students receive an education that is current and relevant. This is accomplished through industry feedback and insight, and the specific guidance of groups of entertainment and media professionals who make up Program Advisory Committees for each of our degrees. In addition, our commitment to a close relationship with the industry allows employers to easily recruit qualified talent, and also allows our Career Development Department to promote our graduates to the widest possible audience.
Connect students with educators and industry guests who inspire and challenge The core of Full Sail is our staff, many of whom bring years of industry credentials and educational experience to our campus. Because many of our educators and guests are active in the professional community through conventions, industry affiliations, and professional projects, they are able to inspire students with current knowledge that speaks to how entertainment and media companies create exceptional professional product.
Provide learning environments that are real world
Promote professionalism throughout the educational experience
Full Sail’s online courses and degrees are driven by a real-world approach that uses current technology to educate and inspire. Through the capabilities of today’s Internet, traditional assignments are complemented by videos, animations, and interactive exercises. Our online learning environment is also built around the concept of connecting you with people – from accessible instructors, to exclusive guest lecturers, to collaboration tools that enable you to meet, share, and receive feedback from your peers.
We believe that students should approach their education like professionals because it will increase their chance for success throughout their careers. There are initiatives woven throughout a student’s educational journey designed to instill professional protocol, attitude, and a mindset for creativity and success. These elements are integral to our real-world educational formula, alongside up-to-date curricula, professional settings, immersive projects, and experienced educators.
Full Sail’s campus is designed to provide students with educational environments that are on par with some of the best production facilities in the world. In these studios, labs, and classrooms, students gain real-world experience with the creative and technical tools employed at all levels of the industry. At the same time, they learn the same production workflow used in film productions, recording sessions, live events, animation and design projects, and in the development of video games, websites, and entertainment business strategies. Whether on campus or online, Full Sail’s goal is to deliver a real-world educational experience that is engaging and exceptional.
I NT RODUC T I ON
|
Eductional Philosophy
4
You can get there from here
Our
History
1996
SOME HIGHL IGH T S
First
GRAMMY®
1997
WINNING
Since Full Sail’s inception in 1979, over 34,000 graduates have prepared for careers in the entertainment and media industry. The following features some of the highlights of Full Sail’s history as well as that of our graduates. In 1980, Full Sail moved from its original home in Dayton, Ohio to Orlando, Florida. During the six years that followed, new audio courses were added to the original recording arts offering until, in 1986, the Recording Arts Comprehensive Program was introduced. In 1988, a new curriculum with a focus on the visual arts was born — the Video and Film Production Comprehensive Program. In July 1989, Full Sail moved into its current home in Winter Park, Florida (a suburb of Orlando) which has since expanded into a 110+ studio multimedia campus.
1979
EST.
8 Graduate credits
Titanic
Graduate
August 1990 marked a milestone in history when Full Sail received accreditation allowing students to earn Specialized Associate Degrees upon successful completion of the curricula in the Recording Arts and/or Film and Video Production Programs. A third Specialized Associate Degree in Digital Media was launched in March 1995 – this addition marked Full Sail’s entrance into training for the vast, emerging field of interactive media.
Top Grossing Film of All Time OSCAR® Winner for “Best Picture”
1996 Full Sail earns the Florida-based Educational Award for Most Innovative Program as well as Educator of the Year
1994
3 Graduate credits on
The Rolling Stones
Voodoo Lounge Tour
Top Grossing World Tour 1994
March 1998 witnessed the introduction of the Game Design Specialized Associate Degree as well as the Show Production & Touring Specialized Associate Degree. In January of that same year, Full Sail achieved additional accreditation and licensing enabling students to earn Associate of Science Degrees in Recording Arts, Film and Video Production, and Digital Media.
1995
Graduate credit on
Braveheart
OSCAR® Winner for “Best Picture”
1991 1980 Moved to Orlando, Florida
1996
Graduate credit on
Graduate credits on
Nirvana’s Nevermind
Kiss
#1 Album (Billboard 200)
1989 Full Sail moves into its current home in Winter Park, Florida
1979 Founded in Dayton, Ohio
1987
Graduate credit on
Michael Jackson’s Bad 8 million copies sold
1997 Lycos presents Full Sail with their Top Five Percent Award for the school’s website
Reunion Tour
Top Grossing World Tour ‘96 1989-1991 For three years in succession, Full Sail wins the prestigious TEC Award (Technical Excellence and Creativity) for Best Recording School/Program, presented annually by Mix Magazine
1990
Graduate credit on
LL Cool J Mama Said Knock You Out
1995
1998
Graduate credit on
EMMY®
PIXAR’S Toy Story
WINNING Graduate
#1 Box Office Film - OSCAR® Nominated
XVIII Olympic Games
“Most Outstanding Technical Team”
#1 Billboard Rap Single
I NT RODUC T I ON
|
Our History
5
Our History (Cont.) In February of 1999, a new accredited program was introduced — the Computer Animation Associate of Science Degree. Additionally, the Game Design and Show Production & Touring Programs were modified and approved to be offered as Associate of Science Degrees.
October 2007 was a historic month, with the introduction of Full Sail’s first online degree program — an online version of the school’s existing Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program. The launch of this first online degree was years in the making and saw the school build a proprietary online learning platform from the ground up.
In November 2003, Full Sail offered its first Bachelor’s Degree - the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program. In addition, the Game Development Degree Program was revised and expanded to become a Bachelor of Science Degree Program.
In December 2007, Full Sail launched a new on-campus degree program — the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree — designed to meet the growing demand for game-specific artists. In January 2008, Full Sail launched two additional online degree programs — the Education Media Design & Technology Master of Science Degree and the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree, and a new on-campus degree program — the Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree.
Another milestone was achieved in August 2005 when three of Full Sail’s Associate of Science Degrees were revised and expanded to become Bachelor of Science Degrees – Computer Animation, Digital Arts & Design (formerly Digital Media), and Film. In April of 2006, the Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree Program changed focus slightly and was renamed Music Business.
In March 2008, Full Sail was granted University status and became known as Full Sail University. Since then, the school has continued to expand its online and campus degree offerings into new fields, including Game Design, Internet Marketing, Graphic Design, and more, while also revising and expanding its flagship Recording Arts and Show Production programs to be offered as Bachelor of Science Degrees.
In June 2007, Full Sail launched its first Master of Science Degree in Entertainment Business, and in July 2007, Full Sail launched a new Associate of Science Degree in Graphic Design.
2002
“One of the Top 5 Game Degree Programs in the World”
2003
2005-2007
Graduate credit on
Graduate Directs
Saw 2,3,4
Lord of the Rings: Return of the King
– Electronic Gaming Monthly
#1 Box Office Film on Halloween 3 Years in a Row
OSCAR® Winner for “Best Picture”
2003
Graduate credit on
PIXAR’S The Incredibles
OSCAR® Winner for “Best Animated Feature Film”
Throughout the world, Full Sail graduates are employed in music recording, film production, video production, animation, sound design, web development, concert sound, concert lighting, postproduction, game design, music, interactive title development, graphic design, virtual reality and simulation, entertainment companies, and worldwide corporations. Hundreds of media businesses have been built and GRAMMY®, Emmy®, Addy®, and Recording Industry Association of America (Gold and Platinum Records) awards have been earned by numerous alumni. In addition, 2005 marked the first graduate to ever be nominated for an OSCAR.
2003 GRAMMY® “Album of the Year”
Outkast Speakerboxxx/ The Love Below 3 Graduates Win
2005
First Graduate
OSCAR Nomination
®
2007 Full Sail’s redesigned website receives multiple nominations in the Webby Awards for Best Home/ Welcome Page and Best Website - School
2014
TODAY
2008 Full Sail University named School/College of the Year by the Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools & Colleges (FAPSC)
2005
“One of the 3 Best Music Business Departments” – Schools That Rock
The Rolling Stone College Guide
2005
“One of the Top 5 Film Schools in the Country” – UNleashed Magazine (2005)
2005
“One of the 5 Best Music Programs in the Country”
2007
“Full Sail is the Harvard of Game Schools” – Tips & Tricks Magazine
2009 Full Sail University celebrates its 30th Anniversary & inaugural Hall of Fame Inductees
2006
111
Graduates involved with GRAMMY®
nominated projects
– Rolling Stone Magazine
I NT RODUC T I ON
|
Our History
6
Degree
Programs DE GRE E P ROGRAM S
7
Business
Computer Intelligence Animation Master of Science Degree Program
The explosive of data from theProgram Bachelor ofgrowth Science Degree Internet, social networks, business networks, as well as the evolution of data management systems, has given businesses, government and other organizations the tools to amass a wealth of information about the individuals and entities they engage with in a wide variety of transactions. Organizations are now recognizing the value this ocean of data represents. This awareness has fueled the need for professionals that can mine it, analyze it, and turn it into effective strategic and operational actions. In Full Sail University’s Business Intelligence master of science degree program, you’ll learn how to collect, manage, mine, analyze, interpret, and create visual representations of Big Data using a variety of tools and technologies. You’ll examine topics including data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies,
and develop key technical and analytical skills in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development through a series of integrated learning activities.
Each of your courses will contribute to the development of your capstone project, which will be to design and plan the implementation of a data warehouse – a comprehensive database supplied by a variety of external sources. You will demonstrate your abilities as a BI professional by conducting your own research, developing and presenting your findings and recommendations.
Areas of Focus Foundations of Business Fine Arts Intelligence Modeling BI Technologies Animation
BI Analytics Effects Personal Development Final Project/ & Leadership Demo Reel Creation Skills
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
8
BI systems
t
ING
Areas of Focus
core B U S INES S
processes
core
use BUSINESS
DATA CTS processes management
technologies
statistical DATA INFERENCE management
technologies ing
PERSUASIVE
statisticalskills
ionINFERENCE
SS ent
PERSUASIVE
skills
NESS LIGENCE
ATIONS OF SS INTELLIGENCE
ment
NOLOGIES RTING
S
Foundations of Business Intelligence
BI
data management
systems
REPORTING TOOLS
data data BUSINESS management
online
BI
transactional
PROCESSING INTELLIGENCEsystems REPORTING MINING online data TOOLS transactional data warehouse PROCESSING
MINING
PROJECTS
core
data
BUSINESS FOUNDATIONS process OF online online DATADATA set PREDICTIVE data EVALUATION transactional ANALYTIC BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE analysis ANALYTIC processing modeling EVALUATION warehouse PROCESSING
online data
process analysis PROJECTS PROCESS managament PREDICTIVE
processing
modelingBI TECHNOLOGIES
listening
PROCESS managamentBI ANALYTICS
B U S INES S
process analysis
project
active
listening
data management
processes
BI systems
REPORTING TOOLS
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS
DATA
management
technologies
data
warehouse PROJECTS
management
MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT
implementation
core
project
listening
active
set
processes
MINING
active
implementation
REPORTING
DATA online
ANALYTIC management
Creating effective business intelligence solutions relies on a data scientist’s foundational knowledge of the core concepts, processes, and tools of business intelligence. In the Business Intelligence program, you’ll be introduced to the core business processes – as well as the network, online, data management and reporting tools – that represent the building blocks management of BI systems. Upon completion of the program students will have a thorough understanding of the TOOLS key components needed to construct an effective business intelligence infrastructure.
REPORTING
sys
data DATA set BI Technologies EVALUATION warehouse
d
MIN
management
processing technologies intelligence technologies are key building REPORTINGBusinessPROJECTS blocks of a BI solution. In the Business Intelligence
project
MANAGEMENT statistical
INFERENCE
BI
systems PERSUASIVE
skills
data
MINING
master’s program you’ll acquire an understanding of management data management technologies, with an emphasis REPORTING on thePREDICTIVE design and creation of a data warehouse.
modeling
Your courses will teach you the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects, including architecture and physical design. You’ll explore BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions of BI technology, including database implementation administration, data warehousing, and data mining. You will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing, and learn common business intelligence tasks including reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. PROCESSING
PROCESS managament
p ana
acti
liste
online
transactional
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
9
TA
ment
gies
al
data Areas of Focus
warehouse
process analysis
TOOLS
data management
BI systems
warehouse PROJECTS
data
MINING
data process
Throughout the program, you’ll learn how PREDICTIVE warehouse technologies such as data warehouses, data
MINING analysis modeling PROJECTS cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing (OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute information. You’ll also develop an understanding of basic statistical and analytic techniques used in implementation the evaluation of large data sets.
PREDICTIVE
PROCESS modeling managament
process active analysis listening
technologies
management
project REPORTING BI ANALYTICS
MANAGEMENT listening
data
DATA set DATA EVALUATION management
processing
BI
Extracting meaningful information from an organization’s data management system is a critical step in supporting decision-making within the world of business intelligence. Your lessons in the Business TOOLS Intelligence master’s program will cover topics including statistical inference, decision-making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in project-planning situations.
REPORTING data
online
ANALYTIC BI TECHNOLOGIES
project systemsactive
implementation
set
EVALUATION
analysis
active REPORTING PROCESS listening BI Analytics managament kills
IVE
DATA
process processing
data
management
processes
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
ANALYTIC PREDICTIVE
B U SIN ESS
PROCESSING
online
modeling
NCE
transactional FOUNDATIONS OF
MINING
PROJECTS
core
online
data
management
statistical REPORTING
MANAGEMENT
INFERENCE
online
PERSUASIVE
transactional PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT
skills
PROCESSING AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS
online
transactional online
DATA
PROCESSING ANALYTIC
processing
online
project ANALYTIC MANAGEMENT
processing
set
EVALUATION
DATA
set management
EVALUATION REPORTING B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
10
ntation
Areas of Focus
BI ANALYTICS
data
DATA statistical
active
warehouse modeling project PREDICTIVE
management INFERENCE
technologies listening
CESS ament
MANAGEMENT PROJECTS
PERSUASIVE
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS
BI systems
statistical BUSINESS
implementation
PROCESS managament
skills
INFERENCE INTELLIGENCE
skills
data
MINING
process analysis
During your time in the Business Intelligence program, your courses will support the development of your communication and leadership abilities by emphasizing skills such as active listening, BI ANALYTICS negotiation, project management, and presentation skills. You’ll also learn how to match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Additionally, you will build vital management skills such as vendor selection, management reporting, meeting management, PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT and legal issues that affect BI policy execution.
active
listening
AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS
online
DATA set transactional EVALUATION
processing MINING REPORTING
PROCESSING
project
modeling
process analysis
core
data management active
implementation BPROCESS U SI N ESS
FOUNDATIONS OF
In order to successfully adopt and implement a BI BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE proposal, a business intelligence professional must be able to elicit information from participants, and explain complex concepts and processes to different audiences. They must also have the persuasive skills to encourage buy-in and organizational change, as well as the leadership skills to manage BI TECHNOLOGIES implementation processes.
listening
online
online datamanagement ANALYTIC
active
PREDICTIVE
Personal Development PERSUASIVE PMENT & Leadership Skills
KILLS
process analysis
management
REPORTING
online
MANAGEMENT
ANALYTIC
processing
project
REPORTING listening
managament processes
BI
systems
MANAGEMENT
TOOLS
transactional
PROCESSING
data
DATA
technologies
online
processing statistical
INFERENCE
project
MINING
PROJECTS
DATA
ANALYTIC
data
warehouse
management
set
EVALUATION
process analysis
PREDICTIVE
modeling
management
MANAGEMENT
PERSUASIVE
skills
REPORTING
active
implementation
PROCESS managament B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
listening |
Master of Science Degree Program
11
Overview The Business Intelligence master of science degree program prepares students for careers in Big Data, including business analysts, data warehouse administrators, and consultants. Business Intelligence master of science students receive graduate-level instruction that develops the technical, business, and analytic competencies necessary to inform effective organizational decision-making. Graduate courses in data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies introduce core knowledge and skills through a series of interconnected learning experiences. Students further develop key technical and analytical skills in courses that address topics such as data mining methodologies, pattern recognition and analysis, and process modeling. As they complete the program, students will refine
Objective their critical thinking and communication skills by examining a variety of realworld business challenges, through advanced lessons in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development. Each course will develop the student’s academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities. Throughout the program, students will develop their capstone thesis project focusing on building a data warehouse, which they will deliver in the final month of the degree.
Today’s businesses have access to a vast amount of information that can be utilized to improve their products and services, make their companies run more effectively, and transform their business. As such, utilizing Big Data to make informed business decisions is a rapidly growing trend for businesses around the world. The objective of the Business Intelligence master of science degree program is to prepare students to collect, manage, prepare, analyze, interpret, and communicate this information for the improvement of specific business processes and to inform business decisions. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to effectively utilize data for the improvement of business results. It will also be accomplished through project-based learning activities and guided academic research applications, which will enable students to use the appropriate tools and technologies for data management, analysis, visualization, and communication.
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
12
Business Intelligence
Master of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
BIN 560
Business Intelligence Analytics
3.00
BIN 680
Business Intelligence Capstone
3.00
BIN 660
Business Intelligence Case Studies
3.00
BIN 650
Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills
3.00
BIN 550
Business Intelligence Technologies
3.00
BIN 580
Data Mining
3.00
BIN 630
Data Visualization and Creative Reporting
3.00
BIN 530
Enterprise Data Management
3.00
BIN 520
Foundations of Business Intelligence
3.00
MDL 501
Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership
3.00
BIN 610
Patterns and Recognition
3.00
BIN 620
Process Modeling and Analysis
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP
FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
ENTERPRISE DATA MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE TECHNOLOGIES
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE ANALYTICS
6
7
8
9
10
DATA MINING
PATTERNS & RECOGNITION
PROCESS MODELING & ANALYSIS
DATA VISUALIZATION & CREATIVE REPORTING
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE LEADERSHIP & COMMUNICATION SKILLS
11
12
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE CASE STUDIES
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE CAPSTONE
36.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
36 48
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
13
Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 560
BIN 660
BIN 650
Business Intelligence Analytics
Business Intelligence Case Studies
The Business Intelligence Analytics Course provides an overview of fundamental concepts, tools, and techniques used to extract meaningful information from an organization’s data in order to support effective decision making. The course will further develop students’ understanding of statistical and analytic techniques used in forecasting and predictive analysis. Special emphasis will be placed on probability and an introduction to the Bayesian Paradigm and Bayesian statistical methods. Lessons will cover topics including statistical inference, decision making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments will emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in the planning of BI projects and data warehouse projects.
The Business Intelligence Case Studies Course will synthesize student learning through case analysis and the practical application of business intelligence (BI) analytic processes to a range of business problems. Throughout the course, students will use a series of case studies to address a variety of real-world problems involving enterprise level business analysis. The course will focus use of BI processes, tools, and techniques to generate viable solutions to complex problems in a variety of domains. Activities will focus on developing the creative problem solving and critical thinking skills to support the range of BI decisionmaking processes from identification and analysis of problems to the presentation of results. Students will practice virtual meetings, interviews, and presentation skills in a variety of group and individual exercises.
Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills
Course Outline Online Analytic Processing (OLAP)
Decision Making Under Uncertainty
Bayesian Statistical Methods
Forecasting and Predictive Analysis
Statistical Inference
Total credit hours
3.00
Course Outline
The Business Intelligence Leadership and Communication Skills Course will refine students’ abilities to listen, ask questions, and explain complex processes, policies, and results to variety of audiences across an organization. Students will match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Lessons cover a variety of operational topics including vendor selection, management reporting, and legal issues that affect business intelligence (BI) policy and implementation. Exercises will emphasize skills necessary for successful BI professionals including listening, negotiation, and meeting management. Students will also work to finalize their capstone project presentation.
Course Outline
Case Analysis
Creative Problem Solving and Critical Thinking
Listening
Academic Research and Methodologies
Create Effective Presentations in a Range of Media
Project Planning
Academic Research and Methodologies
Vendor Selection
Negotiation
Course length
Enterprise Level Business Analysis
Budgeting
Meeting Management
Total credit hours
Management Reporting
Academic Research and Methodologies
4 weeks
BIN 680
Business Intelligence Capstone The Business Intelligence Capstone Course will provide students with an opportunity to demonstrate mastery of program curriculum as they deliver their data warehouse and present key findings to colleagues and project stakeholders. Students will present a final thesis document that summarizes the project, methodologies, key results, and recommendations. In addition to presenting a functional data warehouse and executive dashboard, students will deliver a presentation that summarizes their project, results, and recommendations through the effective use appropriate data visualization and infographics. The final presentation will emphasize professional communication and critical thinking skills as much as technical competence.
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Legal Issues that Effect BI Policy and Implementation
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Written Report Including Project Plan, Methodology, and Recommendations
Presentation, Infographics, and Visualization
Data Warehouse and Dashboard
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
14
Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 550
BIN 580
BIN 530
Business Intelligence Technologies
Data Mining
Enterprise Data Management
The Business Intelligence Technologies Course develops students’ understanding of data management technologies and processes that support successful business intelligence (BI) systems with an emphasis on the design and creation of a data warehouse. Lessons cover the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects including architecture and physical design. Topics include the basics of extract, transform, and load (ETL) processes as well as the implementation and management of data warehouses. Students will explore common BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions of BI technology including database administration, data warehousing, and data mining. The course will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing (OLTP) and explore common BI tasks including reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. Students will learn how technologies such as data warehouses, data cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing (OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute organizational information. Case analysis and real-world examples will provide students with an introduction to basic statistical and analytic tools used by BI to solve problems and improve decision making in a variety of industries and contexts.
The Data Mining Course will examine how data mining tools, techniques, and intelligent processes are used to identify patterns in data that yield information, insight, and enterprise intelligence. Students will explore data mining concepts and practical techniques and methodologies for extracting information from large data sets using algorithms. Lessons will cover a variety of data mining and machinelearning processes and concepts including clustering, association, classification, and outlier analysis. Students will apply course concepts as they use professional data-mining tools on large data sets. This course will also address estimating the value of data mining insights and examine project management and reporting issues specific to data mining.
Course Outline Extract, Transform, and Load (ETL)
Online Analytic Processing (OLAP)
BI Systems Architecture
Common BI Tasks
Database Administration, Data Warehousing, and Data Mining
Basic Statistical and Analytic Tools
Online Transactional Processing (OLTP)
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
Algorithms and Machine Learning
Estimating Value of Insights and Discoveries
Data Mining Tools Classification
Project Management and Planning
The Enterprise Data Management Course explores the “big picture” of enterprise data systems and sources, taking a holistic approach to knowledge management within organizations. This course will introduce enterprise and management-level information systems that support business processes including enterprise resource planning (ERP), decision support systems (DSS), supply chain management (SCM), knowledge management systems (KMS), customer relationship management (CRM), and human resources information systems (HRIS). Students will explore the impact of the Internet on traditional IT systems management with particular focus on the technical and policy impact personal smart devices and the unique security issues raised by mobile applications, social media, and cloudbased systems. The course will also introduce students to the fundamentals of logical data models and database design. Assignments focus on the communication and presentation of complex technical information to a range of non-technical audiences. Students will receive their Capstone business case that they’ll use to develop a project plan, data warehouse, final report, and presentation to be delivered at the completion of their degree Month 12.
Clustering and Association
Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Course Outline
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
BIN 630
Data Visualization and Creative Reporting The Data Visualization and Creative Reporting Course will sharpen students’ abilities to present complex results to a wide range of audiences across an organization. Students will learn about practical techniques and the latest tools for developing impactful data visualizations and infographics. The course will address concepts and design considerations for dashboards, user interface, and web-based reporting and examine how each supports a variety of knowledge management requirements. The course will address the use of dashboards, including web-based and desktop widgets and stand-alone software applications. Students will also explore current technical and user interface considerations of responsive web design as well as data-fusion techniques and the presentation of real-time, locationbased, and social network data.
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
Logical Data Models and Database Design
Management Information Systems (MIS)
Communicating with Nontechnical Audiences
Decision Support Systems (DSS)
Academic Research and Methodologies
Mobile Applications, Social Media, and Cloud-Based Systems
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Data Visualization and Infographics
User Interface Design
Virtual Presentations
Mobile Reporting
Dashboards
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
15
Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 520
MDL 501
BIN 610
Foundations of Business Intelligence
Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership
Patterns and Recognition
The Foundations of Business Intelligence Course introduces students to the core concepts, processes, and tools of Business Intelligence. Lessons will introduce business process analysis (BPA) and cover the core business processes that business intelligence (BI) systems seek to address including finance and accounting, marketing, operations, and human resources. Students will explore the basics of common network, Internet, and BI architecture and technologies including data warehouses, data marts, and reporting tools and dashboard. Students will also develop a foundational knowledge of project management considerations for the design, development, and implementation of effective BI systems. Case study and interactive assignments will illustrate how elements of an effective BI system are used to solve a variety of real-world business problems. Finally, students will explore the structure of a formal literature review as they contrast business and academic research methods in preparation for the selection of their Capstone Thesis topic.
At the level of a master’s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the student’s first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.
The Patterns and Recognition Course will examine advanced data-mining concepts and techniques used to identify meaningful statistical patterns and relationships in data. Students will explore the use of algorithms in a variety of BI processes from basic pattern recognition to search engines and real-time analysis (RTA). Assignments will use case studies to emphasize the role of data mining in supporting effective organizational decision making. Students will also examine how algorithms are used to support social network analysis as well as speech and image recognition. Students will apply course concepts using data-mining tools to examine live data sets that support development of their capstone project.
Course Outline Business Process Analysis (BPA)
Project Management
Networking and Internet Technologies
Academic and Business Research Methods
BI Architecture
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Literature Review
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Advanced Data-Mining Tools and Techniques
Social Network Analysis
Real-Time Analysis (RTA)
Speech and Image Recognition
Pattern Recognition
Academic Research and Methodologies
Search Engines
Mastery Concepts
In-Depth Immersion and Reflection
Case Studies
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Leadership Principles
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
16
Course Descriptions Program Core BIN 620
Process Modeling and Analysis The Process Modeling and Analysis Course will address how business intelligence systems are used to support the analysis and improvement of business processes. In addition to an exploration of business process modeling (BPM), process simulation modeling (PSIM), and enterprise risk modeling the course will examine a variety of statistical simulation and modeling concepts including model validation, sensitivity estimation, and Monte Carlo simulation. Lessons will also cover AB testing and optimization through simulation, including the use of Bayesian statistics in simulations used to support optimization processes. Selected cases and assignments will explore practical application of business-process analytics in solving real-world quality control, user-experience, and process-improvement problems. Students will also explore the application of course concepts in decision support systems (DSS) and the selection of key performance indicators (KPIs), including the use of balanced scorecards to monitor organization performance.
Course Outline Process Simulation Modeling (PSIM)
Monte Carlo Simulation
Enterprise Risk Modeling
AB Testing
Statistical Simulation
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
Optimization
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
|
Master of Science Degree Program
17
Computer
Animation Bachelor Degree Program BachelorofofScience Science Degree Program
It hasn’t been that long since “animation” meant teams of artists working long hours to make individual 2D cels. For most of the 20th century, that was the way animated shows and features were made. But the 21st century has seen computers become essential tools for animators, with increased processing power and more sophisticated software combining to move the bulk of animation from the cel to the CPU. Whether for animated shows and feature films, video games, or as special effects in live-action films, computer animation is an integral part of the way artists get their vision onto screens.
To become one of those artists, you’ll need to understand the art, the techniques, and the technology that professional animators use to bring their creations to life. In this collaboration-oriented online program, you’ll learn the tools of the trade that you’ll need to become a 21st century 3D artist.
Areas of Focus Fine Arts Fine Arts Modeling
Modeling Animation Animation
Effects EffectsProject/ Final Demo Reel Final Project/ Creation Demo Reel Creation
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
18
art concepts
Areas of Focus
life
SCULPTING
LIGHTING
texturing
DRAWING
curves
Fine Arts modeling
3D
MODELING
BASICS
2D 3D
ANIMATION
anatomical
MODELING
SURFACES
c h a ra c t e r
body
LANGUAGE
TECHNIQUES
RIGGING
storyBOARDING
demo REEL
character MODELING
realistic
P R OF E S S I ONAL
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
CAMERA
lighting effects
EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION
SPECIAL effects
COMPUTER ANIMATION
art art
craft
MODELING
MODELING
TECHNIQUE
TRADITIONAL
FINE ARTS
TECH N I QUE
craftcraft life
TRADITIONAL
FINE ARTS
TECHNIQUE
concepts
life DRAWING
life DRAWING
curves
SURFACES The journey of becoming successful in the computer animation industry starts with building a foundation in traditional art. Our curriculum is built on the skills, concepts. and techniques that will enable M O T I Oand N appreciate the holistic LANGUAGE students to understand approach artists must use in the animation process. Using traditional mediums such as graphite, color pencil, and clay you will learn how to manipulate MOVEMENT the elements of PARTICLE art to create designs that work in EFFECTS ACTIONS the three-dimensional world. Hands-on exercises in illustration, color theory, character development, life drawing, and sculpting will help you produce believable characters and compositionally sound environments.
character
body
dynamics
realistic
Modeling
texturing
COMPUTER ANIMATION
craft
concepts
DRAWING
SCULPTING
LIGHTING
3D
texturing
BASICS
life DRAWING
curves
anatomical modeling curves C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON | MODELING Bachelor of Science Degree Program B A S I C S SURFACES
3D
modeling
Creating believable models is an essential element of computer animation. With three courses devoted solely to modeling, you’ll gradually develop the strategies and skills needed to use computer modeling tools efficiently. After getting a foundation in surface creation, 3D modeling basics, trimming and blending, and curves and surfaces, you’ll move on to advanced modeling techniques – production modeling, surface flow, anatomical modeling – utilizing the same real-world SCULPTING workflow as professional animators.
SURFACES
SC
LIGH
tex
an
M 19
curves 3D
Areas of Focus modeling I CCS E S S UB RA SF A
body
character MOTION
craft
T E C H N IQ U E
LANGUAGE
dynamics
realistic 3D PARTICLE
EFFECTS modeling MOVEMENT BASICS
ACTIONS
character MOTION Animation
dynamics
anatomical
anatomical MODELING MODELING curves SURFACES
cha ra c t e r body RIGGING
life
LANGUAGE
SCULPTING
LIGHTING
texturing
DRAWING
realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS
char act er
storyBOARDING RIGGINGstory BOARDING
demo REEL P R O F E S S I O NA L
character MODELING
anatomical curvesdemo MODELING character SURFACES
body
LANGUAGE
realistic
MOVEMENT PARTICLE models to life is the goal Bringing computer of the EFFECTS animation process, and the curriculum at FullACTIONS Sail teaches you the tools and techniques you’ll need to do just that. First, you’ll learn basic animation skills and the fundamentals of powerful software packages like Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Then you’ll build on those basics with 2D and 3D techniques like character motion, body language, and character rigging as you use all your artistic skills together with technology to make your creations move.
PRO FESSIO NA L
MODELING
REEL
character
RIGGING
demo REEL PROFESSIONAL
texturing
SPECIAL COMPUTER storyBOARDING effects
texturing
ANIMATION
SPECIAL
effects character MODELING
art TRADITIONAL
FINE ARTS
concepts
texturing SPECIAL
3
effects
MODELING
2D 3D
ANIMATION
TECHNIQUES
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
20
2D 3D
TECHNIQUES TECHNIQUES
Areas of Focus
CAMERA CAMERA
dynamics dynamics PARTICLE
lighting lighting effects effects
aft
E
deling
SICS
cter TION
ics
ICLE
MOTION
ECTS
PARTICLE EFFECTS
EFFECTS
Integration
life
It’s one thing to build a model and make it move, it’s something else to make it look real (or unreal, if DRAWING that is what you are shooting for). The next phase is to take your computer-built 3D creations to the next level of realism by integrating them into live-action sequences. By using tracking and compositing software packages such as Syntheyes and Nuke, you’ll be able to integrate your digital creations SURFACES into live-action film footage. Once you bring the two together, you’ll learn how to use Apple Color and Final Cut Pro to polish and finalize your work, creating a seamlessly integrated scene.
curves
body
LANGUAGE
realistic MOVEMENT ACTIONS
RIGGING
LANGUAGE LANGUAGE
realistic realistic MOVEMENT MOVEMENT
demo demo REEL PROFESSIONAL P R OF ES S IONAL
ACTIONS ACTIONS
REEL
character character MODELING MODELING texturing texturing
Final Project/ SCULPTING Demo Reel Creation
SPECIAL SPECIAL
LIGHTING
All of the skills you’ve developed and polished during the Computer Animation program come together in the final project course. You’ll start by coming up with a concept to show your artistic strengths as a 3D artist. Then you’ll enter the planning stage, anatomical where you’ll need to develop concept art and create storyboards. After setting out your goals and timeline during preproduction, you’ll go through the process of generating content that fits your chosen area of focus – whether that’s developing models and adding textures and lighting, implementing visual effects, animating developed characters, creating natural phenomena using particles, compositing CG elements into film plates, or developing models adding textures and lights.
eeffffeeccttss
texturing
MODELING character
RIGGING
demo PROFESSI ONAL
storyBOARDING
FINE ARTS
art TRADITIONAL
concepts
character MODELING
In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your teachers will re-evaluate the art and animation REELyour classes, and help you’ve created throughout you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry you’re most interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your technical proficiency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career.
COMPUTER ANIMATION
MODELING
ANIMATION
texturing SPECIAL
effects
2D 3D TECHNIQUES
EFFECTS & DEMO REEL CRATION
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
CAMERA
lighting effects
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
21
Areas of Focus
Overview The Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program at Full Sail is centered on real-world production processes. From storyboarding, sketching, and modeling to character animation, special effects, and final compositing, the Computer Animation degree program at Full Sail takes you through the entire production pipeline. Our program starts by getting you familiar with the art concepts behind animation; drawing, sculpting, and other traditional forms of expression are essential parts of getting your art onto the computer. You’ll also learn the basic principles behind computer-generated models, characters, animation, and visual effects. Then you’ll put those principles to use just like animation pros do when developing films, TV shows, commercials, and games. By using the same hardware and software as professional animation studios, you’ll gain the skills you’ll need to hit the ground running when you embark on your career. To highlight these skills, you’ll finish your education by creating a demo reel that showcases your best work.
Objective Learning the essential art and technology elements of this field is just one part of the Computer Animation program. You’ll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the animation industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer character animation and visual effects needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, visual effects animators, lighters, and renderers. Besides the program’s strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related fields. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
COMPUTER ANIMATION
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
22
Computer Animation
Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
CGA 221
2D Animation
CGA 121
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
4.00
ART 2006
Art History
4.00
3D Foundations
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
CGA 461
Animation Production
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
CGA 321
Character Animation I
3.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
CGA 322
Character Animation II
4.00
PHY 1000
Fundamentals of Physics†
4.00
CGA 342
Character Design and Creation
4.00
MTG 1205
Geometry and Measurement†
4.00
CGA 451
Character Rigging I
4.00
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation†
4.00
CGA 453
Character Rigging II
3.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
CGA 241
Compositing Fundamentals
4.00
CGA 356
Compositing and Scene Finishing
4.00
CGA 131
Fundamentals of Animation
3.00
CGA 101
Fundamentals of Art I
3.00
CGA 102
Fundamentals of Art II
3.00
CGA 112
Methods of Design
4.00
DIG 1301
Model Creation†
4.00
ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
3.00
CGA 482
Portfolio Assembly
4.00
CGA 471
Portfolio Content Creation I
4.00
CGA 474
Portfolio Content Creation II
4.00
CGA 475
Portfolio Content Creation III
4.00
CGA 351
Portfolio Preproduction
7.00
CGA 352
Production Modeling
4.00
CAB 101
Project Management and Assessment I
1.00
CAB 302
Project Management and Assessment II
2.00
CAB 403
Project Management and Assessment III
2.00
GRA 1161
Shading and Lighting†
4.00
CGA 366
Visual Development
4.00
Credit Hours
Totals:
†
98.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
ART HISTORY
6
7
8
9
10
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I
3D FOUNDATIONS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II
MODEL CREATION
SHADING & LIGHTING
11
12
13
14
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
128 128
METHODS OF DESIGN
CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION
GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT
16
17
18
19
20
PRODUCTION MODELING
2D ANIMATION
COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION
CHARACTER RIGGING I
21
22
23
24
25
CHARACTER RIGGING II
26
VISUAL DEVELOPMENT
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Entertainment Business
15 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
ANIMATION PRODUCTION
Master of Science Degree Program
Totals:
1
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
CHARACTER ANIMATION I
CHARACTER ANIMATION II
27
28
29
30
PORTFOLIO PREPRODUCTION
PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION I
PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION II
COMPOSITING & SCENE FINISHING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
31
32
PORTFOLIO CONTENT CREATION III
PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
23
Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 221
CGA 461
CGA 322
2D Animation
Animation Production
Character Animation II
The 2D Animation Course develops students’ appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subject’s volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students’ skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability.
The Animation Production Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce an animated sequence. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the production industry, as they produce a portfolio animation piece to showcase their proficiency.
The Character Animation II Course continues to strengthen students’ animation skills by exploring methods for creating movement that is not only entertaining and appealing, but also depicts actions that are driven by the characters’ emotions and personality. Students will also analyze methods for creating solid acting choices that are unique and interesting. By using discussion and analysis, students will be introduced to the importance of evaluating their own work, as well as the work of their peers. This enables them to critique each other’s projects with the intent of implementing what they have learned into their own animation, preparing them for situations encountered in the real world.
Course Outline Animation Fundamentals
Advanced Character Principles
Principles of Animation
Clean Up
Timing Charts
Character Personality
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3D Foundations The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the foundations of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics. Students learn the interface and controls of multiple programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for more advanced courses later in the Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program.
Course Outline Introduction to the Maya Interface
Introduction to Digital Imagery
Motion Analysis
Applications of Animation
Timing Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Character Animation I
CGA 121
Introduction to Operating Systems
Preproduction
CGA 321
Character Animation
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Advanced Character Animation Techniques
Character Dialogue
Implementing the Director’s Notes
Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques
Scene Analysis and Evaluation
Creating and Using Reference
The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow.
CGA 342
Course Outline
Character Design and Creation
Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation
Group Participation and Critique
Scene Composition and Staging
Scene Planning and Workflow
Entertainment Analysis
Total credit hours
Working in the 3D World
Course Outline
Total credit hours
Course length
4 weeks
Character Design
Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering
Geometry and Surface Types
Digital Concept Art
Working with Objects and Components
Sub Division Surface Modeling
Course length
Surface Flow and Anatomy
4 weeks
4 weeks
Course Outline 3.00
Photoshop Interface and Tools
4.00
Course length
The Character Design and Creation Course builds on the concepts introduced in the Model Creation course. In this course, students develop their modeling skills while learning to utilize software tools to build organic character models. Students then learn how to deform those models to follow the motion prescribed by storyboards and character actions.
NURBS Modeling
Total credit hours
4.00
Total credit hours
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
24
Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 451
CGA 241
CGA 131
Character Rigging I
Compositing Fundamentals
Fundamentals of Animation
The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig.
The Compositing Fundamentals Course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world, live-action video footage. Students are introduced to compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals in current production pipelines. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer-generated elements to properly match a high definition film or video source, while presenting them the opportunity of working in a node-based compositing environment.
The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Joint Creation and Layout
Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques
Control Building and Constraints
Python Fundamentals
Custom Attribute Creation
Python Tool Development
4.00
Course length
Keyframe Animation
Hierarchical Animation
Photoshop Fundamentals
Node-based Compositing
Motion Timing and Analysis
Camera and Light Positional Animation
Dope Sheet and Action Graphs
Animation Rendering
Total credit hours
4 weeks
CGA 453
Character Rigging II The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow.
Course Outline Skin Deformation
Lighting and Rendering
3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping
Set Driven Keyframes
Total credit hours
Matte Creation Techniques
Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur)
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGA 356
CGA 101
Compositing and Scene Finishing
Fundamentals of Art I
The Compositing and Scene Finishing Course broadens the base of students’ knowledge by offering insight into the process of combining computergenerated imagery (CGI) with video and film elements. By learning what happens when rendered imagery is integrated into the postproduction process, students will come to better understand the core principles of proper compositing and finishing practices. Students will be introduced to the fundamentals of node-based compositing systems and 3D camera tracking tools, accompanied with common rendering methods utilized in current postproduction pipelines. The course also introduces rendering techniques used to properly composite both render layers and render buffers derived from professional 3D software.
The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Course Outline Object Observation
Color Theory
Textures and Lighting
Composition and Space
Total credit hours
Course Outline Node-based Compositing
Rendering Methods and Practices
Color Theory and Practice
Proper Integration Techniques
Muscle Systems
Advance Mathematical Connections
3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving)
Advanced Deformers
Scripted Controls
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Advanced Facial Setups
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
25
Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 102
DIG 1301
CGA 482
Fundamentals of Art II
Model Creation†
Portfolio Assembly
The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
The Model Creation Course is the first of three fundamental courses that teach computer modeling, and rendering. The philosophy of the course dictates that good curves make good surfaces, and modeling strategies start with an object’s profile curves. Students are introduced to the tools used in each step of creating a computer model. By learning the capabilities of each tool and the interaction between tools, students develop techniques and strategies for efficiently creating virtual models.
The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a student’s content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing their talents as a computer animation artist.
Course Outline Life Drawing
Character Development
Animal and Environment Observation
Sculpting
Course Outline Surface Creation Methods
Surface Continuity
Building Strategies
Trimming and Blending
CGA 112
3D Modeling Basics
Modeling Optimization
Methods of Design
Curves and Surfaces
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course.
Course Outline Critical Thinking
Narrative and Non-narrative
Elements and Principles of 3D
Architecture and Scenery
Aspects and Elements of Time
Character Design and Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
Demo Reel Review
Audio Assembly
Package Presentation Development
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGA 471
Portfolio Content Creation I ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling
Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries
The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Content Review and Assembly
Demo Reel Output
Course Outline
†
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
The Portfolio Content Creation I Course helps students review and continue advancing their overall knowledge of computer animation workflow, timeline, professional behavior, and mind set. This course prepares students to experience a four-week production deadline, and introduces the concept of working under production constraints. Students use their artistic skills and technical knowledge to create a professional quality asset based on reference compiled during Animation Preproduction. All assets are managed and critiqued by an in-lab art director, to help guide projects towards photorealistic expectations under defined deadlines.
Course Outline Motion Data Shoot
Skeleton Retargeting
Data Tracking
Application and Simulation
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
26
Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 474
CGA 351
CAB 101, 302, 403
Portfolio Content Creation II
Portfolio Preproduction
Project Management and Assessment I, II, III
In the Portfolio Content Creation II Course, students will continue developing asset completion to deadline based on preproduction developed in Animation Preproduction. The students will incorporate knowledge developed from Portfolio Content Creation I to improve their artistic sensibilities, workflow, skill sets, technical knowledge, and personal time management. Students will continue working with the in-lab art directors and within the critique process as they work to create photorealistic content.
The Portfolio Preproduction Course develops students’ ability to plan, coordinate, and study assets, using traditional methods to demonstrate their learned strengths as a 3D artist. Working from photograph and video reference, students explore and develop characters, environments, vehicles, rigs, and animation ideas. Successful completion of this course arms students with the knowledge of how to use good reference and artistic studies to create production blueprints.
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
Course Outline Object Observation
Lighting and Shadows
Sculpting
Life Drawing
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Storyboards
Set Design
Animatics
Total credit hours
Course length
4 weeks
In the Portfolio Content Creation III Course, students will develop the third and most advanced photoreal asset for their portfolio. Using the knowledge obtained during previous months, students will work toward meeting their final four-week production deadline. In this course, students work at optimal speed and precision, having a strong understanding of artistic appeal, time management, asset creation, and professional behavior – preparing them for the methods, environments, and conditions experienced in the production arena.
The Production Modeling Course develops students’ understanding of model development as it applies to production in the animation industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques.
Lighting and Shadows
Production Modeling
Sculpting
Life Drawing
Geometry Parameterization
Colors and Textures
Character Development
Total credit hours
Object Observation
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Project Development and Analysis
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
Course length
1.00/2.00 each
4 weeks
GRA 1161 The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the look, shading, and atmosphere that bring scenes to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Fundamentals of Art Course, including light and shadow observation techniques.
Course Outline Textures and Shaders
Highlights and Shadows
Image Manipulation
Rendering and Raytracing
Anatomical Modeling
Reflection and Refraction
Optimization
Surface Flow
Lighting Strategies
Course Outline Advanced Modeling Techniques
Course Outline
Course Outline
Shading and Lighting† Production Modeling
Portfolio Content Creation III
Total credit hours
7.00
CGA 352
CGA 475
†
Art Direction
Character Design
Colors and Textures
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
4 weeks
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
27
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
CGA 366
ART 2006
DGL 1012
Visual Development
Art History
Digital Literacy
The Visual Development Course provides students with continued knowledge of texture painting, lighting and rendering, and effects. Students will continue to develop texturing skills reviewing real-world visual reference, and study of lighting as it applies to mood and rendering.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline UV Editor and Painting Techniques
Generating Mood using light
Observational surface studies
Enhancement of digital content
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MGF 1213
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics† The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Grammar
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
28
Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000
Fundamentals of Physics† The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.
COM 3109
DEP 1013
Professional Communication and Presentation†
Psychology of Play
Kinematics
Electromagnetic Spectrum
The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
Motion
Survey of Light
Course Outline
Energy and Mechanics
Physical Theories and Formulae
Course Outline
Electricity and Magnetism
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MTG 1205
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
Audience Analysis
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Technical Development of a Presentation
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Personal Image
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
Presentation Strategies
Geometry and Measurement
†
The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations.
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Course Outline A Brief History of Geometry
Circles
Inductive and Deductive Reasoning
Areas of Polygons and Circles
Foundations of Geometry
Solid Geometry
Triangles
Analytic Geometry
Parallel Lines and Polygons
Trigonometry
Quadrilaterals
Polar Coordinates
Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem
Total credit hours †
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
29
Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
Whether it’s a film with a plot that keeps you on the edge of your seat, a television show with a cast of characters that have a special place in our hearts, or a video game with such a compelling concept that it’s almost impossible to put the controller down, the best entertainment always has a great story at its core. As we continue to experience entertainment in an ever-growing number of ways, those professionals who can marry words and visuals to tell a compelling story across multiple platforms have become increasingly sought after within the entertainment industry.
Full Sail’s Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program immerses students in the skills they’ll need to become those professionals. Following the evolution of a story from the brainstorming process to its implementation across a variety of media platforms, students will not only learn how to write compelling content for film, television, websites, video games, and social media, but also how to market themselves and their work within the industry.
Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Fine Arts Storytelling Modeling Research Animation
Effects Marketing/ Final Project/ Pitching Demo Reel Creation
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
30
Areas of Focus
CREATIVE WRITING
CREATIVE WRITING
STORYTELLING
Storytelling RESEARCH
STORYTELLING
CREATIVE WRITING
BRAINSTORMING
storyboards
MARKETING/PITCHING
RESEARCH
STORYTELLING
BRAINSTORMING
storyboards
While there are many different ways to tell a story, the fundamental concepts behind good storytelling are consistent. Through a series of writing workshops and exercises, you’ll refine the way in which you brainstorm ideas and translate your thoughts into effective stories. You’ll learn how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through visual props, as well as through the use of storyboarding software, as you examine different authorial choices and literary techniques and devices. You’ll also learn about the characteristics of a good story and explore how these elements play across formats such as television, film, video games, and more.
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
31
Areas of Focus
ATIVE STORYTELLING TING
YTELLING
RESEARCH
ARCH
MARKETING/PITCHING Research
There’s no better way to develop the tools you need to craft a story or written concept than by learning from the work of the great storytellers of the past. KETING/PITCHING As a student in the Creative Writing degree program, you’ll research the techniques and conventions of writing for a variety of genres and channels, including children’s entertainment, comedy, tragedy, horror, mystery, suspense, science fiction, and fantasy.
SINESS
HEORY
SKILL
development
You’ll also learn techniques to develop your observational skills and work toward becoming an effective interviewer, and then apply these abilities to your own creative works.
uest PEAKERS
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
LEADERSHIP
NETWORKING
N E G O T I AT I N G
skills
artist EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT |
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
32
CREATIVE Areas of Focus WRITING
STORYTELLING
RESEARCH
CREATIVE WRITING
Marketing/Pitching Successful writers don’t find work solely based MARKETING/PITCHING on the merits of their work; being able to market yourself as a creative entity can be a huge factor in helping you share your talents with the world. In this program, you’ll study the various channels of publishing and distribution that exist in the industry today, such as e-books, audio books, digital readers, and other platforms that deliver content to audiences on a global scale. You’ll also learn about the process of joining unions, finding a good agent, and obtaining sound legal advice. Throughout the program, you’ll also be working to assemble your own creative writing digital portfolio, comprised of your writing, artwork, and media including spec scripts, screenplays, animation concepts, game prospectuses, storyboards, blog links, and more. As you prepare to enter into the industry, you’ll be equipped with a self-promotional tool that can help assist you in finding work as a writer.
STORYTELLING
CREATIVE WRITING
RESEARCH STORYTELLING
MARKETING/PITCHING
RESEARCH
MARKETING/PITCHING
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
33
Overview As new distribution channels for media emerge in the entertainment industry, there is increasing demand for creative writers who can extend a compelling story across multiple platforms. Full Sail University’s Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program provides students the opportunity to not only perfect their storywriting abilities, but also allows them to understand and implement the transmedia approach that is necessary in today’s entertainment industry. Whether the final delivery channel is a movie theater, television screen, computer monitor, game console, website, or mobile device, you’ll learn to develop compelling and well-crafted stories that will captivate consumers on multiple platforms. A growing collection of digital tools is available to today’s writers, and the Creative Writing bachelor’s degree program teaches the most effective way to utilize those tools. You’ll explore a multitude of publishing and distribution methods along with the relevant legal and ethical issues. In addition, you’ll further develop leadership, project management, and research skills,
Objective sharpen your technical prowess, conduct and utilize industry research, and explore the marketing processes related to your creative works. Most importantly, you’ll write and workshop your writing in a variety of formats and genres, building a strong portfolio of original pieces. The degree program helps equip you with the knowledge and tools necessary to be a successful creative writing professional in the fast-paced world of the entertainment industry. To help you move towards your desired career, we’ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
The objective of the Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis, criticism, and editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. The program is designed to equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to pursue careers in creative writing. The Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program will also further strengthen students’ leadership, project management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take full advantage of today’s high demand for creative writers and prepare them for professional creative writing career in the field of entertainment.
CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
34
Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
ECW 3721
Children’s Entertainment
ECW 1223
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Code
Course
4.00
ART 2007
Art History
Creative Skills Development
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
ECW 3831
The Creative Writing Industry
4.00
CGS 1000
Computer Science and Internet
ECW 4954
Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
ECW 1715
Creative Writing Research
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
ECW 2841
Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research
4.00
ENC 1102
English Composition II†
4.00
ECW 3520
Introduction to Game Writing
4.00
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
ECW 2123
Literary Techniques and Story Development
4.00
HIS 2320
Historical Archetypes & Mythology†
4.00
ECW 2743
Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking
4.00
ECW 3111
Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy
4.00
OVA 1000
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries
3.00
ECW 3211
Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery and Suspense
4.00
ECW 4655
Portfolio Revisions and Editing
4.00
ECW 3311
Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy
4.00
ECW 3953
Publishing and Distribution
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
ECW 3055
Scriptwriting Techniques
4.00
ECW 2351
Symbolic Communications and Cartography
4.00
ECW 3651
Transmedia Writing
4.00
ECW 1410
Visual Thinking and Writing
4.00
ECW 4101
Writing Workshop I: Film
4.00
ECW 4220
Writing Workshop II: Television
4.00
ECW 4320
Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics
4.00
ECW 4420
Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats
4.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
CREATIVE SKILLS DEVELOPMENT
6
7
8
9
10
VISUAL THINKING & WRITING
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
CREATIVE WRITING RESEARCH
COMPUTER SCIENCE & INTERNET
ART HISTORY
11
12
13
14
15
LITERARY TECHNIQUES & STORY DEVELOPMENT
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
SYMBOLIC COMMUNICATIONS & CARTOGRAPHY
HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
16
17
18
19
20
LITERATURE CRITICISM & ANALYTICAL THINKING
DEVELOPING NEW WORLDS: ENVIRONMENT & HISTORICAL RESEARCH
SCRIPTWRITING TECHNIQUES
LITERARY GENRE I: COMEDY & TRAGEDY
LITERARY GENRE II: HORROR, MYSTERY & SUSPENSE
21
22
23
24
25
LITERARY GENRE III: SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY
INTRODUCTION TO GAME WRITING
TRANSMEDIA WRITING
CHILDREN'S ENTERTAINMENT
THE CREATIVE WRITING INDUSTRY
26
27
28
29
30
WRITING WORKSHOP II: TELEVISION
WRITING WORKSHOP III: STORYBOARDING, ANIMATION & COMICS
WRITING WORKSHOP IV: VIDEO GAME & INTERACTIVE FORMATS
4.00 4.00 4.00
†
Totals:
46.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
125 128
79.00
PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION
WRITING WORKSHOP I: FILM
31
32
PORTFOLIO REVISIONS & EDITING
CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program †
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
*
CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
35
Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3721
ECW 3831
ECW 1715
Children’s Entertainment
The Creative Writing Industry
Creative Writing Research
The Children’s Entertainment Course introduces students to writing for children’s content. The course provides an overview of classic children literature and film and places it within the context of writing for television, film, web, games, and animation. Students also explore different avenues of children’s transmedia entertainment.
The Creative Writing Industry Course provides insight into the business of creative writing. Producing high-quality writing is only the first step in becoming a literary success. In order to capitalize on their artistic efforts, students must become savvy in the process of joining unions, discerning good agents, and obtaining sound legal advice with regard to the myriad of legal aspects involved in selling their work and the rights to it.
The Creative Writing Research Course introduces students to the fundamentals of research in order to equip them with the skills necessary for creating professional, believable creative writing projects. In this course, students learn techniques for executing comprehensive information searches, developing their observational skills, and conducting effective interviews. Students then begin applying these skills to their own creative works.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Classic Children’s Literature
Children’s Interactive Media
Children’s Television & Film
Children’s Transmedia Entertainment
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Legal Issues in Publication
Networking
Research Methods and Techniques
Effective Interviewing
Copyrights
Marketing
Observational Skills
Application to Creative Works
Unions
Total credit hours
ECW 1223
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
The Creative Skills Development Course introduces students to the tools for developing a creative method. Through building brainstorming techniques, discovering methods for overcoming writer’s block, and drawing inspiration from the world around them, students learn how to spark and maintain their creative flow. In this course, students journal, learn organization techniques, and create a library of books and websites to use as a lifetime inspiration source.
Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly
Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research
Course Outline
ECW 4654
Brainstorming
Journaling
In the Creative Writing Portfolio Assembly Course guides students as they focus on polishing selected works from previous classes to prepare for submission. As part of that process, students will use a digital portfolio to showcase their individual journey through the Creative Writing for Entertainment degree program. Students will be able to use their digital portfolio as a promotional tool when they graduate and launch their creative writing careers, later replacing their student work with professional samples as they gain experience in their field.
Self-Motivation
Organization Skills
Course Outline
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
ECW 2841
Creative Skills Development
Total credit hours
4.00
4 weeks
4 weeks
Culmination of Work
Self-Promotion Tool
Workshop I, II, III, IV Projects
Living Digital Document
Social Networking Persona
Final Digital Portfolio Project
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
The Developing New Worlds: Environment and Historical Research Course builds upon the skills students learned in their Creative Writing Research course by exploring research specifically tailored for building the worlds of their stories. Students further hone their critical thinking skills as they apply this research to create the time period and environment of their writing, whether set in the past, present, or future, and whether historically accurate or anachronistic.
Historical Accuracy
Environmental Immersion
Historical Fictionalization
World Creation
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
36
Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3520
ECW 2743
ECW 4655
Introduction to Game Writing
Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking
Portfolio Revisions and Editing
The Introduction to Game Writing Course introduces students to special demands and concerns involved in writing for games and the techniques used to address these needs. Game writing is the foundation for and paragon of interactive writing and usually takes place in a highly collaborative environment. Students in this course practice the techniques of game writing and the collaborative skills needed to succeed in this environment.
The Literature Criticism and Analytical Thinking Course is designed to deepen students’ understanding and appreciation of classical and contemporary literature. Through interpretation and discussion of a variety of writings, students sharpen their analytical skills, which enables them to craft their own literary masterpieces.
The Portfolio Revisions and Editing Course explores the process of revising and editing selected works to assure that they are ready for submission to the final digital portfolio presentation project. Students will learn to troubleshoot and develop personal strategies for improving their writing. The ability to critique work objectively enables writers to correct structural, thematic, and formatting issues before submitting their final drafts. Digital portfolios are a professional, convenient, portable way to display and organize samples of students’ writing, artwork, and media and will be used to monitor students’ professional growth.
Course Outline Game Outline/“Bibling”
Branching Dialogue
Scripted “Cut” Scenes
Collaborative Composition
Course Outline Canonical Literature
Literary Theory and Practice
Contemporary Literature
Transmedia Writing
Course Outline Objectivity and Analysis
Formatting, Design, and Layout
Spotting Dialogue and Character Development Issues
File Sharing Limitations
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries
Global and Local Editing
Multimedia Files
Total credit hours
The Literary Techniques and Story Development Course provides a broad spectrum and intensive study of authorial choices and literary techniques that bring meaning and direction to stories. By employing literary devices, authors play upon their readers’ conscious and unconscious experiences and archetypes, which in turn shapes the interpretation by and impact on the audience.
The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Total credit hours
Descriptive “Flavor” Text
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ECW 2123
Literary Techniques and Story Development
Mobile Media Storytelling
Film Scripts
Game Storylines
Web Series
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
OVA 1000
An Overview of Visual Storytelling
4 weeks
Course length
Visual Representations in the Industries
Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art
Total credit hours
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
ECW 3953
Publishing and Distribution The Publishing and Distribution Course provides an overview of the publishing industry from its inception on stone tablets to mobile media storytelling platforms. E-books, audio books, digital readers, and wireless access to content have changed the publishing landscape forever. In this course, students explore the processes used to distribute entertainment narratives on a global scale.
Course Outline
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries
3.00
4.00
4 weeks
History of Publishing
Future of Publishing
Digital Publishing
Distribution Methods
Total credit hours
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
37
Course Descriptions Program Core ECW 3055
ECW 3651
ECW 4101
Scriptwriting Techniques
Transmedia Writing
Writing Workshop I: Film
The Scriptwriting Techniques Course introduces students to basic scriptwriting formatting for television and film. Students in this course become proficient in Final Draft, the industry-standard software for screen and film writing, while also exploring the basic elements of plot, character, dialogue, and structure.
The Transmedia Writing Course examines the full range of media landscape and charts the progress of a story across multiple platforms. Television shows are often no longer an isolated experience, and the storyline frequently continues after the credits roll each week. Driven by the audience’s appetite for more, this crossplatform approach provides a strategic marketing plan and solid entertainment.
The Writing Workshop I: Film Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by screenwriters. Students are required to develop a premise, page breakdown, and outline, and to think visually to create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.
Course Outline Final Draft Software
Structure
Outlining
Character Building
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
Online Tie-Ins
Streaming Scenes
Social Networking
Mobile Devices & Emerging Platforms
Format
Story
Course length
Structure
Collaboration
Total credit hours
4.00
Course Outline
4 weeks
Dialogue
ECW 2351
Symbolic Communications and Cartography
ECW 1410
Students in the Symbolic Communications and Cartography Course explore covert societies and the sets of tools through which they communicate. Whereas everyday language and symbols are meant to be clear and precise, communication in some societies is designed to be misleading and/or nearly impossible to understand by the masses in order to keep their rites and practices concealed. In this course, students explore maps and their effective uses in literature and puzzles, and codes in relation to their effective use in storytelling.
The Visual Thinking and Writing Course introduces students to the creative structure of the visual medium. Students learn the building blocks of visual storytelling, such as how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through props. In this course, students learn how to translate the fourdimensional world into clear and evocative writing.
Course Outline Ancient Civilizations
Religious Symbols
Puzzles and Codes
Secret Societies
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
Visual Thinking and Writing
Course Outline Visual Building Blocks
Visual Translation
Storytelling Techniques
Communicating Emotions
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ECW 4220
Writing Workshop II: Television The Writing Workshop II: Television Course is a workshop opportunity for students to apply principles from previous courses to demonstrate proficiency with the creative process used by television writers. Students are required to think visually and develop a television series. Students develop a premise, write a spec script, and master teasers, tags, and act outs. Thinking visually, they create a film script that incorporates plot, narrative structure, and character development particular to the various television genre needs. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.
Course Outline Comedy
Documentary-Style TV
Drama
Reality
Total credit hours
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
38
Course Descriptions
General Education
Program Core ECW 4320
ART 2007
CGS 1000
Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation & Comics
Art History
Computer Science and Internet†
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Computer Science and Internet Course introduces students to the basics of computer operating systems and software, web 2.0 tools, and multimedia applications as they relate to everyday experiences of the computer user. Students initiate online collaboration as well as utilize the tools to successfully navigate common issues associated with online collaboration. Additionally, students evaluate and demonstrate knowledge of specific software applications and technologies used in today’s society.
In the Writing Workshop III: Storyboarding, Animation, and Comics Course, students are introduced to powerful storyboarding and scriptwriting software that will prepare them to think visually and help them understand the creative writing process of animation and comics. Students learn the history of these genres, as well as the history of narrative structure and character development. By completing scripting projects for animation and comics, students gain practice in the premise creation, page breakdown, outlining, and storyboarding steps of the creative writing process. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.
Course Outline History of Animation and Comics
Storyboarding
Character Development
Scriptwriting
Course Outline
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MGF 1213
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ECW 4420
Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline
The Writing Workshop IV: Video Game & Interactive Formats Course explores the storytelling process as it relates to games and other interactive media. The unique challenges associated with development of interactive content are explored in the context of students’ work. Students engage in the creative writing process and create a prospectus for an original interactive product based on their writing. Projects are written and revised in a collaborative workshop atmosphere working with feedback from peers and instructors.
Multimedia Presentations
Web 2.0 Tools
Operating Systems and Technologies
Student Audio/Video Projects
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Digital Literacy Skills
Course Outline Games & Interactive Play
Demographics
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Plot / Narrative Outline
Marketing
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Total credit hours 4.00
4 weeks
DGL 1012
College Mathematics†
Narrative Structure & Planning
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Descriptive / Flavor Text
Total credit hours
†
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
39
Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101
PSC 1030
HIS 2320
English Composition I†
Fundamentals of Physical Science
Historical Archetypes & Mythology†
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students’ ability to analyze and evaluate information.
Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Grammar
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ENC 1102
Solids and Fluids
Total credit hours
English Composition II† The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students’ writing process. Students develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
Introduction to Archetypes, Culture and Myths
Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America
Archetypes Influence on Culture
Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture
4 weeks Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Critical Analysis
Literacy Research
Argument Information
Methods of Documentation of Sources
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
*
CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
4 weeks
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
40
Course Descriptions General Education ECW 3111
ECW 3311
Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy
Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy
The Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy Course introduces students to two fundamental traditions in media and literature. Through the study of a variety of works from film, television, texts, and other media, students learn what moves an audience to laughter or tears and how character psychology and narrative structure leads to humorous or tragic stories. In this course, students conduct research, collaborate with other students, and work with instructors to write projects for comedy, drama, and romance.
The Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy Course introduces students to the specific appeal and techniques of science fiction and fantasy, including hard science fiction, space opera, epic fantasy, speculative fiction, alternative history, and more. Students in this course learn about the appeal of escapist fiction and how these speculative genres draw attention to human nature and the human condition, often in ways that are difficult to do in more realistic genres. The special affinity of games and comics for sci-fi and fantasy is also considered.
Course Outline
Course Outline
History of Comedy and Tragedy
Narrative Structure of Comedy and Drama
The Golden Age of Science Fiction and Fantasy
Speculative Fiction On-Screen
Character Psychology in Comedy and Tragedy
Writing Comedy, Drama, and Romance
From Myth to Tolkien
Sci-Fi Stories in “Sci-Fi” Media
New Worlds and Peoples, Old Problems
Modern Genres
Total credit hours
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
ECW 3211
Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense The Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery, and Suspense Course introduces students to the conventions and techniques of horror, mystery, and suspense writing and to the relevance of these styles to all forms of writing. Understanding what drives mysteries; the tension that defines suspense; and the fear of death, failure, and the unknown that makes horror piquant is useful knowledge to every genre. This course presents the works of key creators of these stories in media from the short story to the monster movie to survival-themed games.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Clues, Red Herrings, and Reveals
Classic Short Fiction
Building Dramatic Tension
Suspense On-Screen
Monster and Creative Character Development
Total credit hours
†
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
|
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
41
Creative
Writing
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
The ability to both tell a story through the use of words and images and to distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in the entertainment industry. In the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online Degree Program, storytelling is not merely taught as it relates to the typical output mediums of print and publishing, but it also teaches you the necessary skills to explore a professional creative writing career within the world of entertainment.
By relating the art of storytelling and the language of different mediums, such as film, television, animation, and gaming, you’ll learn the screenwriting process from concept to completion and apply the courses’ techniques to projects.
Areas of Focus Classical Writing Fine Arts and Storytelling Modeling Research Animation
Business and Marketing Effects Thesis Portfolio Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
42
Areas of Focus
Classical Writing and Storytelling Techniques
RESEARCH
BUSINESS & MARKETING
CREATIVE WRITING
THESIS PORTFOLIO
WRITING LING
CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING
CREATIVE WRITING
RESEARCH
Creative writing for film, television, games, and animation relies on a writer’s ability to tell a story through the use of words and accompanying images. Throughout Full Sail’s Creative Writing MFA program, students will perfect their abilities to create engaging work by exploring the universal historical themes used in traditional storytelling. The visual narrative will be examined in terms of structure, character creation, storyboarding elements, script development and editing. When students emerge from the program, they will have a thorough understanding of what constitutes effective writing for multiple media genres.
Research During the Creative Writing MFA program, emphasis is placed on the importance of research and character development in creating authentic compelling story lines. Motivation and backstory are given careful consideration as you interpret archetypes and psychological profiles to populate your newly created worlds. Media production cycles and genre-specific terms are studied, and the language of different media is translated and compared.
CLASSICAL WRITING & STORY TELLING BUSINESS & MARKETING C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
43
Areas of Focus
RESEARCH
BUSINESS & MARKETING
THESIS PORTFOLIO
Business and Marketing While channeling and delivering creative content is the foundation of writing, having knowledge of the business side of the entertainment industry is also vital for success. In the Creative Writing MFA program at Full Sail University, you’ll learn about the business mechanics of creative writing, as well as similarities and differences among the various entertainment media genres and distribution methods. These studies will complement your writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be a successful creative writer in the entertainment media industry. Additionally, the program addresses current issues, topics, and trends that can impact your professional career, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, copyright laws, and new media opportunities. C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
44
WORK Areas of Focus
thesis
PORTFOLIO
Thesis Portfolio
OBJECTIVE
critique
EDITS
&
rewrites
RESEARCH
CREATIVE WRITING
Through edits and continuous rewrites, you’ll develop strategies to troubleshoot your stories. By analyzing the content you create, you’ll learn to objectively critique projects, and resolve structural problems encountered during the creative writing process. Each student edits and CLASSICAL WRITING formats a script for final presentation and professional & STORY TELLING submission, and you’ll assemble an e-portfolio consisting a Final Draft of your completed Thesis Script along with all of the assets created throughout the program.
RESEARCH
BUSINESS & MARKETING
BUSINESS & MARKETING
SCREEN
WRITING
RESEARCH
Market
YOUR WORK
thesis
THESIS PORTFOLIO
SCRIPT
W R IPORTFOLIO TI NG THESIS
PORTFOLIO
plot LINES
the ART of
Story telling
storyBOARDS
multimedia OBJECTIVE
EDITS
rewrites
critique C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
&
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
45
Overview
Objective
The demand for creative writers in all types of entertainment media genres has never been so high. The ability to tell a story through the use of words and images and distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in production companies in the entertainment media industry. Professional writers are needed to craft compelling stories and writing elements that will captivate today’s demanding media clients, consumers, and audiences.
The objective of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis and criticism, and script editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. This knowledge will equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to ultimately market their creative masterpieces. The Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will also further develop and strengthen students’ leadership, project-management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will enable graduates to meet today’s high demand for creative writers and qualify them for professional creative writing careers in the entertainment media industry.
There are tremendous opportunities for creative writers, and the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will provide students the opportunity to not only perfect their script, screen, and story writing abilities but also to incorporate visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, and storyboarding elements into their writing projects. In addition, students will further develop leadership, project-management, and research skills; sharpen their technical prowess; conduct and utilize industry research; and ultimately market their final creative writing masterpiece. The degree program equips students with the knowledge and tools necessary to be successful creative writing professionals in the fast-paced world of the entertainment media industry. Full Sail University’s Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as students launch their career searches in the field of creative writing. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers.
CREATIVE WRITING
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
46
Creative Writing
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
CWM 510
The Art of Visual Storytelling
4.00
CWM 690
The Business of Creative Writing
4.00
CWM 540
Character Creation and Development
4.00
CWM 640
Creative Writing Portfolio I
4.00
CWM 650
Creative Writing Portfolio II
4.00
CWM 630
Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts
4.00
CWM 560
Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding
4.00
CWM 520
Literary Research
4.00
CWM 530
Multimedia Terms and Genres
4.00
CWM 550
Script Analysis and Criticism
4.00
CWM 620
Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation
4.00
CWM 610
Writing for Games
4.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
THE ART OF VISUAL STORYTELLING
MULTIMEDIA TERMS & GENRES
LITERARY RESEARCH
CHARACTER CREATION & DEVELOPMENT
SCRIPT ANALYSIS & CRITICISM
6
7
8
9
10
FILM SCREENWRITING & STORYBOARDING
WRITING FOR GAMES
STORYTELLING & STORYBOARDING FOR ANIMATION
EDITING FOR FILM, GAME, & ANIMATION SCRIPTS
CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO I
11
12
CREATIVE WRITING PORTFOLIO II
THE BUSINESS OF CREATIVE WRITING
48.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
48 48
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
47
Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 510
CWM 540
CWM 640
The Art of Visual Storytelling
Character Creation and Development
Creative Writing Portfolio I
In The Art of Visual Storytelling Course, students study the universal themes of traditional storytelling as well as their applications to visual narrative design and new nonlinear and interactive forms of media. Students will analyze historical examples of visual narratives and then convey ideas and emotions through the use of images and traditional storytelling techniques in order to design new narratives in a variety of entertainment media formats.
In the Character Creation and Development Course, students are introduced to various psychological profiles for characters, create a portfolio of characters ranging from simple to complex, and give vital authenticity to characters through the creation of characters’ backstories. In addition to creating characters, students will explore how various types of media influence the development of characters. Various classic, traditional, and popular films, games, and animation will be reviewed and analyzed to further explore what types of characters are the best fit for each format.
The Creative Writing Portfolio I Course requires students to select an entertainment media genre and distribution method and begin the development of a concept script for their final thesis project. The final thesis project will consist of a Creative Writing Portfolio that includes a professional, viable script with evidence of incorporated culminating components of the degree program including visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation, and storyboarding. In addition, the Creative Writing Portfolio will document research students conducted to develop and expand authentic and compelling storylines. Students will “pitch” their concept scripts to faculty and peers and justify selected writing elements based on the specific entertainment media genre and distribution method of choice. Feedback will be provided within these contexts as well as application of current writing trends, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility.
Course Outline Introduction to Traditional Storytelling Structures and Universal Themes
Visual Mediums Defined by Classic Examples in Each Visual Art Form
General Survey of Folklore with Emphasis on the Uses of Folk Motifs in Modern Films, Games, and Animation
The Impact of Ever-Evolving Technology on the Creation of New Visual Narratives
Total Credit Hours
Course Length
4.00
Course Outline Overview of Development of the Character for Various Types of Media
Hero and Villain Archetypes
Psychology of Characters
Adult, Adolescent and Child Personality Types and Character Development
4 weeks
CWM 690
The Business of Creative Writing In The Business of Creative Writing Course, students will learn about the business of creative writing as well as similarities and differences among different entertainment media genres and distribution methods. This course will complement students’ writing skills with the marketing, publishing, and legal basics necessary to be successful creative writers in the entertainment media industry. In addition, current issues, topics, and trends that may impact the careers of graduates will be addressed, such as the roles of literary agents and unions, new technologies, and new opportunities.
Character Backstory
Character Conflict
Character Motivation and Plot Development
Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
Selection of Entertainment Media Genre and Distribution Method for Final Thesis Script
Script Approval
Research of Storyline
Project Plan Development
Script Outline
Storyboard Development
Presentation to Faculty and Peers
Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Business Practices of the Film, Animation, and Gaming Industries
Legal Topics and Consideration
Marketing Writing Elements
The Role of Literary Agents
Publishing Writing Elements
Writers Unions
Total Credit Hours
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
48
Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 650
CWM 560
CWM 530
Creative Writing Portfolio II
Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding
Multimedia Terms and Genres
In the Creative Writing Portfolio II Course, students will reevaluate the writing elements, authenticity, compelling qualities, and feasibility of their concept scripts for their chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods based on the feedback received from faculty and peers in the Creative Writing Portfolio I course. Students will then implement their project plans and begin the writing process. Final scripts will be properly formatted to meet the expectations of the chosen entertainment media genres and distribution methods within the entertainment media industry and will be ready to be pitched to potential employers upon graduation.
In the Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding Course, students will apply what they have learned in the previous courses by writing a screenplay for a short film and overseeing the storyboarding of the screenplay for production. Understanding screenwriting and storyboarding will provide students with the knowledge of the creative process that links all media components together. Other areas of focus will include the following: the screenplay from pitch to screen, structures and formats, and storyboarding and visual thinking.
In the Multimedia Terms and Genres Course, students master the professional vocabulary of multimedia writing and study production processes required of the degree program. Students will learn basic writing techniques for film, animation, and gaming. They will create sample narratives and then structure their narratives so that they may be used in multiple media formats. Students will learn how various rules and production processes vary in multimedia presentations.
Course Outline Project Plan Implementation
Formatting
Script Writing
Final Submittal
Storyboard and Supporting Portfolio Elements
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
CWM 630
Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts
Film Genres
Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Film
Overview of the Film Industry and Production Process
Visual Layout Techniques, Cinematography, Camera Placement
Screenwriting Creative Process: Transforming Ideas to Screenplay
Interactive Media Storyboards
Screenwriting Structures and Formats
Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues
Total Credit Hours
Course Length
4.00
Course Outline Editing and Formatting Practices
Troubleshooting Dialogue and Character Development Issues
Analysis and Objectivity
Techniques to Overcome “Writer’s Block”
Clarifying, Redirecting, and Focusing Storyline and Central Theme
Presentation and Submission
Total credit hours
Course length
Course Outline An Introduction to Multimedia Terms
Creative Writing Skills for Various Multimedia Applications
An Overview of Media Production Cycles
Multimedia Presentations
Total Credit Hours
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
CWM 550
Script Analysis and Criticism 4 weeks
CWM 520
In the Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts Course, students learn how to edit, rewrite, and correct writing elements as challenges are presented in the production of various projects. Students will develop strategies for correcting these issues through learning how to troubleshoot, analyze content objectively from various viewpoints, and address structural issues that can occur during the creative writing process. Students will also learn how to properly edit and format a script for final presentation and professional submission.
4.00
Course Outline
Literary Research The Literary Research Course provides students with basic instruction on provides an introduction to research techniques, methodologies, and information sources relevant to developing and expanding authentic and compelling storylines. Students will explore elements of narrative structure and approaches that work best for various entertainment media genres. In addition, students will begin writing exercises, preparing them for the advanced writing requirements of the degree program.
Course Outline Research Techniques and Methodologies
Plot Patterns
Information Sources
Organizing Structural Elements
In the Script Analysis and Criticism Course, students will learn to recognize elements that create powerful narratives and how they can be best integrated in various multimedia formats. Students will analyze classic films, animation, and games for structure, style, and content and identify how traditional scripts differ across multimedia formats and are transformed into visual narratives. An objective of the course is for students to learn the correct questions to ask themselves when preparing scripts for production in different visual contexts.
Course Outline Screenwriting/Script Formats
Script Analysis: Areas for Consideration
Act and Sequence Structure
Dialogue As It Defines Character
Spec Scripts: Formatting and Development
Criticism
Total Credit Hours
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
Narrative Structure
4 weeks
Total Credit Hours
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
49
Course Descriptions Program Core CWM 620
CWM 610
Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation
Writing for Games
In the Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation Course, the creative process and writing techniques for several animation genres and formats will be explored. The history of animation and the works of legendary animators will be analyzed for style and perspective. Students will incorporate concepts of visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, scriptwriting, and storyboarding into the creation of a script for an animation short.
The Writing for Games Course provides a technical overview of how games are created and presents a variety of video games, gaming genres, and gaming platforms from a storytelling point of view. Areas of exploration will include mythology, military history and warfare, science fiction literature and films, fantasy fiction literature and films, comic books, and graphic novels. Students will formulate a gaming concept that incorporates creative processes such as developing plot, setting, characters, and interactive narrative.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Animation Genres and Formats
Storyboarding for Animation
History of the Animation Industry and Legendary Animators
Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Animation
Overview of the Animation Production Process
Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes
The Creative Writing Process for Animation
Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues
Total Credit Hours
4.00
Course Length
Gaming Genres and Platforms
Game Storyboarding
Overview of the Gaming Industry and Production Process
Novel and Film Adaptations
Game Writing Creative Process: Interactive and Nonlinear Narrative Structures
Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes
Game Strategy and Plot Development
Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues
Total Credit Hours
Course Length
4 weeks 4.00
4 weeks
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
50
Digital Computer
Cinematography Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Innovation in film and video doesn’t just come from the big studios and networks anymore. Digital technology has made it possible for almost anyone with the vision, equipment, and education to create the next project that catches the imagination of media consumers. Filmmakers, news organizations, and businesses are taking advantage of the flexibility of digital production, creating a need for artists able to develop a range of narrative content for today’s emerging technologies. Full Sail’s Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program teaches you how to be a leader in
digital storytelling, and helps you develop the skills needed to create compelling projects for different outlets. The cross-platform availability of digital media means you can engage and inspire viewers in many new ways, and through the Digital Cinematography degree program you’ll develop the ability to meet the need for creative and innovative content for television, film, the web, mobile devices, and more.
Areas of Focus Filmmaking Foundations Fine Arts Digital ModelingVideo Technology Animation
Video Output Effects
Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
51
Areas of Focus
Filmmaking Foundations Filmmaking is more than a century old, and the Digital Cinematography degree program instills in students a deep understanding of traditional film theory and storytelling techniques, and how these elements apply to the production of today’s digital content.
film PRODUCTION
TR ADI T I ONAL
film FOUNDATIONS
TR A D I TI O N A L
film FOUNDATIONS powerful P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
TOOLS
CAMERA
lighting effects digital
CONTENT
CREATION
CAMERA
Courses like Lighting I & II, and Directing cover standard filmmaking concepts that teach you to look at shot composition with an artist’s eye – helping to add a more cinematic quality to your projects. This includes learning depth-of-field management, the art M I X I and N G how to of cinematography and lighting design, PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT MIXING frame a scene to enhance its emotional impact.
audio
film file
powerful
digital
lighting digital DIRECTING
PERSONAL
CONTENT
visual audio
visual audio
texturing
CREATION
f
Classes in Storytelling and Creative Writing round out this education by breaking down the elements of effective story structure, which you’ll be able to COMMUNICATION P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N COMMUNICATION adaptTOOLS to everything from television commercials to independent feature films. You’ll also learn how to sequence your footage during postproduction, with LIGHTING emphasis on pacing and narrative flow. LIGHTING
digital lighting effects STORYTELLING
audio
texturing
STORYTELLING
financelighting
PERSONAL
finance
managementDIRECTING
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
management
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
52
digital
Areas SofT OFocus RYTELLING
texturing
digital
CONTENT
lighting
CREATION
PERSONAL
finance
DIRECTING
management
Digital Video Technology As a producer of digital video, you’re going to need to understand the functionality and flexibility of different cameras, audio gear, and editing technologies, and helping you master this equipment in the field is a core function of the Digital Cinematography degree program. Courses like Digital Audio Production and Digital Cinematography I and II show you how to capture high-quality visuals and audio during production while understanding the nuances of the medium. You’ll learn how to set up a scene in a way that translates the right look, feel, and texture to different video formats, as well as how to shoot in low-light TRA ITIO NAofLthe environments and still maintain theDintegrity FOUNDATIONS digital image.
film
You’ll also learn how to edit that footage using powerful post-production tools, giving you a working knowledge of all stages of a professional CAMERA video production, and allowing you to adapt to upcoming trends that will continue to redefine visual entertainment and media communications.
lighting effects digital
CONTENT
CREATION
film PRODUCTION
powerful
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
TOOLS
digital
STORYTELLING
lighting DIRECTING
audio MIXING
file MANAGEMENT
visual audio
COMMUNICATION
file MANAGEME LIGHTING
texturing TRADI TI ONAL
film FOUNDATIONS
PERSONAL
finance
management
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
53
film
audio MIXING
Areas of Focus
PRODUCTION
A DI T I O N A L
m FOUNDATIONS
powerful
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
TOOLS
MERA
Video Output
ghting
digital
lighting
ft
CREATION
eling CS
ter ION
cs
LE
CTS
life
compressing data, as well as outputting it for different codecs – allowing you to deliver your content to a variety of formats and distribution platforms.
curves
The program also features course S U R Fa A C E Son Web Design, where you’ll learn how to integrate streaming video into a company’s website, as well as create and maintain your own site to promote your work or independent business.
body
COMMUNICATION
TRADI TI ONAL
film FOUNDATIONS
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
CAMERA
lighting effects
powerful
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O
texturing
TOOL
CAMERA
PERSONAL
SCULPTING
finance
lighting effects
LIGHTING
texturing
management
STORYTELLING
DIRECTING
CONTENT
CREATION
anatomical
digital
lighting
digital MODELING
film
c h a ra c te r
RIGGINGPRODUCTION
L A N G U Aprofi G E cient in managing By learning to be technically data workflow and output, you’ll be a moreTRA D ITIO NA L well-rounded entrepreneur, and a greater asset FOUNDATIONS to employers and clients.
film
film PRODUCTION
visual audio
DRAWING You’ll learn industry standards for encoding and
realistic
file MANAGEMENT
LIGHTING
In order to be a successful producer of digital video STORYTELLING effects content, you’re going to need to know how to get your media into the hands of clients and consumers. The Digital Cinematography degree program teaches students this final stage of the production process CONTENTin courses like Mobility and DIRECTING Data Management.
gital
file MANAGEMENT
audio storyBOARDING MIXING
powerful
demo REEL PRO F E SSI O N A L
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
TOOLS
digital
STORYTELLING
file MANAGEMENT
visual audio
character MODELING
COMMUNICATION
LIGHTING
texturing texturing SPECIAL
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
54
Areas of Focus
Overview The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program immerses students in the art of digital video and film production for a variety of outlets. By utilizing the latest tools available to today’s media developers, you’ll learn how to create professional content for broadcast television, online media, mobile applications, and independent films. Throughout the program you’ll take courses that help you build a comprehensive understanding of digital content creation and storytelling, with a curriculum that strikes a balance between traditional film foundations and the latest production and postproduction techniques. You’ll learn how to master essential visual communication and video production methods for digital photography, HD video production, lighting, audio mixing, and nonlinear editing. Supporting classes also cover complementary career skills in computer business applications, personal finance management, production budgeting, and networking.
Objective Class projects will help you apply this knowledge as you craft your own visual and narrative pieces for different media. You’ll learn to take a story through the entire creative process, including developing a script, planning the logistics of production, working on location to capture your story on camera, as well as file management, editing, and distribution. To help you make the transition into your career after graduation, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program provides students with the focused knowledge and understanding of digital video and filmmaking production as it relates to current technology and media formats. Courses in the program address digital filmmaking, directing, lighting, audio postproduction, digital editing, scriptwriting, storyboarding, team management, streaming video, and mobile technology. The program is designed to provide students with the tools they need to pursue successful careers in the fields of broadcast television, web video, independent film, and more. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
55
Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
DCN 4365
Advanced Post and Story Development
DCN 3655 DCN 1106
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Code
Course
4.00
ART 2007
Art History
4.00
Art Design and Location Shooting
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography
CRW 2000
Creative Writing†
4.00
3.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
Digital Audio Production
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
DCN 4815
Digital Cinematography Final Project
4.00
PPE 2110
Ethics and Psychology †
4.00
FIL 2772
Digital Cinematography I
4.50
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
FIL 2782
Digital Cinematography II
3.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
DCN 2441
Digital Cinematography Lighting I
3.50
DCN 2444
Digital Cinematography Lighting II
3.00
FLM 367
Directing
4.00
DCN 3435
Electronic Field Production
4.00
DCN 4110
Film Criticism
4.00
DCN 4915
Final Project Postproduction
4.00
FIL 1035
History of Motion Picture Arts
2.50
ENTB 376
Intellectual Property
4.00
DCN 1001
Introduction to Digital Cinematography
4.00
FLM 322
Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects
4.50
DCN 4421
Mobility and Data Management
4.00
OVA 1000
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries
3.00
DCN 4993
Personal Creative Development
4.00
FLM 463
Producing Independent Film
5.00
DCB 101
Project Management and Assessment I
1.00
DCB 102
Project Management and Assessment II
1.00
DCB 203
Project Management and Assessment III
1.00
DCN 3111
Project Planning and Development
4.00
FLM 224
Storytelling
3.50
WEB 4550
Web Design
4.00
DCN 3333
Credit Hours
Credit Hours
Totals:
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
124.5 128
94.50
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
*
CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY
6
7
8
9
10
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
STORYTELLING
HISTORY OF MOTION PICTURE ARTS
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
ART HISTORY
11
12
13
14
15
COMPOSITION & VISUAL DESIGN FOR DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY
PROJECT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT
CREATIVE WRITING
ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING I
17
18
19
20
ELECTRONIC FIELD PRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION TO EDITING & VISUAL EFFECTS
DIRECTING
23
24
16 DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION
21
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
22
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY I
ART DESIGN & LOCATION SHOOTING
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY II
26
27
28
FILM CRITICISM
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
31
32
FINAL PROJECT POSTPRODUCTION
PERSONAL CREATIVE DEVELOPMENT
ADVANCED POST & STORY DEVELOPMENT
29 PRODUCING INDEPENDENT FILM
WEB DESIGN
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program
Totals:
1
Entertainment Business
25 MOBILITY & DATA MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
30 DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY FINAL PROJECT
Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
56
Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4365
DCN 1106
FIL 2772
Advanced Post and Story Development
Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography
Digital Cinematography I
The Advanced Post and Story Development Course is the second editing class in the Digital Cinematography program and introduces students to advanced editing techniques such as asset consideration, nesting video, creating unique transitions, compositing, and timeline management. The course also covers story techniques that take into consideration proper audio placement and the mood and pacing of a story. Successful completion of Advanced Post and Story Development will prepare the student for the Final Project Postproduction course.
Course Outline Asset and Timeline Management
Proper Audio Placement
Nesting Video Tracks and Compositing
Creating the Mood and Pacing
Applying Transitions
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Composition and Design for Digital Cinematography introduces students to the art and craft of designing powerful photographic imagery for effective digital storytelling. Students learn the basics of composition and framing, the elements and principles of design, and the impact of designing with light, movement and space for motion media. Additionally, they learn to recognize and engage the visual qualities of the lens through an understanding of depth of field, lens selection and exposure control. Photos are edited using Adobe applications. Emphasis is placed on integrating classical design fundamentals into student work. Students will create thumbnail storyboards, complete an exercise in reportage, and engage in visual journaling through a personal photo blog. A collaborative final project will challenge students to use their individual design strengths in bringing together a picture story by the end of the course.
Reportage and the Visual Journal
DCN 3655
Designing Through Thumbnails
Color and Design
Art Design and Location Shooting
Designing with Digital Video
Understanding Movement, Space and Depth
Learning to See Light and Shadow
Collaborative Visual Design
Common Digital Formats and Terms
Scene Profiling and Image Control
Digital Compared to Film
Total credit hours
4.50
Design and Story Camera Considerations
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
Digital Cinematography II The Digital Cinematography II Course focuses on the digital video filmmaking techniques necessary for the creation of independent shorts. Students learn important concepts of cinematography, including how to operate cameras, direct, edit, record production sound, light, and fill all positions necessary to digital video production. In addition, students produce a short movie from concept to completion.
4 weeks
Digital Audio Production
Scenic Stills Project
Course length
FIL 2782
Course Outline Portfolio Proposal
Shoot 2: Digitally Adjusted Acquisitions
Shoot 1: Basic Camera and Lens Movement
Portfolio Assembly and Assessment
DCN 3333
Course Outline
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Course Outline Visual Design Fundamentals
The Art Design and Location Shooting Course introduces students to artistic considerations of using location venues as scene backdrops for production. The focus of the course is to align scenic script and/or production requirements with the process of location scouting and art direction decisions. Art Design and Location Shooting challenges students to look at location options through a camera’s view to serve as sets or production venues.
The Digital Cinematography I Course introduces students to the art and operation of digital video cameras. The course provides in-depth and practical knowledge of the differences that digital cameras offer digital filmmakers by way of control over digital images during acquisition. Digital attributes such as RGB changes, scene profiling, gamma adjustment, and black pedestal control will be explored and evaluated.
In the Digital Audio Production Course, students analyze and implement audio acquisition in stage and field production. Consideration is given to ambient control as well as creating manufactured ambience for a scene. Students learn how to enhance a story’s visual representation with audio support while paying particular attention to realistic and emotive representations of audio.
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Sound Control and Manipulation
Audio Design Project
Designing for Realism and Impact
Project Edit and Assessment
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
57
Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4815
DCN 2444
DCN 3435
Digital Cinematography Final Project
Digital Cinematography Lighting II
Electronic Field Production
The Digital Cinematography Final Project Course provides a practical implementation of the learning objectives of the degree program through the creation of a digital video project. The project will reflect students’ understanding of key principles such as project planning and management, digital video and audio acquisition, storytelling, and editing.
The Digital Cinematography Lighting II Course builds upon the topics introduced in Lighting I. It covers the visual and emotional qualities of light, and how to employ different strategies in lighting for character, commercial products, and narrative-style scenarios. Students are challenged to apply their lighting skills and sharpen their critical thinking in producing original images. Students learn to understand client requirements and how to apply them using professional production guidelines. Special emphasis is placed on image analysis, lighting to industry standards and developing practical techniques.
The Electronic Field Production Course serves as an intensive study in the theory and practice of field and location shooting. Students are introduced to the challenges and uniqueness of field production as it relates to filmmaking, news media, documentaries, and commercial production. Using practices learned in Production Planning, students also research the processes required for pulling permits and securing insurance and waivers for field work.
Course Outline Project Shoot Week 1
Project Shoot Week 3
Project Shoot Week 2
Project Shoot Week 4
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline 4 weeks
DCN 2441
Digital Cinematography Lighting I The preliminary lighting and camera introductory course for the Digital Cinematography Program, the Digital Cinematography Lighting I Course emphasizes professional procedures and protocol relevant to lighting for digital production. Students learn the basics of industry lighting, are introduced to various controlling devices, and trained in the safe use of electricity. This course also covers the basics of color correction and camera filtration when using tungsten, fluorescent, and daylight sources. Emphasis is placed on creative lighting design and working within a budget.
Course Outline Basic Electricity and Safety
Diversity of Lighting Source
Camera and Lighting Fundamentals
Introduction to Three-Point Lighting
Exposure and Light
Total credit hours
Lighting Economics
3.50
Course Length
Product Lighting
Lighting Strategies and Image Analysis
Daytime Exterior Lighting
Beauty Lighting and Lighting the Closeup
Lighting: The Bigger View
Total credit hours
4 weeks
Genre Differences
Field Production: Environmental Challenges
Field Production: Technical Challenges
Legal Considerations
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
DCN 4110
Learning to Light for Emotion
Film Criticism 3.00
Course Length
4 weeks
FLM 367
Directing The Directing Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce basic and advanced directing techniques that will prepare students for future project-oriented classes. Students will learn techniques for directing, acting, casting, and composition, and will work in every area of directing – from preproduction, to post-production delivery, to critical evaluation.
Course Outline
Interview Lighting
Color Temperature
Learning to Compose with Light
Course Outline
Through an introduction to classical and contemporary film and media theory, the Film Criticism Course explores critical approaches to the study of film in order for students to gain an understanding of how filmmakers create meaningful experiences for their audiences. Issues relating to production, audience reaction, aesthetics, and ethics are explored, as well as an analysis of films that have contributed to critical debate and challenged the existing theoretical suppositions of their time. Focus is also given to the ways aesthetics of audiovisual images both draw context from and add context to the cultural, social, and political climate in which they are made.
Course Outline Defining “Good Filmmaking”
Characteristics of Successful Directors
Casting
Film as Commentary
Marketablity vs. Art
Directing the Interview
Breaking the 180
Total credit hours
Effective Direction
Two-Minute Short Comedy/Drama
Introductions and Overview of the Class
Composition
Social Media
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Building Stronger Characters
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
58
Course Descriptions Program Core DCN 4915
ENTB 376
FLM 322
Final Project Postproduction
Intellectual Property
Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects
The Final Project Postproduction Course provides students with a greater understanding of the imaginative and technical side of editing. In this course, students demonstrate their knowledge of the editing process from Introduction to Editing, Visual Effects, and the Postproduction courses and create a final edit of their feature project. Students examine intermediate nonlinear online editing techniques, including engineering, media management, and digital video effects, and incorporate titles and music into their finished edit.
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.
Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects is the preliminary post-production course of the degree program. In this course, students are introduced to the concepts of aesthetic editing and the role of the editor as a storyteller. Students are also introduced to many post-production concepts, including dialogue editing, scene transitions, time and space perception, tempo, sound effects, visual effects, editing with music, and mood changes.
Course Outline Introduction to Editing your Final Project
Alternative Editing Choices
Advanced Computerized Editing Techniques
Total credit hours
Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights
Fair Use
Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
The History of Motion Picture Arts Course explores motion picture as an art form, as a business, and a representation of society. Students examine how film has become a dominant force in American culture through the study of subjects like the birth of film, the golden age of silent film, World War II, non- Hollywood films, the New Cinema of the 1960s era, and the Hollywood Renaissance.
Course Outline The Birth of Movies
Foreign Films
The Golden Age of Silent Films
Close-Up: Master Filmmaker Alfred Hitchcock
Integration of Sound
The New Cinema of the 1960’s
4 weeks
DCN 1001
World War II: Decline of the Studio System
The Hollywood Renaissance
The Documentary
Final Exam
2.50
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Introduction to Editing Systems
Dialogue, Sound Effects, and Music
The Editor as a Storyteller
Visual Effects
Total credit hours
4.50
Course length
4 weeks
DCN 4421
The Introduction to Digital Cinematography Course examines the various sectors of the digital cinematography industry, providing students with a view of the industry from the perspective of a business professional. Students will be introduced to the industry’s fundamental business terminology, prevalent business models, current trends, and variety of available career paths.
Course Outline
Mobility and Data Management Mobility and Data Management is a data management course that provides students with a greater understanding of codecs involved in the video process, such as H.264 and Microsoft codecs, as well as the containers for these codecs such as QuickTime and MPEG files. Students learn how to configure their end product and how to transcode video formats for the web and mobile devices and demonstrate a practical knowledge of data management and output.
Course Outline
Sectors of the Digital Cinematography Industry
Current Trends in Digital Cinematography
Digital Cinematography Terminology
Careers in Digital Cinematography
Business Models Prevalent in the Digital Cinematography Industry
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Tempo, Mood, and Transitions
Introduction to Digital Cinematography
History of Motion Picture Arts
†
Intellectual Property Rights
Production Project Completion
FIL 1035
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Introduction to Data Management
Delivering End Product
Understanding of Codecs
Transcoding for the Web and Mobile Devices
Containing Codec
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
59
Course Descriptions Program Core OVA 1000
FLM 463
DCN 3111
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries
Producing Independent Film
Project Planning and Development
The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.
The Producing Independent Film Course explores the world of line producing and the production infrastructure of independent film. Students learn all aspects of prepping for a shoot, scheduling and time management, budgeting, project pitching, script breakdowns, assembling crew positions, creating a professional brand, distribution options, and financing.
The Project Planning and Development Course provides a guided experience for the development of students’ final project. In this course, students design, budget, and detail their digital cinematography production. Successful completion of the course requires students to create a preproduction manual that includes a project proposal, storyboards, artistic designs, and a detailed financial plan of their production.
Course Outline An Overview of Visual Storytelling
Visual Representations in the Industries
Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Role of the Producer
Episodic & Reality Production
Phases of Production & Pipeline
Branding
Production Value
Commercial & Client Production
Alternative Productions
Film Production Analysis
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Personal Creative Development
Project Management and Assessment I, II, III
The Personal Creative Development Course is a final component of students’ final project that requires students to work independently on completing a creative project. The course is designed to help students address specific creative challenges they will face in all aspects of their career going forward. Through a series of presentations, students experiment with different types of creative approaches and learn which works best for them in specific business situations.
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
Course Outline Defining “You” as a Storyteller
Portfolio Assembly
Developing a Brand
Final Assessment of Personal Goals
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Designs and Specifications
The Preproduction Manual
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
FLM 224
Total credit hours DCB 101, 102, 203
DCN 4993
Project Proposal: Submission 2
Total credit hours
Music Video and Production
4 weeks
Project Proposal: Submission 1
Course Outline Project Development and Analysis
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
Course length
1.00 each
Storytelling The Storytelling Course uncovers the secrets behind the art, craft, and business of writing for film and television production. Students will be encouraged to think and work as “film authors,” and to enhance their scripts through the use of specific storytelling techniques. Students will utilize examples from past and present movies to examine a multitude of structural and stylistic techniques, which can be applied to a variety of film or television projects.
Course Outline Structure and Outline
Rewriting: Second Draft
Character Development
Pitching an Idea: Final Draft
Script Formatting: First Draft
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
60
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
WEB 4550
ART 2007
CRW 2000
Web Design
Art History
Creative Writing†
In the Web Design Course, students explore interactive website creation as a medium for communications and a form of art. While learning the fundamentals of web design, including a basic understanding of page construction and technical skills, students explore how to use the Internet as a medium for promotion, production, and distribution. Students create outcomes by producing interactive media narrative projects and social media artwork.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Creative Writing Course trains students to explore writing in a variety of genre forms. Building on the knowledge gained in English Composition, students in this course incorporate common literary devices and narrative structures into creative endeavors.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Web Design Aesthetics
Media on the Web
Web Functionality
Total credit hours
Ancient Art
Web Design Project
4.00
Course length
Medieval and Renaissance Art
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course Outline Brainstorming
Literary Devices
Modern Art
Form and Function of Genre
Criticism and the Editing Process
Post-modern Art
Narrative Structure and Causality
Final Revisions
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DGL 1012
MGF 1213
Digital Literacy
College Mathematics† The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
*
CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
61
Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101
PSC 1030
English Composition I†
Fundamentals of Physical Science
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Grammar
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
PPE 2110
Solids and Fluids
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Ethics and Psychology† This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information.
Course Outline
†
Values and Moral Reasoning
Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas
MBTI and Personality Archetypes
Johari Window Communication Model
Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will
Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems
Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing
Final Group Presentations
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
62
Entertainment Computer
Animation Business Bachelor Science Degree Program Bachelor ofofScience Degree Program
Artists, filmmakers, musicians… they don’t work alone. There are teams of talented people operating behind the scenes to help develop, market, and distribute the albums, films, and games people enjoy every day. At Full Sail, we understand that there is a unique group of passionate people who want to take on those management roles in the entertainment world – whether it’s at a recording studio, on a film set, in a graphic design house, or even on the road with a band. Most of our students start as consumers of the media they love, and our goal with the Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree Program is to help them translate that love into the essential skills needed to begin a career in the business side of the
entertainment world. Whether you want to take a position in the marketing division of an entertainment company, become an agent or manager for up-and-coming talent, or any of a multitude of other career paths, this program offers a thorough business curriculum with a focus on how those concepts apply specifically to the entertainment field.
Areas of Focus Areas of Focus
Communication Leadership & Management Fine Arts Marketing & Modeling Distribution Animation
Finance & Accounting Law & Effects Contracts Final Project/ Networking Demo Reel Creation Final Project
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
63
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
Areas of Focus COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS
teamBUILDING deals ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
Communication distribute
ENTERTAINMENTCOMMUNICATIONS/ BUSINESS BS
BUTION/ NG/
C A M PA I G N S
This practical training includes such essentials MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ as negotiating contracts and deals, pitching ideas, FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ FINAL PROJECT and working with talent. Other highlights include LAW CONTACTS the use of new communication technologies and learning how to create a professional identity that best reflects the skills you have to offer.
N E G O T I AT I N G
deals target
FINAL PROJECT
PROMOTE
distribute
skills
EXPLORING
markets
team-
distribute
P ROP ERTY
teamBUILDING research METHODS
CONTRACTS
deals
PROMOTE
professional
FINANCIAL
Leadership & Management
BUSINESS
target markets
personality guiding it from concept to completion. With that in mind, you’ll constantly be honing your leadership skills throughout the Entertainment Business program. You’ll learn effective management approaches by examining real-world case studies. And, with management courses teaching the fundamental concepts of effective team building, ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS you’ll learn firsthand the different traits that inspire the best in fellow employees. Implementing all of these ideas, you’ll take the role of leader in various N E G O T I AT I N G learning the planning and CONTRACTS COMMUNICATIONS/ projects – all while BUILDING LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT management skills that you’ll use throughout your career.
distribute
C A M PA I G N S
MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/
intellectual skills PROPERTY
PR O PERTY
METHODS
research
target markets
PROPOSALS A great business idea is nothing without a strong
deals marketing
LEADERSHIP
intellectual research
EXPLORING
EXPLORING
BUILDING
skills
C A M PA I G N S
C A M P A I G N SENTREPRENEURSHIPmanagement
team-
LEADERSHIP
IDENTITY
FINANCIAL marketing IDENTITY management
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
N E G O T I AT I N G
professional
BUILDING
marketing PROPOSALS
BUSINESS
PLANNING
management
intellectual
FINANCIAL
management
CONTRACTS
deals
LEADERSHIP
IDENTITY
In the entertainment industry, being able to LEADERSHIP BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT FINAL PROJECTyour ideas effectivelyPROPOSALS communicate in person is ENTREPRENEURSHIP as vital as any business outline you’ll put down N E G O T I AT I N G on paper. That’s why the Entertainment Business CONTRACTS COMMUNICATIONS/ MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ program features specialized communication classes PROMOTE LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT & ACCOUNTING/ where you’ll learn the nuances FINANCE of communicating in LAW CONTACTS a professional environment.
T BUSINESS BS
GEMENT
marketing
PROMOTE
professional
METHODS
professional
LEADERSHIP
skills
IDENTITY
professional teamIDENTITY FINANCIAL
management
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
intellectual LEADERSHIP
skills
|
P RO P ERTY
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
intellectual
PLA
ma 64
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
Areas of Focus CONTRACTS
BUILDING
deals
MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS
marketing
PROMOTE
distribute
C A M PA I G N S
BUSINESS
FINAL PROJECT
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
dealsFINAL PROJECT
PROMOTE
distribute
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
deals
PROMOTE
distribute
team-
BUILDING BUSINESS
PROPOSALS
marketing C A M PA I G N S
BUSINESS
PROPOSALS
LEADERSHIP Marketing & DistributionP L A N N I N G Law & Contracts IDENTITY management skills
professional
Business isn’t just about great products and ideas: it’s also about getting those products and ideas into the hands FINAN C I A Land minds of consumers. In our specialized management P R Ohow P ERTY marketing courses you’ll learn to promote and distribute creations throughout the global entertainment marketplace.
intellectual
EXPLORING
PROPOSALS
INESS BS
T
team-
N E G O T I AT I N G
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
target markets
team- & Accounting Finance IDENTITY professional
skills
Budgeting is a critical component of any company’s success, so it’s important that you get a well-rounded foundation in the intricacies of sound financial FINANCIAL management. During the Entertainment Business management C A M PA I G N S program, you’ll gain the tools you need to keep a p r company o f e s s i oprofi n atable. l LEADERSHIP You’ll study business accounting– the essential money-management skillsEXPLORING that include how to create and manage finances for any markets project ENTREPRENEURSHIP or company. In addition to these business basics, you’ll also explore the details of residual payments, royalties, and the break-evens on project proposals FINANCIAL via dedicated economics, accounting, and statistics P R O PERTY courses, as well as a blend of theoretical and applied finance exercises drawn from the entertainment field.
marketing
IDENTITY
management
target markets
target
PLANNING
LEADERSHIP
BUILDING
EXPLORING
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
research
METHODS You’ll be responsible for creating a marketing campaign for a company based in the industry you’re interested in entering. You’ll choose your area of focus, and then follow through with the entire distribution and promotion plan for a project, following the industry’s workflow processes in a way designed to teach you how to identify and connect with your target market.
There are different legal concerns for each area of the entertainment industry, and our curriculum will prepare you with a wide breadth of legal topics that cover the variety of real-world scenarios that could arise in your career. Through different classroom exercises you’ll learn everything from large-scale concerns like how to protect your creative and business assets to specific topics like the liability issues involved with setting up a concert in a live venue. Specialized courses also cover the broad uses of recorded music in all aspects of entertainment, how to handle contract negotiations, and the legal aspects of managing intellectual property.
management
intellectual P ROP ERTY
PLANNING
management skills research METHODS
intellectual
research
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
METHODS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
65
bute Areas of Focus Areas Focus
ESS
Networking
OSALS
s
e
S
EXPLORING
target markets
Entertainment Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future success. The sessions cover topics like goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
team-
BUILDING
professional
IDENTITY
Final Project
marketing
F I N A NBusiness CIAL Your last months in the Entertainment management C A M PA I G fiNnd S you bringing together the many program will aspects of your education to develop strategic plans for real-world business scenarios. You’ll engage EXPLORING in proper research methodologies totarget explore markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP your target market, differentiate yourself from competitors, and define a unique niche within your chosen field. The culmination of this research is a detailed activity that will cover the key elements of an entertainment business, giving you a practical representation of your skills to show to potential employers. In addition, if you choose to follow an entrepreneurial route after graduation, your background and training will equip you to develop and pursue a formal business plan.
LEADERSHIP
skills
research METHODS
PLANNING
management
intellectual P ROP ERTY
research METHODS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ LAW CONTACTS
FINAL PROJECT
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
deals
PROMOTE
distribute BUSINESS
team-
professional
BUILDING
IDENTITY
marketing
management
C A M PA I G N S
FINANCIAL
EXPLORING
target Degree Program | Bachelor of Science markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S PROPOSALS
66
r
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
In the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program, you’ll make your way through a challenging curriculum that combines essential business and management skills like strategic planning, event management, leadership, finance, and entrepreneurship with entertainment-specific courses like Artist Management, Intellectual Property, and Entertainment Business Models. Courses also focus on developing both your personal and professional skills, and the project-based environment recreates the same kinds of professional scenarios you’ll encounter in today’s business world.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing your ability to succeed in entertainment business in a variety of fields including film, music, digital media, broadcasting and gaming. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life-long learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
At the end of the program, you’ll be tasked with leveraging your knowledge and experience to analyze a business scenario related to your career goals and interests and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. This unique marriage of business and entertainment topics is designed to give you the full range of knowledge you’ll need to begin a career within an existing entertainment company or to get your own entrepreneurial idea off the ground. In addition to business-specific skills, you’ll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we also have a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
67
Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
MUB 481
Artist Management
ENTB 4211
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
Credit Hours
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
Audience Metrics
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
ACG 3223
Business Accounting
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I
ENTB 254
Business Ethics and Social Responsibility
3.50
ENC 1102
English Composition II
4.00
ENTB 251
Business Law
4.00
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
4.00
† †
MUM 4309
Business Technology and E-Commerce
3.00
ECO 2005
Introduction to Economics
4.00
ENTB 4485
Entertainment Business Models
3.00
STA 2027
Introduction to Statistics
4.00
MMC 4258
Entertainment Media Distribution†
4.00
MAN 3152
Leadership and Organizational Behavior
4.00
ENTB 410
Event Management
4.00
HUM 1505
Popular Culture in Media
4.00
ENTB 2713
Excel and Data Reporting
3.00
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation†
4.00
ENTB 376
Intellectual Property
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
†
ENTB 280
International Business
2.50
MAN 2020
Introduction to Management†
4.00
MKT 210
Introduction to Marketing
4.00
BUL 4621
Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations
OBM 1000
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
3.00
ENTB 3013
Principles of Business Finance
4.00
MAR 3111
Principles of Digital Marketing
4.00
ENTB 3623
Principles of Entrepreneurship
4.00
ENTB 4525
Professional Selling
4.00
ENTB 4913
Strategic Business Management
4.00
Totals:
†
4.00
Totals:
42.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
120 100
1
DIGITAL LITERACY
6
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
2
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
7 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
3
4
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES
8
9 BUSINESS ETHICS & SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
11
BUSINESS LAW
16
PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE
21
ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA DISTRIBUTION
12 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
17 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
22
AUDIENCE METRICS
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
5 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA
10
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
EXCEL & DATA REPORTING
13
14
15 PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP
PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL MARKETING
BUSINESS ACCOUNTING
18
19
20
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MODELS
ARTIST MANAGEMENT
MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS
23
24
EVENT MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL SELLING
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
25 STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE
78.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program
Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program †
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
68
Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 481
ACG 3223
ENTB 251
Artist Management
Business Accounting
Business Law
The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artist’s career, management contracts, development of an artist’s career path, and sustaining an artist’s career.
The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned.
The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects.
Course Outline Overview of the Artist Manager
Planning the Artist’s Career
Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship
Making the Career Plan Work
The Accounting Cycle
Cost Models and Cost Control
Launching the Artist’s Career
Career Maintenance and Control
Preparation of Basic Financial Statements
Decision-Making and Operational Planning
Course Outline
The Management Contract
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ENTB 4211
Audience Metrics
ENTB 254
The Audience Metrics Course examines how companies in the entertainment industry use key measurements and data sources to make business decisions. Students assess how audience data is used for content development and media buying. Students also learn how companies collect, analyze, summarize, and interpret real-world data related to media.
Course Outline Metrics in the Entertainment Industry
Emerging Technologies in Audience Metrics
Sources of Audience Metrics
Entertainment Industry DecisionMaking Based on Metrics
†
4.00
The Business Ethics and Social Responsibility Course presents students with complex, real-world ethical problems associated with the management of a business. Through the study of historical and current case studies, students will debate the responsibilities of managers, broaden their awareness of personal, professional, and business ethics, and address the social responsibility of the entertainment industry.
Course Outline Ethics
Examination of Social Responsibility Business Issues
Historical and Current Event Case Studies
Audience Measurement Techniques
Total credit hours
Business Ethics and Social Responsibility
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
Total credit hours
Course Outline Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices
Clearances and Licensing
An Introduction to Intellectual Property
Contracts and Business Law
Total credit hours
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
MUM 4309
Business Technology and E-Commerce† The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry.
Course Outline Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry
Quantifying Usage and Value
Innovation and Adoption Models
Total credit hours 3.50
4.00
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
69
Course Descriptions Program Core ENTB 4485
ENTB 410
ENTB 376
Entertainment Business Models
Event Management
Intellectual Property
The Entertainment Business Models Course is a detailed study of the various ways that entertainment organizations operate and generate profit from operations. Students analyze traditional and emerging business models in various segments of the industry. Students explore career opportunities based on current and evolving models.
The Event Management Course examines the business of event management, which has developed into a vital marketing tool for a variety of businesses. The many topics of study for event management include researching the product and company brand, identifying the target audience, creating an event concept, and developing a project management plan. This course covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management.
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.
Course Outline Traditional Business Models
Business Development Strategies
Emerging Business Models
Career Opportunities Based on Business Models
The Role of Media Conglomerates
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Overview of Event Management
Target Audience Research
Event Concept Design
Location Scouting and Logistics
Project Plan Management and Development
Technical Event Development
Total credit hours
MMC 4258 The Entertainment Media Distribution Course explores various avenues of publishing, including publishing rights, international publishing issues, the role of publishing companies in the entertainment business industry, the mechanics of publishing companies, and their impact on the entertainment business professional. Forms of distribution are evaluated in relation to their effectiveness for various entertainment products. In addition, students are introduced to various royalty structures and methods of collection.
Course Outline Publishing and Distribution Principles and Terminology
Principles of Pricing
Publishing Companies Forms of Distribution
4.00
Intellectual Property Rights
Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights
Fair Use
Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages.
Course Outline Data Analysis
Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards
Tables and Charts
Data Reporting
Royalty Structures and Collection
Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
International Business
Excel and Data Reporting
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
The International Business Course addresses the complexity and the diversity of business practices in the international business marketplace. A variety of related topics are addressed, including: consumer differences across key international markets; international marketing strategies; economic policies; political and cultural environments and their effect on international business; the impact of geography on business transactions and distribution; and laws, treaties and international labor issues that affect international business.
Course Outline International Business Consumer Marketing Strategies for International Business
Geographical Issues
International Economics
Legal Issues
Political and Cultural International Environments
International Labor Issues
Total credit hours
†
4.00
4 weeks
ENTB 2713
Formulas and Functions
Course length
Course Outline
ENTB 280
Entertainment Media Distribution
†
Total credit hours
Course Outline
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
2.50
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
70
Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 2020
BUL 4621
ENTB 3013
Introduction to Management†
Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations†
Principles of Business Finance
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.
Course Outline
Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed.
Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context
Local and National Labor Laws
Human Resource Principles
Risk Management
Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes
Business Management Case Studies
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation
Total credit hours
Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents
4.00
Course length
Course Outline Marketing Principles and Terminology
Entertainment Licensing and Promotion
Advertising
Merchandising
Competitive Tactics
Public Relations
Marketing Plan Development
Branding
Total credit hours †
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Capital Budgeting Techniques
Time Value of Money
Business Valuation
Debt vs. Equity Financing
Risk Management
Budgeting and Forecasting
Personal Finance
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MAR 3111
Principles of Digital Marketing
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students’ understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.
Financial Analysis
Total credit hours
OBM 1000
Introduction to Marketing
Course Outline
4 weeks
4 weeks
MKT 210
The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance.
The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry’s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry’s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.
Course Outline An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries
Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
The Principles of Digital Marketing Course examines the role of marketing in the 21st century. Students explore digital and mobile marketing, discussing the most prevalent types of tools, their purposes and their effectiveness in relation to the entertainment industry. Comparison to traditional marketing tactics and examples of current marketing mixes are addressed. In addition, this course builds student understanding of search engine optimization and social media marketing tools.
Course Outline Digital Marketing Trends
Social Media Marketing
Role of Mobile Marketing
Search Engine Optimization
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
4 weeks E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
71
Course Descriptions
General Education
Program Core ENTB 3623
ENTB 4913
MGF 1213
Principles of Entrepreneurship
Strategic Business Management
College Mathematics†
The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path.
The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate.
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur
Case Studies in Entrepreneurship
Business Problem Analysis
The Entrepreneurial Mindset
Entrepreneurship as a Career
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ENTB 4525 The Professional Selling Course teaches students the importance of the business development and client relationship management roles in both large and small companies, which are critical to the success of a business. Students learn best practices in a professional sales environment and develop methods to overcome common hurdles in meeting sales objectives. Course topics include building the customer relationship, distinguishing types of sales, the relationship and differences between sales and marketing, and methods of sales forecasting and reporting. Students also learn how to deliver an effective sales presentation and explore the multitude of related career opportunities within the industry.
Course Outline Role of the Sales Department
Leveraging Social Media in Sales
Customer Buying Process
Ethics in Selling
Sales Proposals
4.00
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Professional Selling
Total credit hours
Strategic Management Decisions
Course Outline
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
72
Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101
PSC 1030
STA 2027
English Composition I†
Fundamentals of Physical Science
Introduction to Statistics
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Overview of Business Statistics
Presentation of Statistical Data
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Business Statistics Terminology
Problem-solving Using Statistics
Grammar
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ENC 1102
Course Outline
Collecting and Organizing Data
Solids and Fluids
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition II† The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students’ writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Course Outline Critical Analysis
Literacy Research
Argument Information
Methods of Documentation of Sources
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
Leadership and Organizational Behavior†
Introduction to Economics The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry.
Course Outline Supply and Demand
Role of Government
Consumer Behavior
Monetary Policy
International Economics
†
4.00
MAN 3152
ECO 2005
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weaknesses through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process.
Course Outline Leadership
Decision-making
Building Effective Teams
Motivating
Group Dynamics
Conflict Resolution
Total credit hours
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
73
Course Descriptions General Education HUM 1505
DEP 1013
Popular Culture in Media
Psychology of Play
The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture.
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Popular Culture As Social Phenomena
Popular Culture and Media Technology
Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture
Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
COM 3109
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Professional Communication and Presentation† The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
Course Outline Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Presentation Strategies
Audience Analysis
Technical Development of a Presentation
Personal Image
Total credit hours
†
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
74
Entertainment
Business Master of Science Degree Program
Entertainment has a wider reach than ever before – just check your pockets for your smartphone, MP3 player, or handheld game system. The delivery options available today have broadened the ways we can enjoy media both at home or on the go. And as technology continues to open new avenues for the way we consume music, movies, games, and the web, the entertainment industry has become one of the most exciting fields for creative professionals. This evolution has also brought the need for a specific kind of talent to lead the next wave, which is why Full Sail’s Entertainment Business Master’s program is designed to
provide a higher level of real-world education to students who want to position themselves for leadership roles in the media landscape. As you cover advanced business courses related to media products and distribution, you’ll gain a focused understanding of the tools used by managers, leaders, organizers, and innovators who make the decisions that help drive the success of the industry.
Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Advanced Business Fine Arts Training Modeling Entertainment Animation Focus
Capstone Projects Effects
Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
75
Areas of Focus ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING
ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS
CAPSTONE PROJECTS
THEORY
guest SPEAKERS
ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS
development
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
entertainment SKILL
BUSINESS
THEORY
ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING
professional
INDUSTRY careers development
guest SPEAKERS
EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
artist PERSPECTIVE DIGITAL
keynote presentations
professional
DEVELOPMENT
N E G O T I AT I N G
skills
MULTIMEDIA
EXECUTIVE
storyboarding
Advanced Business Training DIGITAL
keynote presentations
storyboarding The Entertainment Business Master’s program takes your education beyond the classroom by having you interact with the entertainment business and traditional business communities. You might meet with a commercial banker about getting business loans and other bank services, or talk with a private investor and find out what they look for when investing in new companies. In addition to expanding your knowledge of business theory, these meetings allow you to hone the personal skills it takes to be an engaging leader and negotiator in the entertainment world.
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
LEA
EXECUTIVE NETWORKING
entertainment
LEADERSHIP
artist
artist
MULTIMEDIA INDUSTRY careers
DEVELOPMENT
NETWORKING
NETWORKING
development
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS
CAPSTONE PROJECTS
SKILL
SKILL
BUSINESS
|
Master of Science Degree Program
mD
76
INESS
Areas of Focus
LEADERSHIP
SKILL
EORY
development
est
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
PEAKERS
ional
MULTIMEDIA
keynote
LOPMENT Entertainment Focus presentations
NETWORKING
N E G O T I AT I N G
skills
artist EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
DIGITAL
storyboarding
marketing DISTRIBUTION
With decades of experience preparing graduates for careers in the entertainment industry, we have a unique perspective on the specific skills you’ll need to excel in the entertainment world. That experience has enabled us to craft a curriculum that focuses on the business needs of the media world, bridging its creative, technical, and commercial aspects. During your coursework, you’ll spend time studying the companies that are relevant to your field of interest – both from an artist’s and executive’s perspective – and the daily work processes that go into making them thrive. More than just a focused curriculum, the program also features guest speakers from successful companies who talk about their experiences and relate them to your career goals.
SINESS
HEORY
uest PEAKERS
SKILL
development
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
LEADERSHIP
N E G O T I AT I N G
NETWORKING
skills
artist EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
77
Areas of Focus
NT
guest
ENTERTAINMENT SFOCUS PEAKERS
CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional
OJECTS
DEVELOPMENT
SKILL
INESS
EORY Capstone Project
est PEAKERS
ional
development
entertainment
Your Master’s program is highlighted by a business plan capstone project designed to showcase the skills you’ve learned throughout the program. Adhering to a standard industry format, you’ll create a detailed proposal for your own entertainment or media company – covering all the financial aspects that an investor would want to see. Your business plan will demonstrate that you know how to and MULTIMEDIA plan think like a professional, including how to budget and control your finances, market and distribute your product, and plan for top organizational performance.
LOPMENT
INDUSTRY careers
keynote presentations
guest S P E A K E R S artist
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
EXECUTIVE
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
PERSPECTIVE
marketing DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT keynote keynote DISTRIBUTION storyboarding presentations presentations MULTIMEDIA
professional
MULTIMEDIA
LEADERSHIP
NETWORKING
N E G O T I AT I N G
skills
artist EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
DIGITAL
storyboarding
marketing DISTRIBUTION E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
78
Areas of Focus
Overview Our Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program is an advanced exploration of the specific business and management skills you need to excel and lead in the entertainment world. This balanced and in-depth curriculum will take you through courses such as Executive Leadership, Advanced Entertainment Law, Entertainment Business Finance, Business Storytelling and Brand Development, and Negotiation and Deal Making as you expand your knowledge of the way the business world works. Through this specialized education, you’ll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those to exercises that develop your own leadership abilities. As a conclusion to the program, you’ll be responsible for a business plan – which will require you to make practical use of important entertainment business concepts like
Objective project management, financial planning, business plan development, contract negotiation, digital marketing, branding, and global business strategy. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in a variety of entertainment business industries such as recording arts, show production and touring, digital media and web, game design and development, computer animation, and film & television. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, entertainment business finance, negotiation techniques, product and artist management, entertainment law, media publishing, media distribution, digital marketing, and business plan development. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the business side of the entertainment field. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the entertainment and media industry.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
79
Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program
Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
Credit Hours
BUL 5628
Advanced Entertainment Law†
3.50
GEB 611
Business Plan Development
3.50
MAR 628
Business Storytelling and Brand Development
3.50
MAR 680
Digital Marketing
3.50
GEB 650
Entertainment Business Finance
3.50
MMC 6256
Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution
3.50
MAN 629
Executive Leadership
3.50
EBM 691
Final Project: Business Plan
3.50
MDL 501
Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development
3.00
MAN 6446
Negotiation and Deal-Making†
3.50
EBM 590
Product and Artist Management
3.50
MAN 602
Project and Team Management
3.50
†
Totals:
2
3
4
5
MASTERY: PERSONAL LEADERSHIP & DEVELOPMENT
EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP
PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE
6
7
8
9
10
NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING
PRODUCT & ARTIST MANAGEMENT
ADVANCED ENTERTAINMENT LAW
ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION
DIGITAL MARKETING
11
12
BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT
FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN
41.50
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
†
1
41.5 48
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
80
Course Descriptions Program Core BUL 5628
GEB 611
MAR 680
Advanced Entertainment Law†
Business Plan Development
Digital Marketing
This course explores advanced topics related to entertainment law, with an emphasis on entertainment contracts and intellectual property protection. Students explore, through lectures and case studies, how the digital revolution has impacted the entertainment industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights within the digital domain, with a focus on the role that entertainment law has played in the industry’s evolution. Students also have the opportunity to understand the impact of entertainment law on their specific entertainment field and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way contracts are structured within their respective industry sector.
The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry.
The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online.
Course Outline Overview of Intellectual Property Principles
Role of Changing Technology
Evolution of Entertainment Law
Trends Affecting Entertainment Contracts
Protection of Rights In the Digital Domain
Case Studies in Entertainment Law
Total credit hours
Course length
3.50
4 weeks
Course Outline Review of Business Concepts
Financial Plan
Presentation of Business Plan to Include:
Marketing Plan
Research Report on the Chosen Industry
Management Plan
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
Overview of Digital Media
Search Engine Marketing
Digital Revenue Models
Digital Advertising and Promotion
Mobile Trends and Technologies
Social Media and Customer Engagement
Measurements and Analytics
Total credit hours
MAR 628
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Business Storytelling and Brand Development This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use.
Course Outline Brand Development Overview
Storytelling and Leadership
Brand Development Principles and Techniques
Storytelling and Brand
Brand Development Case Studies
Personal Brand Identity
Construction of a Story
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
81
Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 650
MMC 6256
EBM 691
Entertainment Business Finance
Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution†
Final Project: Business Plan
The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry professional. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students develop financial projections including startup funds and pro forma income statements for their chosen business. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, capital management, operations expense management and personal finance
Course Outline
The Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution Course focuses on issues currently affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study traditional as well as new digital publishing and distribution models. The course also addresses issues within the industry such as piracy, social media, digital rights management and legislation. Students will explore strategies for protecting and monetizing their creative content and will utilize traditional as well as new distribution models to develop a publishing and distribution plan for their chosen business.
Course Outline
Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities
Pro Forma Financial Projections
Overview of Traditional Publishing and Distribution Methods
Digital Rights Management
Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies
Capital Funding and Management
Exploration of New Digital Publishing and Distribution Models
Social Media and Piracy Issues
Financial Planning
Operations Expense Management
Publishing and Distribution Case Studies
Development of a Publishing/ Distribution Plan
Funding Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects
Personal Finance
Total credit hours
Course length
3.50
Total credit hours 4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in today’s entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industry’s leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals.
Course Outline Executive Leadership Qualities
Mentoring
Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field
Leading in Change
Personal Assessments
Executive Leadership Case Studies
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Completion of Written Business Plan
Executive Summary Development
Business Plan Presentation
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
At the level of a master’s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students’ first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.
Course Outline
Power and Influence
Course length
Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma
Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership
Executive Leadership
3.50
Course Outline
MDL 501
MAN 629
Total credit hours
The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers. The completion of the Final Project Business Plan is a requirement of graduation for the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program.
4 weeks
Mastery Concepts
In-Depth Immersion and Reflection
Case Studies
Academic Research and Methodologies
Leadership Principles
Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S Master of Science Degree Program
|
82
Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 6446
EBM 590
MAN 602
Negotiation and Deal-making†
Product and Artist Management
Project and Team Management
Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios.
The Product and Artist Management Course addresses management issues and scenarios that apply to artist management and gives students tools and strategies to help resolve these issues. Students in this course also address product management and its unique issues, the interconnectivity of artist and product management divisions. Finally, students have the opportunity to apply these advanced management techniques to their specific entertainment field and examine how these principles can be applied to their business projects.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a project’s success, and providing mentorship to aid the team’s success.
An Overview of Negotiation Techniques
Role-playing Negotiation
Deal-making Structures and Outlines
Deal Memos and Contracts
Self-awareness and Negotiation
Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies
Skill Development
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Overview of Artist Management
The Integration of the Artists and the Media Product
Strategic Artist Management Techniques
Current Issues Affecting Artist and Product Management
Overview of Product Management
Problem-solving Techniques for Artists
Strategic Product Management
Case Studies in Artist and Product Management
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Section 1: Project Management:
Team Management Concepts and Theories
Creating a Project Plan
Team Management Case Studies
Project Plan Development and Execution
Managing Team Morale
Project Management
Managing Team Time Management
Budget Management
Confronting Team Conflict
Section 2: Team Management:
Inspiring a Team
Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
3.50
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
83
Entertainment
Business Sports Management Elective Track
Master of Science Degree Program
Teams and leagues on the amateur, collegiate, and professional level are supported by the organizations that operate their venues and facilities, the marketing and promotion groups that generate interest in the game and its athletes, the companies that sell the tickets, the broadcast outlets who bring the games to fans, and the executives who coordinate these multiple elements. Full Sail University’s Entertainment Business Master’s with a Sports Management Elective Track is designed to provide you with an advanced business education that addresses the specific needs of the sports industry, preparing you for a career in one of its many professional branches.
The Sports Management Elective Track is specifically tailored to the needs of the sports industry, and you’ll explore concepts such as Sports Management and Operations, Legal Issues in Sports, and Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales, in addition to the advanced business concepts like Project and Team Management, Executive Leadership, Entertainment Business Finance, and Negotiation and Deal-Making that are a part of Full Sail’s Entertainment Business Master’s Degree Program.
Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Sports Management Fine Arts and Operations Modeling Legal Issues In Animation Sports
Negotiation and Deal-Making Effects Sports Final Project/ Marketing and Demo Reel Creation Sponsorship
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
84
of Focus AINMENTAreas BUSINESS MS
Sports Management and Operations
SKILL
BUSINESS
In this course, you’ll explore the management practices of the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports management practices and operational scenarios that frequently occur in the industry. You’ll learn about professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models as you work to formulate a sports management plan for INDUSTRY your Business Plan project.
THEORY
BUSINESS
development
guest SPEAKERS
MENT
PROJECTS
professional
entertainment
careers
DEVELOPMENT
Legal Issues In Sports MULTIMEDIA
keynote
development
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
N E G O T I AT I N G
Deal making is a vital part of the entertainment industry, and strong negotiating skills can help secure the best deals for you and your clients. This course explores the essential and practical skills that will help prepare you to have a strong business presence within the industry. EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
In this important course, you’ll learn how to structure common types of entertainment deals while practicing negotiation techniques during role-playing scenarios. It’s your chance to explore deal-making case studies to learn which negotiation concepts actually work best within the industry.
DIGITAL
storyboarding
Sports Marketing SKILL and Sponsorship development
LEADERSHIP
NETWORKING
artist EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
guest
skills
artist
The legal issues that impact the sports industry are a fundamental aspect of the business. From presentations ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS contracts and licensing to risk management, a strong awareness and understanding of these issues is important to one’s success in the field. Beyond the traditional legal aspects of B sports USINESS ADVANCED BUSINESS the digital revolution has also management, TRAININGimpacted the industry, so you’ll learn strategies The roles that sponsorships and the media play for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital in the sports management industry are huge. domain and analyze case studies to understand In this course, you’ll be placed in real-world how the sports industry has evolved in light of N E G O T I A Tscenarios ING that will require you to apply problemchanging technologies and the law. You’ll also ENTERTAINMENT SPEAKERS INDUSTRY careers solving techniques to resolve sports marketing FOCUS have the opportunity to focus on the impact of and sponsorship issues. You’ll also examine the law on sports and examine how evolving sports organizations, advertisers, and the media, trends are affecting the way sports agreements learning how each MULTIMEDIA approaches concepts like are structured. CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. DEVELOPMENT
THEORY
SKILL
LEADERSHIP
Negotiation and Deal-Making NETWORKING
skills
entertainment
keynote presentations
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
marketing DISTRIBUTION NETWORKING
artist EXECUTIVE
PERSPECTIVE
DIGITAL
storyboarding
Master of Science Degree Program
85
Overview
Objective
The Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree with a Sports Management Elective Track is an advanced exploration of the specific sports management and business skills you need to excel in the entertainment and sports business industry. This balanced and in-depth curriculum includes courses such as Executive Leadership, Sports Management and Operations, Project and Team Management, Legal Issues in Sports, Negotiation and Deal-making, Sports Marketing and Sponsorships, Entertainment Business Finance, and Business Plan Development.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in the entertainment and sports industry. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the sports and entertainment business fields. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, sports management and operations, legal issues in sports, negotiation and deal-making, sports marketing, internet marketing, and business plan development.
Throughout this specialized education, you’ll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those exercises to develop your own leadership abilities. You’ll also complete two capstone projects – a leadership portfolio and a business plan thesis – which will require you to make practical use of important business concepts like project management, contract negotiation, sports marketing, financial planning, and business plan development. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment and sports industry. To help you make that transition, Full Sail University has a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors are available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
In addition to business proficiency, your education will help you develop critical-thinking, problem-solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
86
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program with a Sports Management Elective Track Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
GEB 611
Business Plan Development
3.50
MAR 628
Business Storytelling and Brand Development
3.50
MAR 680
Digital Marketing
3.50
GEB 650
Entertainment Business Finance
3.50
MAN 629
Executive Leadership
3.50
EBM 691
Final Project: Business Plan
3.50
BUL 5581
Legal Issues in Sports
3.50
EDM 601
Media Literacy and Research Methodologies
3.00
MAN 6446
Negotiation and Deal-Making†
3.50
MAN 602
Project and Team Management
3.50
MAN 6223
Sports Management and Operations
3.50
MAR 6111
Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales
3.50
Totals:
1
2
3
4
5
MEDIA LITERACY & RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES
EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP
PROJECT & TEAM MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS FINANCE
6
7
8
9
10
NEGOTIATION & DEAL-MAKING
SPORTS MANAGEMENT & OPERATIONS
LEGAL ISSUES IN SPORTS
SPORTS MARKETING & SPONSORSHIP SALES
DIGITAL MARKETING
11
12
BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT
FINAL PROJECT: BUSINESS PLAN
41.50
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
†
Credit Hours
41.5 48
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
|
Master of Science Degree Program
87
Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 611
MAR 628
MAR 680
Business Plan Development
Business Storytelling and Brand Development
Digital Marketing
The Business Plan Development Course requires students to incorporate the business skills students have developed over their course of study into research for their own business plan. In this course, students draw on their business, management, and technical knowledge to create and develop a formal presentation of a business plan. Students then receive feedback from their instructors and peers concerning the viability of their business plan in the entertainment industry.
This course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market: storytelling and brand development. In this course, students learn how to implement brand development strategies that help companies become icons within their industry. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identity and create tools for realworld business use.
The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online.
Course Outline Review of Business Concepts
Marketing Plan: Traditional, Internet and Mobile
Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Relative Entertainment Portfolio Items
Management Plan
Research Report on the Entertainment Economy of Chosen Entertainment Industry
Website Plan
Financial Plan
Total credit hours
Course Outline Construction of a Story
Personal Brand Identity
Creative Writing Overview
Brand Development Principles and Techniques
Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth and Archetype
Creating a Mission Statement
Storytelling and Leadership
Brand Development Case Studies
Storytelling and Brand
Total credit hours 3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Brand Development Overview
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Overview of Digital Media
Search Engine Marketing
Digital Revenue Models
Digital Advertising and Promotion
Mobile Trends and Technologies
Social Media and Customer Engagement
Measurements and Analytics
Media Planning, Buying, and Campaign Management
Search Engine Marketing
Storytelling and Brand
Total credit hours
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
3.50
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
88
Course Descriptions Program Core GEB 650
MAN 629
BUL 5581
Entertainment Business Finance
Executive Leadership
Legal Issues in Sports
The Entertainment Business Finance Course focuses on the financial decisions and issues facing the entertainment industry entrepreneur. During this course, students identify and evaluate entertainment business opportunities and projects using financial principles, while also learning how to raise the necessary finances to fund an entertainment company and/or project. Students also explore financial contracts with a focus on how contracts can minimize risk for the entertainment business enterprise. Additional topics in the course include the development of financial decision-making skills, financial planning, leasing, acquisitions, capital management, and operations expense management.
This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in today’s entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industry’s leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals.
This course provides an overview of the legal issues that impact the sports industry, with an emphasis on contracts, licensing, and risk management. Students in this course explore how the digital revolution has impacted the industry and learn strategies for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital domain. Students also analyze case studies to understand how the sports industry has evolved in light of changing technologies and the law. Finally, students in this course have the opportunity to focus on the impact of the law on sports and examine how evolving trends are affecting the way sports agreements are structured.
Course Outline Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities
Leasing
Raising Finances to Fund Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects
Acquisitions
Understanding Financial Contracts
Capital Funding and Management
Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies
Entertainment Leadership Portfolio
Executive Leadership Qualities
Mentoring
Personal Assessments
Leading in Change
Overview of Intellectual
Overview of Contract Law
The Examination of the Various Entertainment Industries
Executive Leadership Case Studies
Property and Licensing
Role of Changing Technology
Power and Influence
Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field
Risk Management in Sports
Case Studies in Sports Law
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
Course Outline
Total credit hours 4 weeks
Course length
4 weeks
Course length
4 weeks
EDM 601
In the Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone project is required for graduation. The Business Plan is a comprehensive academic examination of a topic selected by the student. The project encompasses academic objectives and concepts learned from each course in the degree program. In their final course, students complete the written business plan and present the plan to faculty and peers.
In the Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Course, students will review media studies literature using various resources. Utilizing the skills that they acquire from this course, students will work throughout the program to develop their thesis and media project focusing their efforts on making changes to their personal practice or workplace. Students will start development of media research proposals, create a literature review based upon their research, examine the progress of research questions formation, and study various research methods, learning which are appropriate to various types of research questions.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Final Project: Business Plan 3.50
3.50
Media Literacy and Research Methodologies
EBM 691
Financial Planning
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma
Completion of Written Business Plan
Media Research, Sampling, and Validity
Literature Review
Executive Summary Development
Business Plan Presentation
Online Research Databases and Tools
Research Proposals
APA Formatting and Citations
Media Project Formation
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
89
Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 6446
MAN 602
MAN 6223
Negotiation and Deal-making†
Project and Team Management
Sports Management and Operations
Negotiation and deal-making are essential business skills that enable entertainment business professionals to grow companies, establish a strong business presence, and enhance product development. In this course, students explore the skills needed to become a strong negotiator and deal-maker, through instruction in topics like deal-structuring skills, self-awareness and negotiation skill development, tools and concepts for negotiation preparation, negotiation and deal-making role-playing, and critiquing the role-playing scenarios.
Students in the Project and Team Management Course are responsible for two main objectives. The first involves learning the principles of project management, including: creating a project management plan, correctly ordering tasks, understanding and considering all factors that contribute to a successful project, and staying within budget. The second objective requires students to explore the various factors of team management and creating a productive team, including: matching project objectives to team member skill sets, motivating a team to accomplish project goals, empowering team members to take ownership of a project’s success, and providing mentorship to aid the team’s success.
This course addresses management practices within the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports management practices and operational scenarios. Students in this course explore professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models. Students also formulate a sports management plan for their Business Plan Thesis project.
Course Outline
Overview of the Sports Industry
Ticketing, Facilities, and Event Logistics
Professional and Amateur Athletics
Sports Management Plan Case Studies in Sports Management
Team Management Case Studies
Operational Issues: Athletes, Facilities, and the Media
Understanding Project Planning Software
Managing Team Morale
Total credit hours
Course length
Project Plan Development and Execution
Managing Team Time Management
Project Management and Budget Management
Confronting Team Conflict
Section 2: Team Management
Inspiring a Team
An Overview of Negotiation Techniques
Tools and Concepts to Prepare for Negotiation
Deal-making Structures and Outlines
Role-playing Negotiation
Self-awareness and Negotiation
Scenarios and Critiquing
Creating a Project Plan
Skill Development
Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies
Total credit hours
3.50
Course length
Course Outline
Course Outline Section 1: Project Management
4 weeks
Team Management Concepts and Theories
4 weeks
MAR 6111
Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales This course explores topics and concepts pertaining to sports marketing and the role of sports sponsorships and the media. Student are placed in real-world scenarios requiring the application of problem-solving techniques to resolve sports marketing and sponsorship issues. Student also examine sports organizations, advertisers, and the media and each one’s approach to marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. Students then apply their knowledge to develop a sports marketing plan for their Business Plan Thesis project.
Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent
Total credit hours
3.50
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Overview of Sports Marketing and Promotion
Sports Marketing Case Studies
Sponsorship Sales and Media
Sports Marketing Plan
Customer Relationship Management
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
3.50
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
90
Game
Art
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Today’s video game graphics are more realistic and impactful than ever. If you’ve considered taking your artistic talents to the game industry, Full Sail’s Game Art bachelor’s degree program can help you learn the same production methods used to create 3D art for gaming projects. In this degree program, you’ll examine the fundamentals of interactive graphics development – including character creation, environment and prop creation, the production pipeline, in-game effects, and animation – and learn how these principles function within a game engine. You’ll also learn how to take traditional art and animation principles and apply them to models that look and move realistically.
The practical application of these combined skills happens in your final portfolio courses, in which you will create content within a chosen discipline of study to showcase your artistic skills. Throughout the program, you’ll also develop the personal and professional skills that will help you be an effective member of a game development team.
Areas of Focus Art Creation
Demo Reel
Collaborative Development
Modeling GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
91
artistic F U N D AM E N TAL S
Areas of Focus
modeling
ANIMATION
objects CHARACTERS
LIGHTING
VISUAL
depth
O PTIMIZATIO N
STRATEGIES
c o n c e p ts
S H A D ING
texturing
landscapes
Art Creation
team
After grasping the basics of computer art, it’s time STORYBOARD to add the visual depth that defines great animation. SCRIPTING BUILDING
stic
E N TAL S
You’ll learn how to use lighting, shading, and texturing to breathe realistic qualities into your characters and how to combine those elements to create industry-ready real-time graphics. Building on the essentials you’ve already learned, you’ll apply those skills on projects that will see you creating objects, characters, and landscapes for expansive and imaginative 3D game worlds.
3D
ANIMATION co n c e p t s
TEXTURING
special EF F ECTS
modeling STRATEGIES
CONTENT
OP T IM I Z AT ION
GAME DEV
AL
epth
BOARD RIPTING
LIGHTING S H A D ING
texturing
team
BUILDING
objects CHARACTERS
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
artistic FUNDAMENTALS
landscapes
ART CREATION
TEXTURING
special EFFEC TS COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL
VISUAL
depth
STORYBOARD SCRIPTING
3D
ANIMATION c o n c e p ts
LIGHTING SH A D I N G
texturing
team
BUILDING
modeling STRATEGIES
CONTENT
O P T IM IZ AT IO N
objects CHARACTERS
landscapes
TEXTURING
special EF F EC TS
GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
92
depth Areas of Focus
LIGHTING SHA DING
STORYBOARD texturing
SCRIPTING
team
BUILDING
S H A D IN G
CHARACTERS
texturing
objects CHARACTERS
teamlandscapes
landscapes
Collaborative
Demo Reel
TEXTURING Development
BUILDING
TEXTURING
special E F F E CT S
special E FFE CT S
After mastering the world of game art creation you’ll work together with students from Full Sail’s Game Development Degree Program to design and produce an original game project from start to finish. This collaborative environment will help you learn to deliver content on a deadline as well as how to GAME DEVguidelines set by a real-world work within production team.
By the end of the Game Art program you will have amassed a wealth of content that shows an employer the comprehensive skills and artistic techniques you’ve mastered. During your final months, you’ll collect all of these assets and put them together for your personal demo reel.
In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your instructors will re-evaluate what you’ve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry you’re most You’ll storyboard and script with a team of interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your programmers, and work with them to define the ANIMATION FOUNDATION FUND A MENTA L S artistic strengths and technical proficiency in such c o n c e p ts visual qualities and requirements for the game. areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, Then you’ll go to work using the skills and techniques and special effects, offering a well-rounded learned throughout the program to develop the demonstration of your talents to help launch graphics and environments for a fully playable game. your career. In addition to learning industry workflow and how
artistic
ART CREATION
VISUAL
depth
to operate in a team setting, this integrated project setting will allow you to see your graphics as part of a final product and test how they hold up in a practical application. All of these factors give you the advantage of coming COLLABORATIVE DEV/ out of school as an artist who has already DEMO REEL worked on a fully functional game.
STORYBOARD SCRIPTING
3D
ANIMATION
LIGHTING SHADI NG
texturing
team
BUILDING
GAM E ART
|
modeling STRATEGIES
objects CHARA
lands
TEXTURING
specia EFFECT
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
93
GAME DEV
GAMEAreas DEV of Focus
artistic
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
FUN D A ME NTA LS ART CREATION
3DART CREATION
NIMATION conce p ts
GHTING Modeling
HA DING COLLABORATIVE DEV/
modeling STRATEGIES
objects CHARACTERS
VISUAL
CONTENT depth
OPTIM IZATION COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL
STORYBOARD texturing Game content follows fundamental artistic guidelines landscapes DEMO REEL SCRIPTING even when you’re working within the expanse of 3D digital graphics. The modeling foundations covered in the Game Art program will help you draw a parallel between TEXTURING traditional art and modeling techniques and today’s leading digital art software – the way characters, objects, E FFE CTS and environments look and act in real life, and how you can capture that same realism when recreating them in the digital world.
team
BUILDING
artistic 3D F U N D A ME N TA L S
ANIMATION concepts
VISUAL
depth LIGHTING SHADING
texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING
team
3D ANIMATION modeling
modeling
CONTE
STRATEGIES
concepts
OPTIMIZAT
STRATEGIES
LIGHTING SHADING
objects CHARACTERS
texturing
objects CHARACTERS
landscapes
landscapesTEXTURING
team
special EF F EC TS
BUILDING
TEXTURING
special E FFE CT S
BUILDING
special
To further introduce you to the world of game graphics, the program also emphasizes the core 3D animation concepts that are essential to the industry. As you explore the latest game platforms, you’ll learn the strategies of professional modelers and discover how to create great-looking content and optimize it to the standards of today’s hardware.
GAME DEV
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
ART CREATION
artistic F UN DAMEN TAL S
VISUAL
depth
3D
modeling
ANIMATION
STRATEGIES
concepts
objects CHARACTERS
LIGHTING S HADI NG
texturing GAM E ART
|
landscapes
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
94
Overview
Objective
Full Sail’s Game Art Bachelor’s Degree Program is designed to develop artists well-versed in 3D asset creation for game development. With a focus on 3D content for consoles and computers, you’ll work your way through project-based classes that follow a clear progression from the basics of digital art creation up through the latest trends and tools. Along the way classes like Character Animation, Game Production, Production Modeling, Level Design, and Shading and Effects will help you gain the skills necessary to move and improve content through the production pipeline. Each of these specialized classes is based around the same workflow processes found at professional gaming studios including such core concepts as animation, character modeling, lighting and shading, and texturing.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer environmental modeling, game textures, and character animation needed to qualify for entry-level positions in the game industry as game artists, scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, and animators. Besides the program’s strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related fields. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
Supporting these industry-specific foundations are classes focusing on the fine art aspects of game content development as well as courses focusing on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the gaming industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé, and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
GAME ART
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
95
Game Art
Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
CGA 221
2D Animation
CGA 121
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
4.00
ART 2006
Art History
4.00
3D Foundations
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
CGG 443
Advanced Game Characters
3.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
CGG 351
Art Creation for Games
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
CGA 321
Character Animation I
3.00
PHY 1000
Fundamentals of Physics†
4.00
CGA 342
Character Design and Creation
4.00
MTG 1205
Geometry and Measurement†
4.00
CGA 451
Character Rigging I
4.00
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation†
4.00
CGA 453
Character Rigging II
3.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
CGA 241
Compositing Fundamentals
4.00
CGA 131
Fundamentals of Animation
3.00
CGA 101
Fundamentals of Art I
3.00
CGA 102
Fundamentals of Art II
3.00
CGG 333
Game Animation
4.00
CGG 391
Game Portfolio I
4.00
CGG 401
Game Portfolio II
4.00
CGG 381
Game Production
4.00
CGG 452
Level Assembly and Lighting
4.00
CGA 112
Methods of Design
4.00
DIG 1301
Model Creation†
4.00
ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
3.00
CGA 482
Portfolio Assembly
4.00
CGA 352
Production Modeling
4.00
CAB 101
Project Management and Assessment I
1.00
CAB 302
Project Management and Assessment II
2.00
CAB 403
Project Management and Assessment III
2.00
GRA 1161
Shading and Lighting†
4.00
CGG 432
Texture Painting and Sculpting
3.00
Credit Hours
Totals:
†
93.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
ART HISTORY
6
7
8
9
10
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I
3D FOUNDATIONS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II
MODEL CREATION
SHADING & LIGHTING
11
12
13
14
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
123 128
METHODS OF DESIGN
CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION
GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT
16
17
18
19
20
PRODUCTION MODELING
2D ANIMATION
COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION
CHARACTER RIGGING I
21
22
23
24
25
GAME ANIMATION
TEXTURE PAINTING & SCULPTING
28
29
30
ADVANCED GAME CHARACTERS
GAME PRODUCTION
GAME PORTFOLIO I
26
LEVEL ASSEMBLY & LIGHTING
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Entertainment Business
15 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
CHARACTER RIGGING II
Master of Science Degree Program
Totals:
1
CHARACTER ANIMATION I
27 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
31
32
GAME PORTFOLIO II
PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY
ART CREATION FOR GAMES PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
96
Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 221
CGG 443
CGA 321
2D Animation
Advanced Game Characters
Character Animation I
The 2D Animation Course develops students’ appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subject’s volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students’ skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability.
The Advanced Game Characters Course focuses extensively on the elements of accurate high resolution character sculpting. The course material is presented with an emphasis on proper anatomy, proportion, and fine details. Students will create assets implementing advanced techniques while maintaining realistic surface quality and likeness of reference. Students completing this course will possess a deeper understanding of digital sculpting, topology, texturing, and the use of generated maps.
The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Animation Fundamentals
Advanced Character Principles
Principles of Animation
Clean Up
Timing Charts
Character Personality
Building Game Topology
Head Sculpting and Detailing
Texturing
Creating Clothing
Total credit hours
Character Animation
Total credit hours
Anatomy Sculpting
3.00 Course length
4 weeks
Group Participation and Critique
Scene Composition and Staging
Scene Planning and Workflow
Entertainment Analysis
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3D Foundations The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the fundamentals of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics using Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Students learn the interface and controls of both programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for the more advanced courses later in the Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program.
Course Outline Introduction to Operating Systems
Introduction to the Maya Interface
Introduction to Digital Imagery
Working in the 3D World
Photoshop Interface and Tools
Geometry and Surface Types
Digital Concept Art
Working with Objects and Components
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGG 351
Art Creation for Games CGA 121
Total credit hours
Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation
The Art Creation for Games Course provides students with a strong knowledge of the way real time 3D content is modeled and textured. Students develop game models of simple and complex props, foliage, and various game environments. In addition to modeling, students paint color, generate normal maps, and specular maps for created geometry. Special attention will be paid to the creation of clean and optimized models for use in games.
Course Outline
CGA 342
Character Design and Creation The Character Design and Creation Course builds upon the skills learned in the Model Creation and Shading and Lighting courses by applying knowledge to 3D characters. Students begin with preproduction of a character, developing concept art and character sheets. Students complete a fully textured organic 3D model for possible use in film or high-resolution game technology.
Course Outline
Modular Modeling
Level Construction
Character Design
Painting Character Textures
Digital Detail Sculpting
Real Time Lighting
NURBS Modeling
Generating Textures for Characters
Texture Creation
Sub Division Surface Modeling
Character Rendering
Total credit hours
Surface Flow and Anatomy
4.00 Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
97
Course Descriptions Program Core CGA 451
CGA 241
CGA 101
Character Rigging I
Compositing Fundamentals
Fundamentals of Art I
The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig.
The Compositing Fundamentals Course introduces students to beginning and intermediate compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals. The course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world live-action video footage. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer generated elements to properly match a high-definition film or video source while working in a node-based compositing environment.
The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Course Outline Joint Creation and Layout
Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques
Control Building and Constraints
Python Fundamentals
Custom Attribute Creation
Python Tool Development
Matte Creation Techniques
3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping
Photoshop Fundamentals
Node-based Compositing
Total credit hours
4.00 Course length
4 weeks
Fundamentals of Animation 4.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGA 453
Character Rigging II The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow.
Course Outline Skin Deformation
Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur)
Muscle Systems
Advance Mathematical Connections
Advanced Deformers
Scripted Controls
The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them.
Course Outline Keyframe Animation
Hierarchical Animation
Motion Timing and Analysis
Camera and Light Positional Animation
Dope Sheet and Action Graphs
Animation Rendering
Total credit hours
Object Observation
Color Theory
Textures and Lighting
Composition and Space
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGA 102
Fundamentals of Art II
CGA 131
Set Driven Keyframes
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Course Outline
3.00 Course length
The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Course Outline Life Drawing
Character Development
Animal and Environment Observation
Sculpting
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
4 weeks
Advanced Facial Setups
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
98
Course Descriptions Program Core CGG 333
CGG 401
CGG 452
Game Animation
Game Portfolio II
Level Assembly and Lighting
The Game Animation Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce animated sequences and cycles for game play. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the game industry with a focus on game engine constraints and requirements. Students in this course pay special attention to character anatomy, rigging constraints, and reusability within all aspects of a game.
The Game Portfolio II Course, students develop their third portfolio piece showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I and II to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a third high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.
The Level Assembly and Lighting Course continues to expand students’ understanding of game requirements with a focus on constructing a playable level. Students design, build, texture, light, and add effects for a level. Successful completion of this course provides students with the necessary knowledge to develop content for game environments.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Character Anatomy
Motion Analysis
Time Management
Rigging
Timing Development
Portfolio Asset Creation
Application of Animation
Reusability and Blending
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Portfolio Presentation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Course Outline Game Level Editor
Advanced Real Time Lighting
Asset Creation
Particle Effects
Advanced Assembly
Game Play Interaction
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGG 381
Game Production
CGG 391
Game Portfolio I The Game Portfolio I Course, students continue developing portfolio content showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a second high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.
Course Outline
Course Outline Time Management
Time Management
Portfolio Presentation
Portfolio Asset Creation
Total credit hours
The Game Production Course allows students to use the tools, techniques, workflow and artistic skill developed through the Game Art foundation courses and apply it to the creation of portfolio assets. Students develop skills in time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Portfolio Presentation
CGA 112
Methods of Design The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course.
Course Outline
Portfolio Asset Creation
Critical Thinking
Narrative and Non-narrative
Total credit hours
Elements and Principles of 3D
Architecture and Scenery
Aspects and Elements of Time
Character Design and Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
GAM E ART
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
99
Course Descriptions Program Core DIG 1301
CGA 482
CAB 101, 302, 403
Model Creation†
Portfolio Assembly
Project Management and Assessment I, II, III
The Model Creation Course explores the beginning of the computer animation process by creating hard-surface models from concept art to final computergenerated imagery. During an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling tool set, comparisons of the relative differences between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision surface definitions are made. Students will develop techniques and strategies for creation of efficient virtual surfaces.
The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a student’s content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing his or her talent.
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Surface Creation Methods
Surface Continuity
Content Review and Assembly
Demo Reel Review
Building Strategies
Trimming and Blending
Audio Assembly
Package Presentation Development
3D Modeling Basics
Modeling Optimization
Demo Reel Output
Curves and Surfaces
Total credit hours
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00 Course length
4 weeks
CGA 352
Production Modeling Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.
Course Outline Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries
The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
Total credit hours
†
The Production Modeling Course develops students’ understanding of model development as it applies to the animation production industry. The course builds on all the computer animation foundation courses that precede it, and parallels industry production workflow to develop portfolio models for presentation. Students explore a variety of topics including developing surface flow, anatomical models, and production modeling techniques.
Course Outline Advanced Modeling Techniques
Anatomical Modeling
Production Modeling
Surface Flow
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
Course length
1.00/2.00 each
4 weeks
GRA 1161
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
The Shading and Lighting Course investigates the mood and lighting, look and feel, shadows and shading, reflections and atmospheres that bring scenes and models to life. During this second of three 3D fundamental courses, students develop an eye for texturing and lighting modeled objects and scenes that parallel the real world. This course builds on the concepts established in the Object Perspective Course, including surface lighting and shadow observations and techniques.
Course Outline Textures and Shaders
Highlights and Shadows
Image Manipulation
Rendering and Raytracing
Reflection and Refraction
Optimization
Lighting Strategies
Geometry Parameterization
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling
Project Development and Analysis
Shading and Lighting†
4 weeks
ODT 1000
Course Outline
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
100
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
CGG 432
ART 2006
DGL 1012
Texture Painting and Sculpting
Art History
Digital Literacy
The Texture Painting and Sculpting Course teaches students techniques for creating textures for video games by utilizing traditional art skills. Using digital sculpting, painting, and photo sourcing techniques, students create and applying textures and materials for use in current game engines.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Advanced Digital Sculpting
Texture Creation
Map Generation
Materials
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MGF 1213
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics† The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Grammar
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
101
Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000
COM 3109
Fundamentals of Physics†
Professional Communication and Presentation†
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.
Kinematics
Electromagnetic Spectrum
The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
Motion
Survey of Light
Course Outline
Energy and Mechanics
Physical Theories and Formulae
Course Outline
Electricity and Magnetism
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Geometry and Measurement†
Technical Development of a Presentation
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Personal Image
Total credit hours
The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry, and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations.
Course Outline A Brief History of Geometry
Circles
Inductive and Deductive Reasoning
Areas of Polygons and Circles
Foundations of Geometry
Solid Geometry
Triangles
Analytic Geometry
Parallel Lines and Polygons
Trigonometry
Quadrilaterals
Polar Coordinates
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours 4.00
4.00
Course Outline
Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem
†
Audience Analysis
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Presentation Strategies
MTG 1205
Total credit hours
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks GAM E ART
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
102
Game
Design
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Video games aren’t just great entertainment, they’re one of the most dynamic areas of the entertainment world, with successful games generating revenue that rivals some of the biggest film and album releases. It takes the right kind of leaders to help manage the titles that innovate and inspire gamers, and keep the industry growing both creatively and financially. Today’s top game development houses thrive on the leadership of a great production staff to oversee their multimillion dollar titles, and Full Sail’s Game
Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program will help you become one of these creative decision makers. With curriculum based on the processes used at the most respected studios in the world, this Bachelor’s program is designed to prepare you to meet the design, leadership, and management needs of this creative industry.
Areas of Focus Team Leadership Fine Arts Project Modeling Management Animation
Design Effects Capstone Game Project Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
103
GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS Areas of Focus GAME DESIGN MASTERS BS
ASTERS BS
NT
TEAM LEADERSHIP TEAM LEADERSHIP
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Team Leadership
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Game development is an intensely collaborative process – with designers, artists, animators, programmers, and audio specialists working together to produce high-quality assets based around a unified vision. As a game producer, being able to understand these different roles and help them work together DESIGN efficiently is the key to developing a creative and DESIGN successful production environment.
Project Management
creating
EXPERIENCES
Video games are one of the most complex art forms in entertainment, bringing audio, visual, and tactile elements together in one interactive package. With so many different assets being created across multiple departments, effective organization and administration is essential to keeping a game on schedule and under budget.
The Game Design Bachelor’s program puts you in a leadership role, as you learn to coordinate a large, diverse team and help them operate as an integrated unit. Dedicated classes help you develop strong leadership skills, teaching you to streamline a This Bachelor’s program covers the entire scope of GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT development process that supports the needs of a development cycle. After taking core classes in both your team and the studio. The end GAME result isCAPSTONE Asset Management, Production Methodologies, and PROJECT a leadership approach that’s both inspirational Quality Assurance, you’ll collaborate with artists and and productive. programmers and work with that team throughout production to delegate tasks, problem-solve, and hit milestones. You’ll also learn the best practices of industry-standard project management, scheduling, and bug-tracking software that will keep your game on schedule while maintaining the quality of the product.
for PLAYERS creating EXPERIENCES
for PLAYERS
creating
EXPERIENCES
for PLAYERS GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
104
MENT
Areas of Focus
creating
EXPERIENCES
for PLAYERS
creating
EXPERIENCES
for PLAYERS
ROJECT
Design The classic games you grew up with started as just simple concepts – ideas that were later brought to life by a dedicated team of designers, artists, and producers. Supporting innovative new concepts is one of the responsibilities of a producer at a game studio, and to produce successful products, you’ll need to understand the precise balance of story and gameplay that makes for a well-designed game.
Our specialized Bachelor’s curriculum teaches the elements of great design. Courses in Game Design and Design Mechanics stress the importance of developing a unified approach to gameplay in the initial design stage, and maintaining that standard throughout production. There’s a real craft to bringing all the components of a game together to develop a finely tuned experience – these courses will show you how to implement design standards in a way that best serves the needs of the project.
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
105
Areas of Focus
MANAGEMENT
creating
EXPERIENCES
DESIGN
for PLAYERS
creating
EXPERIENCES
for PLAYERS GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT
Game Capstone Project
The program culminates with the Game Capstone Project. You’ll be joining a game production team PSTONE PROJECT as a leader, coordinating a group of artists and programmers as they design and code the graphics, gameplay, and audio for a fully playable game. This real-world studio scenario will require you to draw on every element of your design and production education as you guide and support the team through every stage of production. You’ll develop game documents to guide the project, create a project plan, organize and gather assets, coordinate integration between departments, develop marketing strategies, and finally work to prepare the game for delivery.
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
106
Areas of Focus
Overview The curriculum in the Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program is comprised of high-level game design and production courses that take you deep into the game development pipeline. You’ll expand and advance your project and design skills through hands-on exercises in leadership, team management, game design, and marketing while you learn the skills you’ll need to advance your career in the game production industry. During the course of the program, you will be responsible for completing a design document, an academic capstone project, and a presentation. The Capstone Project is designed to help you develop the project and team management skills you’ll need to succeed in the game development field. In this project you will be paired with a group of undergraduate programmers and game artists to plan the genre and scope of a fully playable game. You will be acting as a Producer on this project, helping guide the team through the gameplay design, determining technological issues, as well as managing assets and the production timeline.
Objective This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership, design, and project management skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the game industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of game development necessary to be successful in qualifying for entry-level design and production positions. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to work in the fast-paced environment of a game studio in an entrylevel production role. The curriculum in this program develops your executive leadership skills, project and team management abilities, and teaches the production methodologies, as well as the marketing and media relations concepts used by major game studios. In addition to technical proficiency, a Full Sail education is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the game and entertainment industries. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the game and entertainment industries.
GAME DESIGN
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
107
Game Design
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Credit Hours
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code
Course
GDN 4340
Aesthetics and Immersion
4.00
Code
Course
GDN 2130
Design and Development Analysis
3.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
GDN 3140
Design Project
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I
GDN 1150
Design Tools
3.00
MGF 1040
Finite Math
4.00
GDN 1440
Economics
4.00
PHY 1000
Fundamentals of Physics†
4.00
GDN 4630
Game Design Final Project I
3.00
HIS 2320
Historical Archetypes and Mythology†
4.00
GDN 4730
Game Design Final Project II
3.00
SPC 2140
Interpersonal Communications
4.00
GDN 4840
Game Design Final Project III
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
GDN 1230
Game Design I
3.00
MGF 1340
Statistics
4.00
GDN 4240
Game Design II
4.00
GDN 3841
Game Development
4.00
GDN 1130
Game History
3.00
GDN 3340
Game Mechanics
4.00
GDN 3100
Leadership
4.00
GDN 3631
Level Design
3.00
ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
3.00
GDN 3241
Programming Foundations I
4.00
GDN 3242
Programming Foundations II
4.00
GDN 111
Project Management and Assessment I
1.00
GDN 112
Project Management and Assessment II
1.00
GDN 223
Project Management and Assessment III
1.00
GDN 4141
Prototyping
4.00
GDN 4540
Research and Marketing
4.00
GDN 1341
Storytelling for Games
4.00
GDN 3230
Team Building
3.00
GDN 2240
Usability
4.00
GDN 3741
World Building
4.00
1
Totals:
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
†
90.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
3 OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
4
5
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
GAME HISTORY
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
6
7
8
9
10
DESIGN TOOLS
FINITE MATH
GAME DESIGN I
HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY
STORYTELLING FOR GAMES
11
12
13
14
15
30.00
STATISTICS
ECONOMICS
DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT ANALYSIS
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS
USABILITY
120 128
16
17
18
19
20
3.00
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
4.00
†
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS
TEAM BUILDING
DESIGN PROJECT
21
22
23
24
25
PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS I
PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS II
LEVEL DESIGN
WORLD BUILDING
GAME DEVELOPMENT
26
27
28
29
30
RESEARCH & MARKETING
GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT I
LEADERSHIP
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
GAME MECHANICS
GAME DESIGN II PROTOTYPING
AESTHETICS & IMMERSION
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program
Totals:
2
Credit Hours
Entertainment Business
31
32
GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT II
GAME DESIGN FINAL PROJECT III
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
108
Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4340
GDN 3140
GDN 1440
Aesthetics and Immersion
Design Project
Economics
The Aesthetics and Immersion Course focuses on artistry in games, and how to use visuals, sound, and knowledge of an audience’s brain chemistry to design experiences which are more than just functional. Students will examine why people like and connect with games, how to create games that immerse players, and how to communicate with team members about aesthetic elements. Students will also examine how to evoke emotions like fun, excitement, and anticipation, and observe how the first few minutes of any designed experience are crucial to capturing an audience’s attention.
The Design Project Course challenges students to apply what they have learned in the first half of this program in design classes such as Game Design I and Storytelling, personal development courses like Team Building and Leadership, and critical and analytical classes such as Economics and Usability. In studentled teams, participants take on various design roles to generate ideas, design playable components around those ideas, and document their decisions through a collaborative analytical process. Focus is placed on the mechanics, flow, and fun factors of their analog game prototype. The goal of the project is for students to appreciate the complexity of collaborative game design, to fine-tune their technical design skills, and to ensure their design is well-suited to an intended market and meets specific milestones.
The Economics Course examines how people make choices and use resources. This course focuses specifically on game economics and will examine how markets are created and maintained in game worlds. Students will learn how players allocate their resources in a limited market, while trying to satisfy their wants and needs. This is maintained through economic balance and fluctuations that are controlled by the designer and must be maintained throughout the development process. Topics of study include basic economic theory, inflation, supply & demand, poverty & inequality, and market stability.
Course Outline The Science of Addiction
Storyboarding Feedback Loops
Communicating Visually
Creating the Critical First 5 minutes
Emergent vs. Intended Aesthetics
Communicating across Teams About Aesthetics
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Design Document Review
Design Mechanic Review
Game Feature Breakdowns
Design Reviews & Feedback
Refactoring Designs
Independent Work
Total credit hours
GDN 2130
4.00
Course length
The Design and Development Analysis Course teaches the student techniques used to deconstruct, reproduce, and improve existing games based on a thorough analytical process. The ability to critically analyze other’s work is essential to the design phase of any project, and the video game industry is no exception to this. By playing and deconstructing games, students will learn the complicated design systems running behind the scenes in games and will compose documents to support their findings.
Course Outline
Supply & Demand
Player Motives
Market Equilibrium
Inequality and Balance
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Game Design Final Project I
Design Tools In the Design Tools Course, students will gain exposure to the tools used by game designers in the industry, while becoming aware of the perils and shortfalls involved with those tools. Students will learn the structure of game industry teams, and how different tools are used in team environments. Students will also learn how to create game design documentation, simulate using spreadsheets, brainstorm effectively, and present ideas in a group setting. The intention of the course is to provide a solid foundation of basic tools that game designers use.
Interface/Input Analysis
Game Mechanics Analysis
Advanced Game Systems (Combat, etc.)
Overview of the Game Industry and Software Projects
Brainstorming in Teams
Reward Systems Analysis
Document Recreation
Written Communication and GDDs
Presentation of Ideas in a Group Setting
Course length
MMO Economies
Market Creation & Maintenance
GDN 1150
Game Analysis Techniques
3.00
Real-World vs. Game Economics
GDN 4630
Design and Development Analysis
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Course Outline
4 weeks
In the Game Design Final Project I Course, students will take the design concepts explored in Research and Marketing and start developing their game. Students will develop a project plan and begin its implementation towards a vertical slice – a game prototype showcasing the game’s main mechanics and a subset of the experience that is expected of the final product. After the vertical slice, the team will continue to expand content in the game to prepare for the second major milestone: Final Project II: The Alpha Milestone.
Course Outline Production Plan
Unreal Scripting
Develop Style Sheet
UDK Kismet Scripting
Feature Implementation
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Probability, Game Theory, and Monte Carlo Simulation
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
109
Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 4730
GDN 1230
GDN 3841
Game Design Final Project II
Game Design I
Game Development
In the Game Design Final Project II Course, the team of students continues developing their product concept. Final Project II introduces the second major milestone for students: the Alpha Milestone. Alpha is typically defined as “feature complete” in the industry. Early in the course, students will identify what remaining features need to be implemented in their game in order to plan and prepare for this milestone. Once past Alpha, the team will begin adding any remaining content in the game to prepare for the third major milestone: Final Project III: The Beta Milestone.
The Game Design I Course examines the active role of a game designer by breaking down game ideas into discrete, functional, and logical systems. Since designers are responsible for all features of any given game – such as player goals, choices, and game rules – students will observe and analyze different game designs to understand how these elements interact. They will further hone their design and technical writing skills by creating game prototypes, as well as revising and editing flowcharts, outlines, and research data through multiple iterations of analog games.
The Game Development Course provides a practical approach to design and implementation across multiple phases of development. Simplified versions of video games, referred to as prototypes, will be developed as students become experts at game scripting. Upon successful completion of this course, students will possess the abilities, tools, and research methods necessary to deliver a game from concept to completion.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Feature Implementation
UDK Kismet Scripting
Flowcharting & Outlining
Documentation Format & Requirements
Prototyping & Research
Quick Iteration Method & Evaluative Frameworks
Unreal Scripting
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
GDN 4840
Total credit hours
The Game Design Final Project III Course serves as the culmination of skills developed during the Game Design program. Teams will continue working on Final Project II prototypes as they test and polish their game designs. Upon completion of this course, teams will have concrete examples of their designs that are polished and professionally formatted – ready to be presented and shared with prospective employers or investors.
Course Outline Quality Assurance
UDK Kismet Scripting
Unreal Scripting
Final Presentation
Total credit hours
Entry-Level Understanding of Game Scripting
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
GDN 1130
Game History GDN 4240
Game Design II The Game Design II Course gives students multiple vectors for further maturing their game design skills. Students will read some of the top writing in game studies, on topics related to both theory and practice. Students will also play games that illustrate various design principles and prepare them for final project tasks. Ultimately, students will be tasked to create their own games, playtest them, and analyze their own work as well as the work of other students.
Course Outline 4 weeks
Ability to Meet Deadlines with Direct Assistance
Goal-Based Research Abilities Developed
Design Vocabulary
Game Design Final Project III
Course Outline
The Game History Course examines the history of game development, the changes in game systems, and the evolution of genres and interactivity elements. The course explores why people play games and which games revolutionized the various game genres. Important milestones in the industry’s history have resulted in changes to the way people create and play games, and designers need to understand these. Students will learn about influential and innovative titles and what impact they had or continue to have on the games of today.
Course Outline Industry Milestones
Gaming Systems Genre and Interactivity Development
Mechanics, Dynamics, and Aesthetics
Playtesting
Influential Games
Flow and Game balance
Implementation of Scope
Innovative Games
Toys, Puzzles, and Games
Total credit hours
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
110
Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 3340
GDN 3631
GDN 3241
Game Mechanics
Level Design
Programming Foundations I
The Game Mechanics Course explores the theories and principles employed in game rule-based systems. Students will learn how pacing and thematic structures incorporate conflict resolution and generate a plausible challenge and reward system. Students will understand the use of feedback mechanisms by employing a heuristic testing process to determine which of the design elements may or may not be fun or unbalanced during actual play. Students leaving this course will have a better idea about how to better sync gameplay decisions to a specified target audience.
The Level Design Course teaches students how to analyze game levels and break them down into their basic components. Students will learn to ask the right questions when designing a level. What purpose does a particular object in a level serve? Is it functional, or is it there for purely aesthetic reasons? What sort of guidance (if any) should a player receive? Does this level have any ties to previous or future levels? Students will also learn about such concepts as level pacing and flow, setting clear goals for a player, and the importance of visuals. The ever-elusive fun factor will also be covered, as a way of tying the individual components together.
The Programming Foundations Course teaches the JavaScript programming language using the Perlenspiel engine as a foundation for creating games through script. Students will learn basic JavaScript coding syntax and grammar, as well as the fundamental skills needed for designing and building programs. These skills will help a designer to breakdown the aspects of a game into their core components, and give a better understanding of how data and interaction mesh together to create a game.
Course Outline Concept Presentations
Conflict Resolution Conventions
Game Design Documentation
Pacing and Thematic Constructs
Game Genres and Classifications
Heuristic Testing Process
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Player Navigation and Rewards
Level Goals and Objectives
Aesthetics and Visuals
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Leadership The Leadership Course is designed to facilitate students’ discovery, direction, and development, as well as demonstration of their leadership skills. Students will construct a personal leadership development plan for professional application as they learn how to translate leadership theory into real-world practice. The leadership principles and knowledge that will be acquired can be applicable to any industry.
Course Outline Leadership Theories and Models
Leading Change in the Game Industry
Leadership Challenges and Solutions
Roles and Responsibilities
Leadership Types and Traits
Team Leadership
Mission, Vision, Values, and Purpose
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Control Flow
Basic Programming Concepts
Functions
Input and Output
Data Storage and Processing
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Programming Foundations II
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.
Course Outline An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling
Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries
The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
Total credit hours
Introduction to JavaScript and the Perlenspiel engine
GDN 3242
ODT 1000
GDN 3100
Total credit hours
Level Purpose and Theme
Pacing and Flow
Game Design Theories
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
The Programming Foundations Course takes a further look at programming, focusing on architecture and problem-solving that is useful during the process of crafting a game. Students will learn how to decide which programming components to use, and how to arrange them in useful ways. Along with this, students will learn additional advanced programming techniques in JavaScript, including object prototyping, algorithms, and simple finite-state machines.
Course Outline Organizing Game Features
Object Prototyping
Program Architecture and Planning
Managing Game States using Finite State Machines
Debugging Techniques
Update Loops and Real-time Games
Encapsulation and Code Reuse
Basic User Interfaces
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
111
Course Descriptions Program Core GDN 111, 112, 223
GDN 4540
GDN 3230
Project Management and Assessment I, II, III
Research and Marketing
Team Building
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
The Research and Marketing Course examines the research and documentation process, and helps students develop the skills required to gather information, organize data, and deliver a concise and credible product. Topics of study will include technical and player documentation, consumer research, product planning, culture and language, and media relationships. The materials and process in this course apply directly to final project development in this program.
The Team Building Course investigates the collaborative techniques and communication skills critical to today’s design teams. The course is designed to allow students to survey, develop, and employ unique, team-specific communication, decision-making, problem-solving, and conflict resolution techniques as they collaborate on team assignments – including a course-long, competitive team project. Because team building has application beyond the game industry, the objective of this course is to expose teams to the foundational basics needed to be an effective team builder – and team member – in any environment.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
1.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
GDN 4141
High Concept Documentation
Prototyping
Game Design Documentation
Intellectual Property and Copyright
Market Research
Total credit hours
Prototyping In the Prototyping Course, students will create their first team-based digital game prototype. Each student will apply what he or she has learned individually in order to create a small prototype of a game mechanic. They will then team up to create a prototype of a much larger scope, using disciplines learned throughout the program to come up with a unique concept design and prototyping this concept over the course of two milestones. Throughout this project, students will refine the skills learned in previous classes while working in a team environment during the development process.
Course Outline Creating a prototype concept
Project meeting
Project meeting
Milestone 2
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Storytelling for Games The Storytelling for Games Course introduces students to the challenges and opportunities of writing stories for the game industry, from character and world development to industry conventions and documentation. Students will examine storytelling as a practical tool for communicating information and ideas, and explore storyboarding techniques. Particular attention is paid to how video games can use storytelling to build narrative depth, emotional impact, and theme, which all work toward greater player immersion.
Course Outline Narrative Patterns
World Building and Development
Storytelling Techniques
Game Narrative Documentation
Total credit hours
Dramatization & Character Relationships
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Team Communication and Feedback
Team Formation and Structure
Team Process Development
Personalities and Team Interaction
Team Assessment and Peer Evaluation
Total credit hours
GDN 1341
Milestone 1
4.00
Stages of Team Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
GDN 2240
Usability The Usability Course explores the theoretical and practical methods used to improve game interfaces. Usability inspection is aimed at finding usability problems and providing design relevant information to designers and engineers in the effort of making products easier to interact with and more efficient to use. In this course, students will understand usability and its considerations, defining the usability trade-offs involved in the game design world. Topics will include an overview of generations of user interfaces, the usability engineering lifecycle, the design process, usability heuristics, usability testing methodologies, the four fun keys, and the design of a game controller.
Course Outline What is Usability?
Heuristics
Usability Principles
Usability Testing Methodologies
Engineering Lifecycles
Four Fun Keys
Design Process
Design of a Game Controller
Total credit hours
GAM E DE S I GN
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
112
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
GDN 3741
DGL 1012
MGF 1040
World Building
Digital Literacy
Finite Math
The World Building Course teaches students how to create a level based on game interactions and features. Designing a level by interaction allows the game designer to map out the perfect game scenarios to give to the player. Since games allow a degree of free will, it is the designer’s responsibility to present the player with optimal situations to utilize and master game features. This is achieved by linking well thought out interactive scenarios. Using the tools learned in Level Design, students follow simple steps to creating an interaction-driven level. Advanced concepts such as modularity and combat scenarios are also covered in this class.
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students will explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored will provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students will use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments.
Course Outline Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Creating Modularity
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Level Creation with Interactions
Digital Literacy Skills
Course Outline Defining Game Interactions Facilitating Scenarios Mapping Interactions
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
Algebraic Operations
Combinatorics
Logic & Probability Theory
Sets & Number Theory
Linear Programming
Digital Geometry
Matrices & Determinants
Proofs and Ordered Sets
Total credit hours Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition I†
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Fundamentals of Physics† The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena.
Course Outline
Grammar
4 weeks
Nomenclature
Basic Collision Reaction
Newtonian Physics
Application of Physics
Basic Collision Detection
Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
PHY 1000
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
†
4.00
ENC 1101
GAM E DE S I GN
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
113
Course Descriptions General Education HIS 2320
DEP 1013
Historical Archetypes & Mythology†
Psychology of Play
The Historical Archetypes and Mythology Course introduces students to the connections between history, mythology, and iconic archetypes, and the influence these relationships have had on classical and contemporary cultures of the world. Color symbolism is also explored in order to better appreciate folklores, heroes, and monsters of various cultures. In addition to composing original myths and stories, students complete a personal assessment that identifies characteristics of their individual archetypes and use this knowledge to identify, understand, and relate to mythological characters and characters of their own creation. The course also enhances students’ ability to analyze and evaluate information.
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Introduction to Archetypes, Culture, and Myths
Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America
Archetypes Influence on Culture
Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture
4.00
Course length
The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students’ ability to analyze and evaluate information.
Course Outline Assessment and Evaluation
Writing Résumés and Other Documents
Research and Planning
Networking and Interviewing
†
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Statistics
Interpersonal Communications
4.00
Critical-Thinking Skills
MGF 1340
4 weeks
SPC 2140
Total credit hours
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Total credit hours
Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes
Total credit hours
Course Outline
The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics – including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data.
Course Outline Descriptive Statistics & Data Collection
Central Limit Theorem
Mathematics of Statistics
Mean & Variance
Probability & Distribution
Statistical Analysis & Application
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GAM E DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
114
Graphic
Design
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Graphic design is everywhere. In almost every aspect of our lives, art is used to convey a message, and everything that we buy has some amount of design that goes into it. Whether it’s a t-shirt, magazine, billboard, website, or a company logo, we are constantly surrounded by visuals that tell a story or express an idea. The vision driving these images is one that shapes the world and the way that we see it. When you enter Full Sail’s Graphic Design program, you join the ranks of those who choose to spread their vision on a wider
scale. It’s about combining the beauty and wonder of art with the mechanics of design to deliver a client’s message in a compelling way. It’s about communicating a story through visual means. And regardless of how you choose to tell that story, you’ll be immersed in a world of creativity, where the only limitation is your own imagination.
Areas of Focus Digital Storytelling Fine Arts Design Modeling Fundamentals Animation
Branding/ Identity Effects Personal Final Project/ Identity Project Demo Reel Creation
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
115
DESIGN Areas of Focus architecture
delivering
YOUR MESSAGE
DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS
elements IMAGES
design
COLOR
DIGITAL STORYTELLING
DIGITAL STORYTELLING
DESIGN
architecture
DIGITAL CONTENT
design THEORY
typography
DESIGN
IMAGES
IMAGES elements
design
design
software
CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
F O U N D AT I O Nperspective SUPPORT
elements
DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS delivering
DESIGN DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS architecture
YOUR COLOR
COLOR ELEMENTS typography
typography
MESSAGE
MESSAGE
design DESIGN DESIGN THEORY architecture architecture
DBRAND ESIGN
OBJECTIVES elements DIGITAL D E S I G N CONTENT
Having a healthy design vocabulary helps ensure that there are no barriers to your ability to take on projects and assignments. why the Graphic CREATING That’s A PERSONAL IDENTITY adv ancem ent Design program starts with key concepts that will inform all of your design work. You’ll study the psychological impact and importance of color and OBJECTIVES learn to use typography as an effective design CREATINGelement. A PERSONAL IDENTITY You’ll also study the best logos and By studying art’s historical context through selected symbols in the field of graphic design and explore monuments of design and architecture in the their meaning and technique, all in preparation for Western tradition and the effect they had on the creating a personalized logo that works. a d v ancem ent them, you’ll develop a civilizations that produced Msoftware ESSAGE better understanding of how to apply similar theories You’ll also work to develop your skills with to aid you in delivering your message, whatever applications that are used every day in the design it may be. You’ll combine this understanding with world, such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and the software tools that allow you to easily produce After Effects. The combination of design theory and personal digital content that communicates a story knowledge of powerful software will give you the or theme – whether it’s your own, a client’s, or that foundation you need to start creating great design. of the entire world.
elements
IMAGES
CAREER
design
TITY
typography
LING
elements perspective of DESIGN ELEMENTS
IMAGES
design
DESIGN brand E LE ME NTS architecture
SUPPORT
elements
DESIGN architecture perspective
elementsCAREER
BRAND CAREER advancement
DESIGN
COLOR
IGN
CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
Art is about self-expression and aesthetic satisfaction. Design incorporates those elements, but its purpose is more direct – to convey a client’s message. To be able to do this effectively, you’ll need to have SUPPORT a firm grasp on how a story or message can be conveyed by images and design, a concept that has existed since art’s beginnings.
brand ELE MENTS
TITY
CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY
delivering
YOUR MESSAGE
delivering elements YOUR of DESIGN
design THEORY DIGITAL CONTENT
BRAND
F O U N D AT I O N YOUR
YOUR
MESSAGE
MESSAGE
elements elements
perspective SUPPORT brand CAREER BRAND a d va n c e m e n t ELEMENTS elements ELEMENTS E LE MENTS Digital Storytelling Fundamentals ODBEJSE ICG TDesign INV E S DESIGN of COLOR software design typography F O U N D perspective AT I O N elements THEORY SUPPORT CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
perspective
software delivering
delivering
ELEMENTS brand ELEMENTS
brand ELEMENTS
design THEORY
design THEORY
BRAND
OBJECTIVES
BRAND elements OBJECTIVES of DESIGN elements of DESIGN
DIGITAL CONTENT
software F O U N D AT I O N
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
116
THEORY
Areas of Focus
NDING/IDENTITY PORT
ents
perspective
SUPPORT
perspective elements
ELEMENTS BRAND
ELEMENTS
OBJECTIVES
Branding/ Identity
brand E L E M E NTS
BRAND
brand ELEMENTS
of DESIGN
that the public can believe in and associate with a name or company. From a designer’s perspective, it involves sitting down with a client and being able to IMAGES offer up insight for every piece of collateral, package design, sponsorship, and event that you’re involved in, explaining how each element supports the company’s brand objectives. In the eyes of the client, you’re no longer just doing contract work – you’re now a partner in their endeavors.
design
COLOR
typography
DESIGN architecture DESIGN
elements
Of course, aside from any design work, there are other important skills you need to learn to be able to relate to and communicate with a client, and we SUPPORT cover those topics, too, as you gain experience with all aspects of the corporate branding process.
elements
CAREER
a dva ncement
perspective
ELEMENTS
brand E L E M E NT S
brand ELEM ENTS
CAREER
advancement
elements of DESIGN
elements CAREER REER ONAL IDENTITY A brand is more than just a logo; advancem ent it’s a set of values
eme n t
OBJECTIVES
CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY
delivering
YOUR Personal Identity Project MESSAGE
ele of D
DIGITAL CONTENT
Just as a company’s brand is an essential component of its success, your own personal brand is just as crucial to the advancement of your career. The final portion of the Graphic Design program will task you F O U N D AT I O N THEORY to complete a Personal Identity Project that will bring together all the disparate elements of design that form your personal brand.
design
software
BRAND
By creating a portfolio, you’ll collect your existing O into B J EaCprofessional, TIVES pieces of work impressive cache that can turn an average job interview into a great one. And throughout the portfolio process, you’ll be exposed to a series of innovative personal brands in the industry, studying everything from the design of successful logos to the type of letterhead used in documents. In the end, you’ll use all this knowledge to pull together a powerful and unique expression of your identity.
elements of DESIGN
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
117
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
Our Graphic Design curriculum gives you hands-on experience that will prepare you for a career in the field of design. You’ll create projects for assignments where no two submissions are alike – from print publishing, to package design, to interface design, and more. Along the way, your projects will be documented in a design diary, logging both instructor feedback on various assignments and your own notes indicating what was done to improve the work. This will become a valuable reference tool for the program’s final project, when you’ll assemble all you’ve learned along the way to put together a piece of work that will be the highlight of a diverse and stylized portfolio.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of graphic arts production needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as graphic designers, media designers, web designers, digital image processors, art directors, and various other positions in graphic arts production. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry.
In addition to art and design skills, you’ll also have courses in real-world topics like corporate branding and identity, client relations, and how to give and receive work critique, as well as courses focusing on communication skills, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the design industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industries.
GRAPHIC DESIGN
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
118
Graphic Design
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Credit Hours
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code
Course
DGT 241
Advanced Computer Graphics
4.00
Code
Course
DGT 441
Advanced Motion Graphics
4.00
ART 2006
Art History
4.00
GRD 273
Client Relations
3.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics
GRD 124
Color Theory
3.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
GRD 354
Corporate Branding
3.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
ART 1201
Design and Art Theory†
4.00
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
DGT 112
Designing Computer Graphics
4.00
VIC 2003
History of Visual Communication†
4.00
DGT 345
Digital Audio Design
4.00
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation†
4.00
GRD 244
Digital Publishing
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
DGT 117
Digital Storytelling
3.00
DGT 361
Digital Studio
4.00
DGT 353
Digital Video
4.00
DGT 362
Editing Digital Video
4.00
DGT 375
Flash Media
4.00
DGT 491
Graphic Personal Identity Project
5.00
DGT 373
Graphic Web Design
4.00
PLA 2412
Intellectual Property and Law†
3.00
DGT 372
Interactive Media Design and Usability
4.00
GRD 356
Logos and Symbols
3.00
DGT 341
Motion Graphics
4.00
ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
3.00
DIG 4950
Portfolio Creation
4.00
DGT 351
Production Management
4.00
GRB 101
Project Management and Assessment I
1.00
GRB 202
Project Management and Assessment II
1.00
GRB 303
Project Management and Assessment III
1.00
DGT 232
Typography and Page Layout
3.00
†
4.00
Totals:
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
122 128
†
92.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
ART HISTORY
6
7
8
9
10
DESIGNING COMPUTER GRAPHICS
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
DESIGN & ART THEORY
11
12
13
14
15
TYPOGRAPHY & PAGE LAYOUT
COLOR THEORY
DIGITAL STORYTELLING
HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION
16
17
18
19
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW
DIGITAL AUDIO DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
LOGOS & SYMBOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
DIGITAL PUBLISHING
20 DIGITAL VIDEO PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
21
22
23
24
25
EDITING DIGITAL VIDEO
MOTION GRAPHICS
ADVANCED MOTION GRAPHICS
CLIENT RELATIONS
CORPORATE BRANDING
26
27
28
29
30
INTERACTIVE MEDIA DESIGN & USABILITY
GRAPHIC WEB DESIGN
FLASH MEDIA
DIGITAL STUDIO
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
31
32
PORTFOLIO CREATION
GRAPHIC PERSONAL IDENTITY PROJECT
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program
Totals:
1
Credit Hours
Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
119
Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 241
GRD 273
GRD 354
Advanced Computer Graphics
Client Relations
Corporate Branding
The Advanced Computer Graphics Course trains students in advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and introduces the production timeline and graphical requirements for the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment.
The Client Relations Course introduces students to normal business practices and how to navigate them, providing an understanding of how the complex client/ designer relationship is critical for success. Students are exposed to many techniques for gaining and keeping the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation and how to use it effectively in business are explored. Students participate in groups simulating real-world client/designer business scenarios.
The Corporate Branding Course builds upon the concepts learned in prior courses and focuses on what makes an effective brand. Students will explore concepts of branding and how it is used effectively in the corporate market. They will also be exposed to many of the best-known brands and their impact on our world, and will create their own corporate brand portfolio.
Course Outline Advanced Graphics Tools
Digital Imaging and Manipulation
Advanced Design and Color
Special Effects
Layout and Composition
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Gaining the Client’s Trust
The Client Relationship
Client Relationship Workshop
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Advanced Motion Graphics Course teaches students advanced techniques of motion graphics creation by building on concepts learned in the Motion Graphics course. This course emphasizes design from a problem-solving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. Students receive a thorough understanding of advanced techniques in continuing exploration of special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics.
Course Outline Advanced Motion Graphics Tools
Advanced Movement and Composition
Design and Critique
Advanced Special Effects
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Understanding Corporate Branding
The Branding Process
Great Branding Campaigns
Corporate Branding Project
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
ART 1201
The Color Theory Course exposes students to the theories and application of color, as they relate to both print and screen. Historical and geographical perspectives are discussed as well as methods and techniques of the use of color to create impact, combined with the necessary color correction for many delivery options. In this course, students also explore color calibration, both with software and hardware tools.
Course Outline Color Theory in Principle
Psychology of Color
Applied Color Theory
Color Calibration
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Design and Art Theory†
Color Theory
Advanced Motion Graphics
†
The Business Process
GRD 124
DGT 441
Total credit hours
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Design and Art Theory Course provides an understanding of composition, design, art, basic color, and graphics through a study of varied artistic styles and their sociological and psychological effects throughout history. This course is essential in the multimedia world where traditional art forms are often blended with current imagery to create a new and significant artistic genre.
Course Outline Introduction to Visual Thinking
Elements and Composition of Art and Graphics
Drawing Workshop, Color and Value, Perspective
Cartooning, Animation, and Storyboarding
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
120
Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 112
GRD 244
DGT 361
Designing Computer Graphics
Digital Publishing
Digital Studio
The Designing Computer Graphics Course trains students in basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, as students receive instruction in color theory and correction, input/output techniques, and tools for graphic design and image compositing.
The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work in teams with a lead designer, designers, production artists, an illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling through the responsibilities for each project. For the duration of the course, each student gains team-publishing experience using Adobe Acrobat in a document review cycle with a client. Students have the opportunity to produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, a magazine cover and 16-page signature, a brochure, and an e-book.
While creating digital content throughout the program, students get an opportunity for a one-on-one portfolio review. The Digital Studio Course introduces students to the process of being art directed as they receive feedback and suggestions for improvement of their work. Students work on their pieces after their critique and have a final review in preparation for the creation of their final portfolio.
Course Outline Computer Graphics Tools
Layout and Composition
Design and Color
Digital Imaging and Manipulation
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
Digital Audio Design
4.00
Interactive Online Documents
Course length
4 weeks
DGT 117
Digital Storytelling
Mastering to CD/DVD Format
Course Outline 4 weeks
Studio time I
Final content review
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Digital Video The Digital Video Course is a preliminary production course for the Graphic Design and Digital Arts & Design programs. In this course, students will be introduced to the primary concepts of storytelling, sound design, imaging, and editing. The course also introduces students to the production model, media types (text, image, and sound), and the technologies of multimedia architectures.
Course Outline Storytelling
Learning Presentation Techniques
Learning Social Networking Tools
Storytelling Project
3.00
Course length
Design and Production
Media Types
Total credit hours
Concepts of Digital Storytelling
Total credit hours
Studio time II
DGT 353 4.00
Assembly and Testing with Authoring Programs
Course length
Individual content review
Total credit hours
The Digital Storytelling Course leads students through the methods and techniques of creating personal digital content using various applications, including social networking tools. In this course, students are asked to explore a powerful suite of tools to create many pieces of personal expression, including podcasts, movies, and informative blogs. The design concepts reinforced in this course show that they could be used across all types of media.
Course Outline
Total credit hours
Digital Pre-press Concepts and Techniques
Total credit hours
In the Digital Audio Design Course, students explore the creation of audio elements for multimedia, with an emphasis on the design and production of a quality audio product. Students go through the process of producing audio that is compatible with various forms of delivery, from DVD to the Internet. Students gain the skills required to produce quality audio elements and also learn to master those elements to CD-ROM or another comparable format.
Audio Design and Structure
Design and Production of Online Documents
4 weeks
DGT 345
Audio Basics
Digital Publishing Cycle
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
121
Course Descriptions Program Core DGT 362
DGT 491
PL A 2412
Editing Digital Video
Graphic Personal Identity Project
Intellectual Property and Law†
The Editing Digital Video Course covers the art and science of non-linear editing. In this course, students will learn how editing choices impact how a project will be perceived and ultimately affect its success. Students will be introduced to the advanced concepts of imaging and editing, as well as the production model of editing video in the industry. Students will also participate in group discussions about editing choices and audience.
The Graphic Personal Identity Project Course gives students the opportunity to create their own personal brand across multiple types of media. This skill is a critical part of personal marketing to a client or employer, and encompasses all of the concepts and techniques learned in prior courses. Students will be exposed to many of the most innovative and effective personal brands and will explore concepts of creating a powerful personal identity that transcends multiple media types. Students will fully integrate 2D, 3D, and motion graphics pieces into a personal brand portfolio that includes examples of personal logos, marketing material, multimedia, and a web presence.
The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law as it pertains to digital content. Case studies will be used to examine the impact of these laws on our industry.
Course Outline Editing Techniques
Editing with Final Cut Pro
Course Outline
Production Workflow
Concept of Personal Branding
Branding for Multimedia
Psychological Implications of the Personal Identity
Preproduction
Flash Media
Applied Personal Branding
Personal Branding Project
The Flash Media Course focuses on the creation of engaging interactive content for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an industry-standard web authoring software package. In addition to learning the key elements of the Flash interface, students will explore how to create and edit rich media for deployment on the web. Optimization and publishing techniques for audio, video, and animation will be addressed to ensure smooth performance within the online environment.
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DGT 375
Course Outline Flash Authoring Environment
Flash Animation Techniques
Drawing Tools
Optimizing and Publishing
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
Overview of the Industries
Contracts
Business Practices
Business Law
Intellectual Property
Total credit hours
Graphic Web Design The Graphic Web Design Course examines the process of creating exciting, functional content for the web. Students will expand on the design skills that they have learned throughout the degree program, and receive an understanding of HTML and web standards as they learn how to create, edit, manage, and design a professional website within a web authoring tool and complementary software applications.
Course Outline
4 weeks
The Interactive Media Design and Usability Course introduces students to the tools and concepts of user interface (UI) design, combined with a method of project development utilizing an industry-proven production process. The course explores both behavioral and structural patterns of UI design along with information architecture (IA) for interactive deployment, user navigation techniques, and page layout for the interactive medium. Students will gain an extensive knowledge of usability patterns as well as production methodologies as they implement project documentation for the milestones of a user interface design.
Course Outline Production Process
UI Design and Usability Patterns Project Documentation Methodologies
Dreamweaver
User Patterns
HTML
Content Integration
Total credit hours
Course length
Course length
Interactive Media Design and Usability
Graphic Optimization
4.00
3.00
DGT 372 4 weeks
DGT 373
Total credit hours
†
5.00
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
122
Course Descriptions Program Core GRD 356
ODT 1000
DGT 351
Logos and Symbols
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
Production Management
The Logos and Symbols Course builds upon the concepts learned in both the Designing and Advanced Computer Graphics courses. Students will be exposed to the work of notable graphic designers and will learn the advanced techniques used in creating these pieces of visual poetry. Students will also explore what makes a logo or symbol effective and instantly recognizable. The design concepts reinforced in this course can be used across all types of media.
Course Outline The Graphic Display of Information
Creating a Logo that Works
Exploration of Symbols and their Meaning
Logos and Symbols Project
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.
Course Outline
4 weeks
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling
Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries
The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
DGT 341
Motion Graphics
Total credit hours
The Motion Graphics Course trains students in basic techniques of motion graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of input/output techniques, special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics.
3.00
Course length
DGT 4950
Portfolio Creation
Movement and Composition
Design and Color
Special Effects
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Portfolio Design Fundamentals
Portfolio Assembly
Asset Creation
Portfolio Review
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Fundamentals of Project Management
Creating a Plan for Success
Learning MS Project
Asset Management
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Project Management and Assessment I, II, III 4 weeks
Motion Graphics Tools
Total credit hours
Course Outline
GRB 101, 202, 303
The Portfolio Creation Course prepares students for presenting their work to the professional graphic arts industry. Students work with existing assets they have created during the Graphic Design program as they develop a professional portfolio. Students will have the opportunity to create signature pieces to help them represent their skill level to the industry. For the duration of the course, students will individually polish both their graphics and the look of their portfolio in order to succeed when being interviewed for a position in the industry.
Course Outline
The Production Management Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work to define the scope of their final project, the range of assets needed to complete it, the technology required to assemble the final project into an executable format, and the time required to get all the work done. By the end of the course, students develop an intimate knowledge of standard industry project management practices.
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
Course Outline Project Development and Analysis
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
Course length
1.00 each
4 weeks
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
123
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
DGT 232
ART 2006
DGL 1012
Typography and Page Layout
Art History
Digital Literacy
The Typography and Page Layout Course introduces students to the world of professional fonts. Students learn how to use typography as a critical part of page layout, as they continue to build upon the concept of design introduced in previous courses. This course also trains students to define how the printed or viewed page looks as an integrated graphic element. Students participate in group discussions and critiques as they work through the projects using the latest publishing software.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition–from the prehistoric era to post-modernism– studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums assist in propagating discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, and artistic contexts.
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
Fundamentals of Typography
The Page as Design
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Typography and the Page
Press Considerations
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MGF 1213 The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
ENC 1101
English Composition I† The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Grammar
Total credit hours 4.00
3.00
Course Outline
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Total credit hours
College Mathematics†
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
124
Course Descriptions General Education PSC 1030
COM 3109
Fundamentals of Physical Science
Professional Communication and Presentation†
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
Solids and Fluids
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
4 weeks
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
Audience Analysis
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Technical Development of a Presentation
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Personal Image
Presentation Strategies
VIC 2003
Total credit hours
History of Visual Communication† The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanity’s communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future.
Course length
4 weeks
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
Art as a Communication Tool
History of Design
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Human Interfaces
Artistic Tools
Course Outline
Historical References
Future Applications and Implications
Course Outline
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
†
4.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
3.00
Course length
4 weeks GRAP HI C DE S I GN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
125
&
Innovation Entrepreneurship Computer
Animation Master of Science Degree Program
If you have a concept for a tech-based business that you think would thrive in the digital realm – or a relentless creative drive Bachelor of Science Degree Program you want to bring to the business world – the online Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program can introduce you to planning tools and forward-thinking strategies to help you build out your dream venture. Since successful ventures are born from creative ideas, this 12-month master’s program will show you how to develop a process for recognizing and building upon those breakthrough moments as they happen. The program leads students from the initial conceptual stage of a tech or creative product or service, all the way to a full-fledged business plan that can be pitched to potential investors. The difference between having a great idea and a successful business in today’s economy is a comprehensive strategy – fueled by the creative process – that considers factors such
as profitability, sustainability, and the needs of the target market. You’ll learn how to identify, research, and evaluate potential opportunities, while referencing case studies of innovative tech businesses in recent history. As collaboration is key to any innovative enterprise, you’ll learn what goes into designing a creative work environment, and how to establish workflow processes that are suited for the unique needs of your business. You’ll also explore the legal issues involved in innovative entrepreneurship, including those related to product design, intellectual property, patents, trade secrets, copyright law, and more.
Areas of Focus Ideation & the Creative Process Research & Development Digital Marketing Strategies
Business Planning in an Evolving Market Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
|
Master of Science Degree Program
126
Entrepenuership
Areas of Focus
generating
ideation
IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS
exploring
C R E AT I V I T Y
understanding C U S T O M E R needs
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
integrated MARKETING strategies
DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES
BUSINESS PLANNING IN AN EVOLVING MARKET
E VA L U AT I N G
adaptable BUSINESS plan
FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES
profitability VIABILITY
COMPETITIVE
advantage
new ideas
I N N O V AT I O N
product
development LEVERAGING
new
marketing
MEDIA RESEARCH
F U N D A M E N TA L S
analysis
POSITIONING
funding
ownership STRUCTURES
prototyping DEVELOPMENT
business
ENVIRONMENT
design
BUSINESS
valuation
Innovation & Entrepenuership
COMPETITIVE
feasibility ideation breakthrough C R E AT I V I T Y
IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS
Innovation &generating advantage Entrepenuership S T U D I E S
tion
exploring
BUILDING
ideas advantage COMPETITIVE
BUILDING
breakthrough
STUDIES
ideas
competitive PRODUCT POSITIONING
collect
REVIEW Ideation & analyze DATA
the Creative Process collaborative team of generating, exploring, Ideation – the process SUPPORT and evaluating new ideas – is key to understanding a business venture’s competitive advantage. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship exit master’s degree program, you will explore the STRATEGIES role of ideation and creativity in the development of business ideas, learn how research benefits innovation, and understand how the rapidly evolving technological landscape demands flexibility in successful organizations. In courses such as Theories on Innovation and Creativity and Ideation and Feasibility Studies, you’ll learn the ideation process, explore case studies of innovative businesses, and develop their own methodologies for finding opportunities and building out their own breakthrough ideas.
generating
exploring E VA L U AT I N G
feasibility
new ideas
COMPETITIVE
advantage feasibility
STUDIES new competitive I N N O V AT I O N prototyping ideas prototyping generating product understanding RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT PRODUCT IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS C O M P E TITIVE DEVELOPMENT C U S T O M E R needs ideation exploring DEVELOPMENT POSITIONING development competitive | advantage E V A L U A T I N G new C R E AT I V I T Y I N N O V AT I O N prototyping rstanding product ideas AT I V I T Y
E VA L U AT I N G
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
feasibi
STUDIE breakthrough BUILDING
ideas competiti
PRODUC feasibility POSITIONIN
STUDIES
Master of Science Degree Program
127
Innovation & C R E A T I V I T Y Areas ofCREATIVE Focus Entrepenuership IDEATION & THE PROCESS
ideation
E VA L U AT I N G
advantage
new
generating ideas
exploring
COMPETITIVE
advantage prototyping
STUDIES
ideas
feasibility
BUILDING
breakthrough
S competitive TUDIES
ideas PRODUCT BUILDING DEVELOPMENT C O M P E T I T I VPOSITIONING developmentexploring E feasibility ideation breakthr competitive I N N O V AT I O NInnovation & advantage C R E AT I V I T Y prototyping S T U D I E S Research & Development understanding new product RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ide Entrepenuership PRODUCT ideas collect C U S T Ointegrated M E R needs DEVELOPMENT new marketing LEVERAGING development POSITIONING DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES Understanding customer needs, market conditions, financial MARKETING REVIEW F U N D A M E N TA L S competitive considerations, and product usability are strategies all elemental to a I N N O V AT I O N MEDIA prototypinganalyze DATA understanding generating product RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT new venture. The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master’s collect PRODUCT C O M P E T I T I V E CREATIVE PROCESS integrated new& THE marketing C U S T O M ELEVERAGING R needsIDEATION DEVELOPMENT ideation exploring DIGITALemphasizes MARKETINGthe STRATEGIES program value of research and how it relates to development MARKETING POSITIONING advantage REVIEW F U N D A M E N TCARLESA T I V I T Y new RESEARCH business innovation and product development.strategies MEDIA analyze collaborative team DATA ideas BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable ENVIRONMENT analysis AN EVOLVING MARKET collect SUPPORT integrated As you flesh out your business idea, you’ll be taught the design BUSINESS plan P O S I T I O N I N G LEVERAGING new marketingI N N O V AT I O N REVIEW DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES MARKETING F U N D A M E N T A L S importance of user-friendly design, product development, and RESEARCH businessunderstanding collaborativeproduct strategies teamanalyze DATA prototyping RESEARCH & MEDIA DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS PLANNING IN new products adaptable what goes into introducing and services within ENVIRONMENT analysis C U S T O M E R needs DEVELOPMENT AN EVOLVING MARKET development SUPPORT a changing economy. You’ll then explore how customer needs designBUSINESS BUSINESS plan P O Sfunding ITIONING exit profitability and feedback are incorporated into design, how to integrate ownership FINANCING valuation business STRATEGIES collaborative team RESEARCHStrategies VIABILITY Digital Marketing STRUCTURES manufacturing, marketing, and distribution, as well ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES BUSINESS PLANNING IN as what adaptable integratedENVIRONMENT marketing LEVERAGING new DIGITAL MARKETINGanalysis STRATEGIES EVOLVING MARKET goes into prototyping and AN development. funding MARKETING exit SUPPORT Innovative business ventures design plan F U N D A M E N TA L S P O –S especially I T I O N I N BUSINESS Gthose in the Innovation profitability BUSINESS strategies & STRATEGIES ownership MEDIA FINANCING technological and creative industriesvaluation – need adaptable, VIABILITY Any entrepreneur needs to have a deep understanding of the Entrepenuership C R E AT I V I T Y
understanding C U S T O M E R needs IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
new product ideas
OTVIAT E V IANL N UA N GI O N
generating E VA L U AT I N G
E VA L U AT I N G
STRUCTURES
ENTREPRENEURIAL generating VENTURES BUILDING integrated marketing strategies that consider the nature market they are breaking into. Your coursesCwill O Minstruct P E T I Tyou IBUILDING V on E breakthrough of today’s consumer and fully leverage the capabilities of MPETITIVE BUSINESS breakthrough methods consumer needs and estimating market E V Afor L U Aassessing T I N G new RESEARCH new media. FINANCING BUSINESS PLANNING IN STRATEGIES demand, while exploring trends, competitive product VIABILITY ideaspricing STRUCTURES ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES AN EVOLVING MARKET IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS positioning, and branding. POSITIONING In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship master’s degree program,
feasibility exploringfeasibility profitability S T U D I E S funding advantage ownership vantage STUDIES ideas
I N N O V AT I O N ng productcompetitive prototyping otyping ds PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT ELOPMENT development
POSITIONING
competitive PRODUCT
ideas valuation adaptable BUSINESS plan
exit
analysis ideation
C R E AT I V I T Y
you’ll learn how to effectively brand your product or service, so that its unique story can resonate with consumers and potentialPOSITIONING investors. You’ll explore marketing fundamentals FINANCING such as product positioning, pricing strategy, advertising and VIABILITY RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT STRUCTURES VENTURES promotion, ENTREPRENEURIAL sales, and the importance of digital marketing. CUSTOMER BUILDING
profitability
funding
ownership understanding needs
generating collect dCESS marketing C O M P E TREVIEW LEVERAGING new collect ITIVE feasibility ETING ideation exploring breakthrough marketing F U N D A M E N TA L S You’ll also cover principles of market research, and be REVIEW advantage A M E N T AC LR SE MEDIA AT I V I T Y S T U D I E S new analyze and techniques to collect, review, and ideas integrated introduced to toolsDATA analyze DATA ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES analyze data – with the end goal of learning how to create plans MARKETING competitive and forecasts that consider trends that relate to your business. strategies I N N O V AT I O N RESEARCH business collaborative team nessunderstanding productENVIRONMENT prototyping collaborative team PRODUCT analysis ENVIRONMENT C U S T O M E R needs DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT development design an POSITIONING POSITIONIN G SUPPORT
gn
business
generating ENVIRONMENT
designexploring E VA L U AT I N G
new ideas
BUSINESS
I N N O V AT I O N valuation product developmen
E VA L U AT I N G
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
BUSINESS PLANNING IN
|
LEVERAGING
MEDIA
Master of Science Degree Program
adaptable
new
RESEARCH
128
DEVELOPMENT plan development BUSINESS Areas of Focus
ntegrated MARKETING ategies
aptable INESS plan
LEVERAGING
new
MEDIA
FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES
RESEARCH
analysis
POSITIONING
funding rofitability ownership in an ABILITYBusiness Planning STRUCTURES neratingEvolving Market
COMPETITIVE xploring Today’s innovative entrepreneurs need to be advantage new as flexible as they are creative, as the global
L U AT I N G
ideas economy ebbs and flows and consumer habits change at a lightning pace. In this degree program, you’ll develop an adaptable plan that serves as a foundation for your business.
V AT I O N
product
velopment
prototyping DEVELOPMENT
In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship program, you’ll lay the groundwork for your idea and consider RAGING factors such as research, analysis, and positioning for F USince N D Achanging M E N T conditions ALS competitive advantage. require constant adaptation in the business world, you’ll learn how to reevaluate your business model as it evolves into your final business plan.
new
MEDIA
SEARCH
marketing
business
ENVIRONMENT Having a work environment that suits the needs of analysis
design
O S I T I O N Iyour N G business and encourages collaboration is vital
to the tech and creative industries. You’ll learn how to design a business environment that communicates the entrepreneurial vision, supports collaborative BUSINESS teams, is open to intra-organizational critique, and UCTURESsustains a culture of creativity and innovation.
unding
wnership
valuation
marketing profitability F U N D A M E N TA L S VIABILITY
P O S I T I O POSITIONING NING
design
funding collect REVIEW ownership analyze DATA STRUCTURES
exit
BUSINESS
valuation
STRATEGIES
Financing
business Innovation & Entrepreneurial Ventures collaborative team ENVIRONMENT Entrepenuership SUPPORT
design To ensure that your concept can evolve into a
successful business venture, you need to assess its ability to generate revenue. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship master’s degree IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS BUSINESS program, students are taught to consider profitability C R E AT I V I T Y and viability at every stage of the development process. BUILDING
valuation
feasibility STUDIES
exit ideation
STRATEGIES breakthrough
understanding ideas needs
You will be taught not only what goes into financing RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT and investing in a start-up, but also how to evolve CUSTOMER funding and ownership structures as a company grows and matures. In the Entrepreneurial Finance course, you will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates,STRATEGIES and create financial projections. DIGITAL MARKETING MARKETING POSITIONING You’ll also explore sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors, and venture capitalists.
competitive PRODUCT
integrated strategies
collect
Creating a viable financial plan is essential to an innovative business plan, so you’ll examine concepts BUSINESS PLANNING IN as short-term ANsuch EVOLVING MARKETand long-term financial planning, business valuation, and exit strategies as they relate to your enterprise.
REVIEW analyze DATA
adaptable BUSINESS plan
collaborative team
SUPPORT
FINANCING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES
profitability VIABILITY
generating
exploring E VA L U AT I N G
new ideas
I N N O V AT I O N
product
development LEVERAGING
new
MEDIA RESEARCH
analysis
POSITIONING
funding
ownership STRUCTURES
COMPETITIVE
advantage prototyping DEVELOPMENT
marketing
F U N D A M E N TA L S
business
ENVIRONMENT
design
BUSINESS
valuation
fea
STU
comp PRO
POSIT
c
REVIE analyz
collabo
SUPP
exit
STRA
exit
STRATEGIES I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
|
Master of Science Degree Program
129
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program will provide students with a solid foundation in the concepts and disciplines essential for the creation of innovative ideas, products, services, and businesses that respond to the needs of a rapidly changing global marketplace. Whether launching a new creative or technologybased venture or using entrepreneurial talent within a successful business, this online master’s program is designed for students with a passion for innovation and entrepreneurship who seek to use their creativity and vision to contribute to the success of the organization.
The Innovation and Entrepreneurship master of science degree program is designed for students interested in creating technology-based entrepreneurial projects and companies, as well as those who seek leadership roles in established companies with a goal of creating new visionary opportunities within those organizations. The program supports the goals and aspirations of traditional entrepreneurs, as well as “intrapreneurs” who will promote innovation and change within companies (or even “inventrepreneurs” who create new products for handoff to others). Whether innovating within companies or creating new business ventures powered by unique ideas, entrepreneurs understand that the only true constant is change – and that creativity and innovation are the key to sustainable and successful businesses.
INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
|
Master of Science Degree Program
130
Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program
Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
IEN 640
Business Model Innovation
3.00
IEN 650
Business Model Research and Development
3.00
IEN 610
Designing the Creative Work Environment
3.00
IEN 630
Entrepreneurial Finance
3.00
IEN 520
High Tech Entrepreneurship
3.00
IEN 530
Ideation and Feasibility Studies
3.00
IEN 699
Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Model and Thesis
3.00
IEN 560
Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship
3.00
IEN 550
Market Research for Entrepreneurs
3.00
IEN 620
Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs
3.00
IEN 540
Product Design and Development
3.00
IEN 510
Theories on Innovation and Creativity
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
THEORIES ON INNOVATION & CREATIVITY
HIGH TECH ENTREPRENEURSHIP
IDEATION & FEASIBILITY STUDIES
PRODUCT DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
MARKET RESEARCH FOR ENTREPRENEURS
6
7
8
9
10
LEGAL ISSUES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP
DESIGNING THE CREATIVE WORK ENVIRONMENT
MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR ENTREPRENEURS
ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE
BUSINESS MODEL INNOVATION
11
12
BUSINESS MODEL RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP FINAL BUSINESS MODEL & THESIS
36.0
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
36 48
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
|
Master of Science Degree Program
131
Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 640
IEN 650
IEN 610
Business Model Innovation
Business Model Research and Development
Designing the Creative Work Environment
A business model outlines how a company generates sales and achieves profitability. In the Business Model Innovation Course, students examine how the development of an innovative business model helps entrepreneurs create a sustainable competitive advantage. The course will explore the range and diversity of successful business models for technology and creative companies, with a focus on the key elements that contribute most to the success of the business.
In the Business Model Research and Development Course, students learn the value of creating a comprehensive business model for a creative or technologybased company. Students review the structure of a traditional business plan, which includes sections on market research, industry analysis and trends, competitive analysis, strategic positioning, and demonstration of financial viability. Drawing from prior courses in research, marketing and finance, students complete their research and analysis and develop an outline for a detailed business model for a new venture.
Innovative companies foster an environment where creativity, unconventional thinking, and collaboration are nurtured and rewarded. Successful technologydriven organizations create a workplace that supports continuous innovation through creative teams that challenge the status quo and actively debate and examine future trends. The Designing the Creative Work Environment Course focuses on establishing a creative environment that supports constant innovation by communicating the entrepreneurial vision, developing collaborative teams, supporting active debate and intra-organizational critique, and creating a culture of creativity and innovation.
This course exposes students to the wide array of skills, perspectives, tools and concepts necessary to identify and create new revenue streams. Since sustainable and profitable businesses require constant adaptation, change and growth, students will learn how to reevaluate the model in the context of the overall business strategy. Topics include the elements of strategic research, analysis and positioning for competitive advantage. Development of a viable and sustainable model will form the basis for the student’s final business model presentation and thesis.
Course Outline
In addition to creating an optimal organization structure and management team, students create and assemble their business model with consideration for technological change, flexibility to respond to customer and market demands, social responsibility and sustainability, suitability for external funding, potential for future growth and expansion, and consideration of possible exit strategies. Students review the benefits and drawbacks associated with each type of business formation structure, including sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations and non-profits.
Overview of Business Models for Technology and Creative Companies
Business Model Case Studies
Key Elements for Developing and Reevaluating the Business Model
Development of Business Model for Final Presentation
The Purpose and Function of a Business Plan
Course length
Total credit hours
3.00
Course Outline
4 weeks
During the course, students learn strategies for managing innovation, design, concept creation, and workflow in a collaborative context. Students will explore how workplace design supports creativity, innovation, and communication and fosters the development of new products, services, and revenue streams. Students will explore the challenges and opportunities created through collaboration in virtual organizations and across diverse groups, especially in technology-based and creative organizations.
Course Outline Development of Business Model Outline
Establishing a Work Environment that Inspires Creativity and Innovation
Creativity in the Virtual Work Environment
Business Plan vs. Business Model
Business Formation Structures
Conducting Business Plan Research
Legal and Financial Implications of Various Business Structures
Designing Workplaces for Creativity and Effective Workflow
Fostering Teamwork and Collaboration in the Creative Environment
Total credit hours
Course length
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
4 weeks
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
|
Master of Science Degree Program
132
Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 630
IEN 520
IEN 530
Entrepreneurial Finance
High Tech Entrepreneurship
Ideation and Feasibility Studies
The Entrepreneurial Finance Course reviews the unique financial issues facing technology based and creative entrepreneurial enterprises. Entrepreneurial finance concerns not only the processes of financing and investing in start-up companies, but also reviews the changes to the initial funding and ownership structure that may be required as start-up companies grow and mature. Topics include debt versus equity financing, how businesses are valued, the decision to go public or remain private, methods for alternative financing, and personal financial issues facing entrepreneurs.
Creating a new technology-based business venture presents several special challenges. The rapid pace of technological change requires innovative entrepreneurs to look well into the future and ensure that the organization can react quickly to the ever-changing market demands. The High Tech Entrepreneurship Course is designed to help students develop their skills to understand the unique aspects of technology-based ventures and provide the tools to research and evaluate the viability of high tech products and services. The course is designed to help students understand how to use their creative energies to facilitate the entrepreneurial process.
Ideation is the process of forming and relating ideas. For a business, ideation means conceiving and generating an idea and successfully implementing it with the goal of satisfying an unmet need in the marketplace. The Ideation and Feasibility Studies Course focuses on how to identify, research, and evaluate opportunities for potential new business ventures. Students will learn to assess the viability of these opportunities by understanding key industry factors, market and competitive factors, and customer needs.
During the course, students will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates and create pro forma financial projections. Related topics include the different types of business organizations, sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors and venture capitalists. Students will also examine short-term and longterm financial planning, business valuation, exit strategies, and other issues relating to the creation of a viable financial plan as part of a comprehensive business model.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Overview of Entrepreneurial Finance Principles
Formulating Revenue and Expense Projections
Business Formation and Ownership Structures
Development of Financial Plan for a Comprehensive Business Model
Financing Options for Entrepreneurial Ventures
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
In the course, students examine a variety of innovation strategies and models, review opportunities for monetizing technological innovation through the introduction of innovative products and technologies, and discuss issues relative to intellectual property and licensing. Students review case studies of high tech companies that successfully managed innovation and shorter product life cycles, as well as those who failed to respond quickly enough and lost market share or discontinued operation as a result.
4 weeks
Research Skills for High Tech Entrepreneurs
The Process of Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Case Studies of Innovative High Tech Companies
3.00
Course length
Course Outline Overview of Ideation
Feasibility Studies in Entrepreneurship
The Role of Research in Ideation
Identifying and Evaluating New Opportunities
Total credit hours
Introduction to High Tech Entrepreneurship
Total credit hours
In the course, students evaluate new technology-based ideas associated with the application of technology to commercial enterprises and explore related case studies. Students develop an understanding of how to assess the feasibility of applying new technologies to address current or future market needs.
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
|
Master of Science Degree Program
133
Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 699
IEN 560
IEN 550
Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Model and Thesis
Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship
Market Research for Entrepreneurs
Entrepreneurs face a myriad of legal issues, including those associated with business formation, contract negotiation, intellectual property protection, employment law, and many others. The Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Course provides an overview of the legal aspects of product design, intellectual property—including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and copyright, and issues related to licensing and royalties.
By their very nature, innovative entrepreneurs develop and implement creative solutions in response to the needs of the marketplace. The Market Research for Entrepreneurs Course focuses on the challenges of conducting research in a rapidly changing environment, including analyzing emerging technologies and considering social, economic, market, and consumer trends to forecast the future performance of specific technologies and industries. Topics covered include methods for assessing consumer needs, estimating market demand, trends relative to product and service pricing, competitive positioning, and branding. Students will explore the variety of available research resources, tools, and techniques for the analysis of the research data. Students will also provide methods and processes for interpreting the information for the purposes of creating effective plans and forecasts that consider the identified trends and evolving markets.
In the Innovation and Entrepreneurship Master of Science Degree Program, the completion of a capstone course is required for graduation. The Innovation and Entrepreneurship Final Business Model and Thesis Course requires students to complete the business plan that was researched and developed during the program. Since the ability to clearly communicate an innovative vision is the key to gaining access to capital markets and project funding, the course requires students to tell the story of their proposed plan through a series of concise pitches, written proposals, and formal presentations. In the course, students consider sources and uses of funds, working capital requirements, and the launch timetable. Students also prepare their plan for presentation and execution. During the course, students consider the various audiences to which they will present the details regarding their company and its products and services. The presentation and information for each will differ, and audiences may include potential investors, lenders, current or prospective employees, advisory or other boards, industry groups, the press and other media representatives, and current or prospective clients.
Course Outline Finalizing a Business Plan
Course Outline Overview of Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship
Contracts and Negotiation Techniques
Intellectual Property Protection
Managing Intellectual Property Assets in the Global Environment
Developing Presentation Materials
Creating an Executive Summary
Business Model Presentation
Total credit hours 3.00
Course length
The course also surveys the ethical problems faced by researchers and business entrepreneurs in dealing with each other, with the organizations for which they may be developing products, and with competitors and other industries. Topics covered include issues involving plagiarism, trade secret protection, and intellectual property infringement.
Course Outline Introduction to Market Research
Strategies for Competitive Positioning and Branding
Analyzing Emerging Technologies and Opportunities
Ethical Issues in Market Research
Product Licensing and Royalties
Formulating a Company Storyline
Total credit hours
The course also examines the numerous legal challenges organizations face as they commercialize technology in a global environment. In addition to studying the basic regulatory requirements for intellectual property and patent protection, students gain an understanding of the process of technology and product licensing, royalties, and methods for protection and valuation of intellectual property. Students develop strategies and plans through which they will prepare to form, staff, launch, manage, and protect the intellectual assets of a technology venture.
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Estimating Market Demand and Consumer Trends
Total credit hours
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
134
Course Descriptions Program Core IEN 620
IEN 540
IEN 510
Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs
Product Design and Development
Theories on Innovation and Creativity
The Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Course addresses the marketing challenges facing today’s entrepreneur, including the introduction and marketing of new products and services without the benefit of an established reputation, distribution channel, or customer base. In this course, students explore the development of marketing strategies, product and service positioning, distribution channels, competitive pricing strategies, advertising and promotion, and sales strategies and techniques—including the importance of digital marketing. Students learn business development and client management methods for technology and creative ventures, including principles and concepts dealing with client acquisition, client management, and retention. The course stresses the importance of differentiation and brand development in presenting and communicating the story of a company’s products and services.
The Product Design and Development Course focuses on the design, development, and introduction of new products and services within a rapidly changing technological and economic environment. The course will address the process of new product and service development, examining the entrepreneur’s role in coordinating and managing functional areas such as marketing, research and development, finance, and manufacturing to develop products and services that customers need and want. Topics include how customer needs and feedback are incorporated into product and service design; the integration of manufacturing, marketing, and distribution functions; rapid prototyping and development; and developing methods to capture customer feedback. During the course, students will analyze actual case studies and create plans to launch new products or services for their new or existing business.
Incorporating creativity and innovation in the creation of new business ventures or new products and services in existing companies requires that entrepreneurs consider the challenges that creative and innovative people face in entrepreneurial endeavors. The Theories on Innovation and Creativity Course examines various innovation and creativity theories as they relate to the development of new products, services, and business methodologies. The course provides a framework for understanding principles of theory and research through a variety of historical and contemporary examples. The importance of innovation on economic growth and development among businesses and other organizations is also explored.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Overview of Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs
Product Differentiation and Brand Development
The Process of New Product Design and Development
Case Studies in Product Design and Development
Business Development and Client Management
Strategies for Presenting and Communicating the Brand Story
The Role of Research and Customer Feedback
Development of New Product and Service Plans
Course length
Manufacturing, Marketing, and Distribution Considerations
Total credit hours
3.00
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
During the course, students will develop an understanding of the process through which innovation benefits from research. Students will also be encouraged to see how creativity and innovation create opportunities as well as challenges. The course will also address how rapid technological change demands constant innovation, change, and flexibility in order for organizations to survive and prosper over time.
Course Outline Principles of Creativity
Technological Change and Disruptive Innovations
Methods for Creating Breakthrough Ideas
Case Studies in Creativity and Innovation
Innovation Theories
Total credit hours
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
135
Instructional Design &
Technology
Master of Science Degree Program
Whether it’s in a corporate training facility or high school classroom, the instructor’s role is one of the most important in our society. And while many core educational concepts haven’t changed over the years, our ability to communicate information to each other is continuously growing and changing. The challenge is to take advantage of those changes in today’s learning environments. With more than 30 years of experience incorporating innovative learning methods into our curriculum, Full Sail University is uniquely qualified to help educators and trainers meet the challenges of connecting with today’s learners. The Instructional Design & Technology program will show you how to combine
the digital world’s vast media resources with modern teaching methods to create innovative learning experiences that engage and inspire your audiences. Through projects that involve real-time experiences with media creation software, this program will show you how to implement new media literacy and facilitate bold new ideas with time-tested instructional tools, creating emergent 21st century instruction for 21st century learners.
Areas of Focus Areas of Focus Understanding and Motivating Your Audience Fine Arts Creating Modeling Media-Rich Interactive Animation Lessons
Building Inspirational & Engaging Effects Learning Environments Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Master of Science Degree Program
136
UCATION MEDIA Areas of Focus SIGN & TECHNOLOGY communication
organizational
Y
STRATEGIES multimedia
TIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER/Understanding and entertainment PIRE USING TECHNOLOGIES Motivating Your Audience ERACTIVE MEDIA
EDUCATION MEDIA
DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY ENGAGING
today’s
MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER THE LEARNER/
gaming INSPIRE USING
musical TECHNOLOGIES
multimedia entertainment
THEORY
models
INTERACTIVE MEDIA INTERACTIVE
gaming
METHODS
models
METHODS
VISUAL Creating Media-Rich
communication
music communication
ENGAGING organizational
organizational THEORY
STRATEGIES today’s
STRATEGIES
There are many different ways to instruct and inspire, and effective instructors are able to impart their ideas to media various types of learners. By studying the variety of ways people process information, and integrating appropriate Understanding your audience OisNjust L I N Eone part of becoming a CORPORATE CREATE DYNAMIC types of interactive media into your lessons, you’ll be able LEARNING more effective and inspirational instructor. By implementingTRAINING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS THEORIES to reach a wide range of audiences, whether you’re in an multimedia technology into your instructional toolbox, academic or professional environment. you’ll be able to redefine the traditional instructor-focused ONLINE LEARNING role by getting learners involved in the process. When ATE DYNAMIC management TRAINING Because keeping your learners motivated and involved is RNING ENVIRONMENTS you incorporate film, music, games, and digital media THEORIES fundamental to making sure your information is received components into your content delivery, you will engage and properly, it’s important to understand the needs and involve your learners. learning styles of who you are trying to reach. An animated game may be a great way to teach students geography, In the Instructional Design & Technology program, you’ll but probably isn’t going to excite your sales force. learn how podcasts, videos, online modules, and games can Likewise, an idea-driven podcast may be just the trick for be invaluable additions to your lessons. More importantly, a corporate orientation, but might not be the best tool for you’ll learn how to create and use interactive media and getting across math concepts... but then again, maybe ATION MEDIA technology to connect with learners. Whether it’s making it is. By studying traditional and innovative instructional N & TECHNOLOGY interactive visual media using professional industry tools, systems and learning how to create media-rich content, shooting and editing your own films with your camera you’ll be able to develop focused, audience-specific and MacBook Pro, recording and distributing a podcast, TE BY UNDERSTANDING lessons that help you achieve your instructional goals by communication or using any of the other hardware and software you’ll be EDUCATION MEDIA RNER/ inspiring you and your audience. working with during your studies, the tools and techniques models entertainment DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY USING TECHNOLOGIES presented in this program will open an innovative and METHODS CTIVE MEDIA interactive world of instructional possibilities.
LEARNER
TOOLS Interactive Lessons
modules
LEARNING
multimedia
MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING THE LEARNER/ INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA
DYNAMIC
VISUAL media
LEARNING management
modules
gaming
gaming
TECHNOLOGIES
METHODS
INTER
VI me
TOOLS
SYSTEMS
models
SYSTEMS
music
THEORY
music
THEORY
ENGAGING
organizational
today’s
STRATEGIES
communication
organizational
STRATEGIES
LEARNER
ENGAGING
today’s LEARNER
INTERACTIVE
VISUAL media
TOOLS
INTERACTIVE
ONLINE
LEA
CORPORATE
multimedia entertainment
INTERACTIVE
EN
to
CORPORATE TRAINING
LEARNING management
VISUAL media
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
TOOLS
|
Master of Science Degree Program
137
Areas of Focus
ONLINE
C RONMENTS
LEARNING THEORIES
S
LEARNING management
TRAINING
modules
SYSTEMS
EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY
OGY
NDING
CORPORATE
multimedia entertainment
TECHNOLOGIES
gaming models
METHODS
MOTIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING music THE LEARNER/
THEORY INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA
communication multimedia organizational entertainment
STRATEGIES TECHNOLOGIES
Building Inspirational & Engaging Learning Environments ENGAGING music gaming
today’s
THEORY
In themodels final phase of the program, you’ll put together the fundamental theories and multimedia tools you’ve learned METHODS LEARNER to create your own inspirational and engaging learning environment. Whether you decide to develop an online INTERACTIVE lesson or a corporate training module, the focus will be on creating an interactive atmosphere for learners that’s as motivatingmedia and experiential for them as it is engaging and exciting for you. LEARNING CORPORATE management TRAINING After choosing and developing a system that works best
com
or
STR
VISUAL
TOOLS
ONLINE
LEARNING THEORIES
CORPORATE TRAINING
modules
CREATE DYNAMIC LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS LEARNING
management
SYSTEMS
ONLINE
LEARNING THEORIES
modules
SYSTEMS
for your specific environment, you’ll present your final instructional project, which will be assessed by a group of your peers, faculty members, and instructional technology specialists. This project could be the very thing you use to transform your next class or training workshop into a rewarding learning experience.
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Master of Science Degree Program
138
Overview The curriculum for the Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program is based on a simple concept: providing new tools and methods to improve instruction. Many of today’s learners have embraced technology’s role in their day-to-day lives, but few conventional instructional practices have taken advantage of this reality. The innovative approach of the Instructional Design & Technology program is designed to give you hands-on experience with the type of dynamic media that can transform a traditional instructional setting into an inspirational and interactive atmosphere. It’s about crafting an environment where media skills and technology form the language of the learning environment. Throughout the program, you’ll discover how to incorporate interactive instructional tools to enrich the learning experience. Some of these methods include the use of tools like Apple’s professional media creation applications and other digital
Objective media concepts, and even techniques like storytelling methods and game strategies. You’ll also explore different theories about how people learn, discover how to take advantage of different motivational techniques, and learn how to create compelling and inspirational content for online curricula. This well-rounded education will help you enhance your content creation skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the career fields of corporate training, instructional design, education, and online learning. To help you make a desired transition or further develop your current career, our experienced team of Career Development professionals will help you strengthen your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
Our goal is to provide you with focused knowledge and understanding of learning and instructional design theories, curriculum development, media design elements, and technology applications, allowing you to be successful in the corporate training, instructional design, and education fields. Upon completion of this master’s degree program, you will have an enhanced ability to create, develop, design, and produce instructional content using a variety of technology applications for corporate or academic environments. This program will also help develop your writing, time-management, and team building skills to assist you in the development and dissemination of engaging instructional content, innovative media design, and technology projects that captivate and inspire today’s learner.
INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Master of Science Degree Program
139
Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program
Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
IDT 552
Corporate Training and Motivational Development
3.00
IDT 574
Digital Media and Learning Applications
3.00
EDM 531
Emergent Technologies In A Collaborative Culture
3.00
IDT 610
Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design
3.00
EME 6227
Game Strategies and Motivation
3.00
IDT 562
Instructional Design and Evaluation
3.00
IDT 690
Instructional Design and Technology Final Project
3.00
EME 6629
Learning Management Systems and Organization
3.00
MDL 501
Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership
3.00
IDT 680
Media Asset Creation
3.00
MUS 6018
Music and Audio for Instructional Design
3.00
IDT 520
Strategies for Learner Engagement
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP
STRATEGIES FOR LEARNER ENGAGEMENT
EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE
CORPORATE TRAINING & MOTIVATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & EVALUATION
6
7
8
9
10
DIGITAL MEDIA & LEARNING APPLICATIONS
MUSIC & AUDIO FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN
FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN
GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION
LEARNING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS & ORGANIZATION
11
12
MEDIA ASSET CREATION
INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY FINAL PROJECT
36.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
36 48
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Master of Science Degree Program
140
Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 552
IDT 574
EDM 531
Corporate Training and Motivational Development
Digital Media and Learning Applications
Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture
The Corporate Training and Motivational Development Course examines instruction methodologies and media design techniques used in training environments. In this course, students will learn to create and evaluate their presentation style and content in order to motivate learners and staff. Students will also learn how to evaluate return on investment for training and how to develop and use assessments and surveys.
The Digital Media and Learning Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in learning applications. The curriculum provides learners with a microcosm of the instructional design process and software that explores digital media techniques. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students will learn how to support their design approaches with established learning theories. They will also explore how to engage today’s digitally savvy learner within an online learning community.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Components of Staff Training
Training Approaches and Evaluation
Learning Theories and Visual Learning
The Individual and the Training Environment
Integrating Filmmaking, Music, and Gaming in Training
Digital Media and Learning Applications
Digital Media Design Principles
Design Principles in Training Materials
Research and Project Development
Integration of Digital Media into Instructional Technology Products
Digital Media Software Programs
Total credit hours
Course length
Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials
Digital Media Design and Learning Principles
Research and Project Development
3.00
4 weeks
Total credit hours
In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation, plus social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships and examines the role of personal learning networks in enhancing skills and organization. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content, and forming learning networks.
Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Utilizing Personal Learning Networks
Examining Communities of Practice
Developing Critical Analysis Skills
Research and Project Development
Examining Pedagogies and Learning
Total credit hours 3.00
Course length
Utilizing Social Media Networks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Master of Science Degree Program
141
Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 610
EME 6227
IDT 562
Filmmaking Principles for Instructional Design
Game Strategies and Motivation
Instructional Design and Evaluation
This course explores the components of filmmaking, video creation, and the concept of visual literacy. Students will learn a variety of video techniques that can enhance their instructional modules. Along with understanding how video is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling learning or training product.
The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game design techniques and strategies that will motivate learners to engage in an instructional activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students will then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complex topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals.
Course Outline
Course Outline
In the Instructional Design and Evaluation Course, students will explore various design strategies to effectively communicate learning objectives within instructional settings. In addition to learning a variety of instructional design approaches, students will learn how to evaluate a design strategy and examine which approach is best for their academic or staff training environments. Along with traditional learning theories, the multiple learning theory and emotional intelligence theory will be examined and evaluated for design and implementation in various learning environments. Students will also learn how to manage an education or a training project utilizing media through the entire process.
Video Techniques and the Visual Learner
Videos in Online Curriculum Development
Overview of Gaming Strategies
The Individual and Game Learning Techniques
Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Instructional Product Development
Instructional Design with Storytelling
Examination of Game Structures
Storyboarding Techniques and Instructional Design
Research and Project Development
Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development
Total credit hours
Examination of Instructional Design
Quantifying Assessment
Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies
Creating Lessons that Engage the Digital Native
Evaluation of Design Standards
Learning Assessment and Game Design
Assessment in Gaming Approaches
Creating a Project Plan
Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies
Research and Project Development
Learning and Psychology Theories: Established and Revolutionary Assessment Principles and Instructional Design
Research and Project Development
Total credit hours 3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
142
Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 690
EME 6629
MDL 501
Instructional Design and Technology Final Project
Learning Management Systems and Organization
Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership
In the final course in the Instructional Design & Technology degree program, students will reflect on their personal and professional evolution throughout their program and create a final instructional project based on their current or future career paths. In addition to the project, students will develop a research component that describes the methodologies that were required to complete the project. Students will draw from previous assignments and projects to create a media-rich final project that will be evaluated by both peers and faculty.
In the Learning Management Systems and Organization Course, students explore how to present and deliver instructional content through a variety of content delivery methodologies. Students will examine the tools that enable synchronous and asynchronous learning, and explore which curriculum is more suitable for each delivery method.
At the level of a master’s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students’ first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.
Course Outline Learner Evaluation Report
Peer Review of Project
Project Research Component
Faculty Review of Project
Media Design Approach
Final Project Presentation
Technology Support and Evaluation
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Introduction and Conceptual Overview of Learning Management Systems
Assessment and Learning Management Systems
Understanding the Learning Management Systems (LMS) and Learning Content Management Systems (LCMS)
Learning Organization Skills and Content Management Development
Evaluation of Learning Management Systems for the Learning Environment
Research and Project Development
Course Outline
The Learner and Virtual Learning Environments
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Mastery Concepts
In-Depth Immersion and Reflection
Case Studies
Academic Research and Methodologies
Leadership Principles
Total credit hours
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
143
Course Descriptions Program Core IDT 680
IDT 520
Media Asset Creation
Strategies for Learner Engagement
The Media Asset Creation Course explores the power of a variety of media assets that are available to instructors and corporate trainers in developing online learning products, in-class presentations, and corporate learning modules. Students will examine specific techniques regarding how to create the best media for a project, while also taking into account the limitations of delivery methods and the learners’ technical ability.
In this course, students explore cognitive, learning, and motivation theories as a first step toward understanding how to create engaging curriculum for a variety of learning styles and settings. Students explore design strategies that enhance learner engagement, including the use of media, games, interactive technologies, and collaboration. Students are introduced to and begin to explore ideas for their capstone research project.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Digital Video Concepts and Techniques
Understanding Software Limitations and Computer Bandwidth
Overview of Cognitive, Learning and Motivation Theories
Social Learning and Collaboration
Digital Audio Concepts and Techniques
Integration of Media Assets into Computer Software
Strategies for Creating Innovative and Engaging Learning Environments
Research and Project Development
Digital Photography
Research and Project Development
Applying Cognitive and Social Learning Theories to Instructional Design
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUS 6018
Music and Audio for Instructional Design The Music and Audio for Instructional Design Course teaches students how to produce media with proper auditory stimulation for various learning environments. Areas of emphasis include music for personal branding, recording professional-quality voiceovers, the connections among music, language, and memory in a learning environment, producing original music for various learning applications, music and audio in video, and reaching aural and kinesthetic learning styles through music.
Course Outline Musical Intelligence Examined
Professional Music and Audio for Video
Music, Language and Memory
Music and Kinesthetic Learning Styles
The Role of Music in Learning
Research and Project Development
Producing Original Music for Learning
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
INST RUC T I ONAL DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Master of Science Degree Program
144
Internet
Marketing
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Organizations are increasingly reliant on the Internet and other digital media to connect with and engage potential customers, reflecting the fact that we, as consumers, are living our lives online more and more each day. With the growth of the Internet, the way experiences and products come to our attention has also become more dynamic and complex. Long gone are the days when a marketing campaign was designed around three television stations, a handful of radio spots, and an ad in the local newspaper. Full Sail University’s Internet Marketing Bachelor’s Degree is designed to show you how to take advantage of all the marketing options available in the evolving world of
media and entertainment, allowing you to design and execute plans that successfully merge marketing fundamentals with the next big trends in consumer behavior. As the world of marketing becomes more integrated, the future leaders in the field are the professionals that will take advantage of every marketing channel at their disposal. This program can start you on the path to becoming that leader.
Areas of Focus Global Internet Marketing Fine Arts Traditional Marketing Modeling Foundations Animation
Multi-Channel Marketing Effects Building an Online Final Project/ Consumer Demo Reel CreExperience ation
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
145
Areas of Focus
TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING
RELATIONS FUNDAMENTALS of WEB
WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY
TERNET MARKETING BS
MANAGEMENT
ADITIONAL MARKETING D INTERNET MARKETING
BSITE DESIGN D TECHNOLOGY
LTI-CHANNEL RKETING
public
public
RELATIONS
INTERNET MARKETING BS FUNDAMENTALS
TRADITIONAL of MARKETING WEB AND INTERNET MARKETING
design web
campaign
WEBSITE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY development MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING
AFFILIATE
marketing
PAY PER CLICK
MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING
intellectual PROPERTY
campaign
development
business ETHICS
STATISTICS
MANAGEMENT
intellectu
PROPER
Global Internet Marketing
p uscripting blic LANGUAGES RELATIONS
When creating multi-channel marketing campaigns, you’ll be working with a team of diverse design and technical professionals. It’s important that you’re able INTERFACES to speak the same language when implementing BUILDING AN ONLINE Web site concepts, viral marketing campaigns, and CONSUMER EXPERIENCE the many other creative options made possible by the Internet.
IT STATISTICS communications
business web ETHICS
MANAGEM DIGITAL
storytelling
INTERFACES
PAY-PER -CLICK
design
FUNDAMENTALSsearch of WEB
ENGINE design optimization
PAY PER CLICK
search scripting web ITof web design, to online INTERFACE AFFILIATE SOCIAL From the fundamentals ENGINE LANGUAGES communications communications andmarketing the usability of Web interfaces, marketing media
search
ENGINE
campaign optimization &
developmentmarketing SOCIAL
media
search search ENGINE
this curriculum teaches the technical aspects of web development that will ensure you know how to utilize a range of current and upcoming Internet technologies.
optimization ENGINE+ marketing optimization
search
ENGINE marketing
AFFILIA
marketin
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T Isearch NG | Bachelor of Science Degree Program search
146
RNET MARKETING BS
Areas of Focus
TRADITIONAL MARKETING TIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING
NTERNET MARKETING
public
public
business ETHICS MANAGEMENT
business STATISTICS STATISTICS ETHICS
RELATIONS RELATIONS
Traditional Marketing scripting p u b l iFoundations c scripting FUNDAMENTALS business FUNDAMENTALS MANAGEMENT STATISTICS ETHICS of TE DESIGN of WEB LANGUAGES WEB WEBSITE DESIGN ELATIONS
design
Although social networks and video-sharing sites ECHNOLOGY AND TECHNOLOGY may be recent additions to the marketing landscape, the foundation of branding and messaging remain the same. That’s why Full Sail’s Internet Marketing FUNDAMENTALS CHANNEL PAY-PER bachelor’s program begins by teaching you-CLICK the basic of ETING MULTI-CHANNEL components that are the core of any successful MARKETING marketing plan.
LANGUAGES
IT
scripting INTERNET MARKETING BS WEB LANGUAGES communicationssearch PAY PER CLICK design campaign
ENGINE
campaign
development
In this phase of the degree program, you’ll study
RELATIONSENGINE search
campaigns. But you’ll also learn how to integrate newer Internet marketing concepts into your FUNDAMENTALS campaigns to create a plan that takes advantage WEBSITE DESIGN optimization optimization of everything today’s media has to offer. AND TECHNOLOGY
NG AN ONLINE UMER EXPERIENCE
MULTI-CHANNEL BUILDINGMARKETING AN ONLINE
DIGITAL
CONSUMER EXPERIENCE storytelling
search
marketing storytelling
ENGINE search marketing
ENGINE
search
search
ENGINE
DIGITAL
PAY-PER -CLICK
INTERFACES
SOCIAL
AFFILIATE
marketing
ENGINE
ENGINE SOCIAL ENGINE marketing marketing search optimization + media optimization &
AND INTERNET MARKETING ethics, management, and intellectualENGINE property – optimization development efforts that have always driven successful marketing
ENGINE of WEB & design
websearch INTERFACES
web
INTERFACES
media AFFILIATE
marketing business marketing intellec optimization MANAGEMENT STATISTICS search ETHICS search PROPE AFFILIATE
p u bdevelopment lic
PAY PER CLICK TRADITIONAL MARKETING search concepts such as public relations, statistics, business
campaign
optimization
PROPERTY
web IT communications
intellectual IT PROPERTY communications
design
MANAGEMENT intellectual
+
LANGUAGES
marketing engrossing ENVIRONMENTS
DIGITAL campaign social engrossing storytelling development media ENVIRONMENTS outreach
search
marketing ENGINE marketingENGINE optimization + scripting optimization & IT
web marketing communicationsmarketingINTERFACES
social
CONSUMER
media
behaviorSTUDIES
outreach search
search
social
ENGINE CONSUMER ENGINE engrossing behavior optimization STUDIES marketing ENVIRONMENTS
media
search
search
ENGINE
optimization
outreach
&
marketing
ENGINE
optimization
AFFILIATE
marketing
CO SOCIA
media behav
+
marketing
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
147
IT communications
scripting AND TECHNOLOGY LANGUAGES
design design
AND TECHNOLOGY
ETING KETING
E NCE
web
search
PAY PER CLICK campaign development
ENGINE
campaign
development INTERNET MARKETING BS
public search
BUILDING AN ONLINE FUNDAMENTALS
search WEB
TRADITIONAL MARKETING AND INTERNET MARKETING
ENGINE
optimization
&
marketing
PAY PER CLICK
campaign
development
By understanding the fundamentals of a multi-channel marketing strategy, you’ll be able to utilize the outlets at your disposal as you strive to reach your audience in the most effective way.
engrossing ENVIRONMENTS
DIGITAL
storytelling
optimization
search
search
storytelling optimization
marketing
IT
+
marketing search
ENVIRONMENTS
Marketing has always been about knowing your search MULTI-CHANNEL PAYPER -CLICK audience. The Internet Marketing program’s curriculum MARKETING expands on that core idea and focuses on enhancing the consumer’s online experience. By devoting time and optimization attention to digital storytelling, you’ll be able to create a captivating environment that supports your message while keeping your audience engaged.
ENGINE
search
ENGINE social &
marketing media
ENGINE campaign marketing development search
ENGINE
In this part of the degree program, you’ll learn how to optimization optimization improve the way you communicate your brand’s story, explore ways of reaching your audience through social media, and study consumer behavior so that you know you’re reaching the right audience with the right message. BUILDING AN ONLINE
outreach
CONSUMER EXPERIENCE
engrossing ENVIRONMENTS
SOCIAL
AFFILIATE
marketing
AFFILIATE media
marketing
marketing
business ENGINE search ENGINE AFFILIATE + optimization MANAGEMENT &search optimization pETHICS umarketing b lENGINE i c marketing ENGINE marketing STATISTICS optimization + optimization &
search
ENGINE
search
marketing ENGINE
DIGITALscripting engrossing FUNDAMENTALS storytelling LANGUAGES communications Building WEBSITE DESIGNan Online ENVIRONMENTS of WEB AND TECHNOLOGY DIGITAL Consumer Experience design engrossing
Successful marketing campaigns use outlets such of EXPERIENCE CONSUMER as websites, applications, and email, but they also BUILDING ONLINE find ways to make AN those channels as effective as CONSUMER EXPERIENCE possible. Internet-specifi c marketing models such as pay-per-click campaign development, search engine optimization (SEO), search engine marketing, affiliate marketing, and social media are constantly coming into play in this new media landscape, and you’ll need to understand how to recognize these opportunities and use them to your advantage.
design
search ENGINE
STATISTICS ENGINE marketing RELATIONS
optimization
Multi-Channel Marketing
search
optimization ENGINE
search
RELATIONS ENGINE
web
INTERFACES
INTERFACES
PAY PER CLICK
MULTI-CHANNEL
MARKETING KETING BSMULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING
IT
scripting scripting web IT INTERFACES LANGUAGES LANGUAGEScommunications communications
FUNDAMENTALS FUNDAMENTALS of WEB of WEB
Areas ofDESIGN Focus WEBSITE DESIGN WEBSITE
+
marketing
DIGITAL
storytelling
social
media
outreach
intellectual SOCIAL business PROPERTY
ETHICS media marketing
social web scripting media INTERFACES LANGUAGES outreach social
CONSUMER
IT
media
behaviorSTUDIES communications CONSU
behavior
outreach
search
search
ENGINE SOCIAL marketing media
AFFILIATE
ENGINE marketing optimization
search
search
ENGINE
optimization & CONSUMER marketing
ENGINE
optimization
behaviorSTUDIES engrossing ENVIRONMENTS
MA
+
marketing social
CONSUMER
media
outreach
behaviorSTUDIES I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
148
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
The Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree addresses the complex worlds of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, web design, and consumer psychology, giving you the skills you need to meet the challenges of an industry affected by rapid advances and changes in technology. In this program, you’ll learn how to create a viable marketing and strategic plan for selling products, develop and cultivate a brand, and protect that entity within the Internet community.
The goal of the Internet Marketing bachelor’s degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding needed to pursue entry-level positions in contemporary marketing organizations. This program is designed to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet, and who understand how the fluid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. Upon completion of the Internet Marketing bachelor of science degree, students will have the ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy.
During the course of this program, you’ll study a full range of Internet marketing subjects, including search engine optimization, interactive advertising design, Internet law, web design, web metrics, and public relations. The program’s curriculum culminates in the final capstone project, where you’ll be tasked with developing and implementing a complete Internet marketing campaign. In addition to courses developing your marketingspecific skills, you’ll also have courses focused on computer business applications, personal finance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
In addition to technical proficiency and theoretical knowledge, the program helps students to develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to a lifetime of learning, providing them with tools needed to sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing.
INTERNET MARKETING
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG | Bachelor& of Science Degree Program OVERVIEW OBJECTIVE
149
Internet Marketing
Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
IMK 444
Affiliate Marketing
IMK 321 IMK 127
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Chronological Schedule by Months
Code
Course
Credit Hours
4.00
ART 2007
Art History
4.00
Content Strategy, Development and Marketing
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
Digital Storytelling & Branding
4.00
IMK 302
Cultural Studies and the Web
4.00
IMK 464
Display Advertising
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
IMK 452
Email Marketing Principles
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
IMK 341
Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship
4.00
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
1
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET MARKETING
7
8
9
10
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB DESIGN
INTRODUCTION TO WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY
14
15
6
DIGITAL STORYTELLING & BRANDING
IMK 241
Fundamentals of Web Design
4.00
STA 2027
Introduction to Statistics
4.00
IMK 411
Global Internet Marketing Strategies
4.00
MAN 3152
Leadership and Organizational Behavior
4.00
IMK 214
Internet Business Models
4.00
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation†
4.00
IMK 334
Internet Law and Legal Issues
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
IMK 497
Internet Marketing Final Project
4.00
IMK 323
Internet Marketing Research Strategies
4.00
IMK 112
Introduction to Internet Marketing
4.00
IMK 272
Introduction to Mobile Advertising
4.00
IMK 254
Introduction to Web Interface and Usability
4.00
IMK 222
New Media Distribution Channels
4.00
IMK 132
Online Communications
4.00
OBM 1000
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
3.00
IMK 263
Principles of Interactive Media
4.00
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
IMK 484
Principles of Online Campaign Development
4.00
IMK 372
Public Relations
4.00
21
IMK 481
Search Engine Optimization
4.00
IMK 432
Social Media Optimization
4.00
DISPLAY ADVERTISING
IMK 473
Web Analytics and Reporting
4.00
Totals:
INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS
11
Totals:
38.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
133 112
ONLINE COMMUNICATIONS
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design
12
13
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE ADVERTISING
PRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE MEDIA
NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
16
17
18
19
20
CONTENT STRATEGY, DEVELOPMENT & MARKETING
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP
AFFILIATE MARKETING
SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION
PRINCIPLES OF ONLINE CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
22
23
24
25
EMAIL MARKETING PRINCIPLES
WEB ANALYTICS & REPORTING
PUBLIC RELATIONS
SOCIAL MEDIA OPTIMIZATION
27
28
GLOBAL INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES
INTERNET MARKETING FINAL PROJECT
ART HISTORY
26
95.00
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
INTERNET LAW & LEGAL ISSUES CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
INTERNET MARKETING RESEARCH STRATEGIES
Master of Science Degree Program
Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program †
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
150
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 444
IMK 321
IMK 464
Affiliate Marketing
Content Strategy, Development and Marketing
Display Advertising
Affiliate marketing is a powerful and longstanding marketing method for the Internet. This type of marketing promotes Internet businesses in which affiliates are rewarded for every visitor, subscriber, customer, and/or sale provided by their efforts. Methodologies that assist the affiliate marketing structure are: search engine optimization, paid search engine marketing, email marketing, and displayed advertising. The goal of the Affiliate Marketing Course is to teach students to evaluate whether affiliate marketing is the appropriate type of marketing for their product/service. Students will also evaluate and create financial overviews for an affiliate marketing campaign.
The Content Strategy, Development and Marketing Course examines the complete lifecycle of content creation and delivery, from developing strategies and processes to evaluating results. Students learn how to create and distribute relevant and valuable content to defined targeted audiences in order to achieve specific marketing goals. Students examine a variety of content marketing techniques, learn how to create editorial calendars, assess which distribution channels can best help them to reach their audiences and evaluate the success of their content marketing strategy.
The Display Advertising Course explores the influence of the Internet and websearch optimization on the entertainment business industry, and how understanding and exploiting these strategies can help an entertainment business become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on his or her entertainment business, while also learning the best strategic methods for positioning a product for success on the Internet.
Course Outline The History of Affiliate Marketing
Current Issues with Affiliate Marketing
Compensation Methods
Case Studies
Affiliate Management
Final Project Development
Strategic Analysis
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing
Defining Marketing Goals and Creating a Strategic Content Plan
Producing Content in a Variety of Formats
Identifying Target Audiences
Creating a Publishing Schedule and Editorial Calendar
Assessing Current Content for Effectiveness and Re-Purposing
Determining Which Channels to use to Distribute the Content
Understanding the Various Types of Content and the Importance of Content Mix
Analyzing and Evaluating Results
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Internet Marketing Assessment
Search Engine Ranking Systems
Internet Marketing Strategy
The Customer Experience
Web Search Optimization Overview
Entertainment Leadership Portfolio
Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
IMK 127
Digital Storytelling and Branding The Digital Storytelling and Branding Course introduces the concept of branding and examines the keys to creating a sustainable and effective brand utilizing digital storytelling concepts. Students analyze well-known brands to evaluate what makes them successful. Storytelling that enhances and reinforces the brand image is then examined with an emphasis on creating consistent messaging.
Course Outline The Importance of Branding – Developing and Maintaining
Archetypes and Story Structure
Keys to a Successful Brand
Brand Stories – Bringing Storytelling to the Internet
Storytelling in Digital Media
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
151
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 452
IMK 241
IMK 214
Email Marketing Principles
Fundamentals of Web Design
Internet Business Models
Email marketing is a form of direct marketing that uses electronic mail as a means to communicate a message. The goal of the Email Marketing Principles Course is to teach students how to determine if an email marketing campaign is correct for their audience and products/services, and how to produce and create an effective email campaign. Additional topics that will be covered include developing emails with a creative purpose that facilitate sales and develop customer loyalty; creating emails that attract new customers and encourage timely sales; and developing email campaigns that perpetuate and strengthen a company’s brand.
The Fundamentals of Web Design Course examines the process of website creation and its importance within Internet marketing. Information architecture, HTML and CSS are introduced. The course explains the process used to create a website that embodies best practices in design principles to enhance the marketing message and promote consumer sales. The course covers advertising principles, website design and functionality, consumer experience, and branding.
When examining the Internet, a prospective entrepreneur must understand a variety of business models that apply to the Internet and e-commerce. The Internet Business Models Course covers both traditional and unique Internet business models that can facilitate the growth of a company’s product and/or services. This knowledge assists students in evaluating the model that works best for their product/ services, and will encourage consumers to buy and become loyal customers.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Overview of Email Marketing
CAN-spam Compliance
Advantages of Email Marketing
Opt-in Email Advertising
Disadvantages of Email Marketing
Legal and Ethical Issues
Proper Email Writing Etiquette (Writing Composition)
Final Project Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship Course examines the behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs. Students learn the steps required to start a business, including types of business entities, tax implications and business licenses. The course also considers key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs and the importance of entrepreneurialism in the economy.
Course Outline
Total credit hours
The Entrepreneurial Mindset Building Effective Teams
4.00
Course length
Historical Perspective of Business Models
Product/Services Pricing and Strategies
HTML, CSS and How the Web Works
Consumer Experience
Business Models Specific to the Internet
Integration of Internet Business Models and the Internet Marketing Campaign Development
Evaluation of Internet Business Models
Final Project Development
Total credit hours
Course length
Total credit hours
Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship
Case Studies in Entrepreneurship
Advertising and Website Design Principles
Web Standards and the Future of Web Design
IMK 341
Role of the Entrepreneur
Information Architecture
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
4 weeks
IMK 411
Global Internet Marketing Strategies
IMK 334
One of the most powerful components of the Internet is its ability to connect products and services to the global consumer. In the Global Internet Marketing Strategies Course, students learn how to evaluate the global Internet market through a variety of methodologies and incorporate them into a cohesive Internet marketing plan that will reach the global consumer. Course topics include: global Internet marketing concepts, campaign development, cultural assessments, global consumer behavior, marketing research methodologies, and ethical and legal issues.
The Internet is a complicated world when it comes to law and legal issues. In the Internet Law and Legal Issues Course, students examine a variety of course topics covering all of the subject areas related to this complex digital medium. It is vital that students understand how to protect their company and how to respect their consumer. A large portion of this course consists of examining case studies and analyzing controversial legal decisions regarding the Internet.
Course Outline
Internet Law and Legal Issues
Course Outline
Global Internet Marketing Concepts
Marketing Research Methodologies
Overview of Internet Law
Governance
Campaign Development
Ethical Issues
Current Internet Legal Issues
Global Internet Issues
Cultural Assessments
Legal Issues
Jurisdiction and Sovereignty Issues
Case Studies
Global Consumer Behavior
Final Project Development
Freedom of Speech Issues
Final Project Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Intellectual Property Issues
Total credit hours
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
152
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 497
IMK 112
IMK 254
Internet Marketing Final Project
Introduction to Internet Marketing
Introduction to Web Interface and Usability
The Introduction to Internet Marketing Course presents an overview of the exciting and effective world of marketing of products/services over the Internet. This course addresses all of the creative and technical aspects of maintaining a marketing website, including the importance of web design, web development, advertising, public relations, and sales. This course also defines key terms, such as: search engine marketing, display advertising, email marketing, affiliate marketing, interactive advertising, new media distribution, blog and viral marketing, and search engine optimization.
The Introduction to Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs.
The Internet Marketing Final Project Course teaches students how to assimilate skills, knowledge and expertise gained throughout the program to conceptualize, build a business prototype, and launch and evaluate the performance of a micro-business. Students work in groups to develop a visual business strategy, to develop a product or service to be offered, to generate and convert leads and to deliver real-world value to clients/customers. The final project entails a comprehensive review of students’ entire academic experience, including the application of previously learned concepts and demonstration of technical skills.
Course Outline
Course Outline Visualizing Your Micro-Business Strategy
Measuring & Communicating Your Micro-Business Performance
Building Your Micro-Business Prototype
Final Project Development
Elements of Internet Marketing
Introduction to Internet Marketing
Final Project Development
Internet Marketing Terminology
Launching Your Micro-Business
Total credit hours
Traditional Marketing Components
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
IMK 272
Introduction to Mobile Advertising
Internet Marketing Research Strategies In the Internet marketing field, it’s vital to know how to extract from business resources data that will provide information about your product/service, as well as your consumer’s behavior. The Internet Marketing Research Strategies Course focuses on accomplishing these goals through research and understanding research methodologies that are specific to the Internet. Internet marketers must be able to conduct research that constructs a marketing vision substantiated by data and facts, ultimately validating the financial investment of the company. Topics that will be covered in this course include: researching competitors, consumer behaviors, proper messaging, correct pricing, market behavior, and exit strategies.
Course Outline Internet Research Strategies
Understanding Primary Online Marketing Objectives Through Proper Market Research
Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies
Identifying Primary and Secondary Target Markets Through Research
Validation of Financial Investment
Final Project Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
The Introduction to Mobile Advertising Course covers creating mobile advertisements, as well as evaluating this type of advertising for an Internet product/service. In addition to understanding this business model, students must learn how to integrate and strategically develop their products/services for the mobile market. The main goal of this course is to address the specific topics related to advertising for mobile phones and other mobile products. Other topics covered include privacy issues and legal issues.
Course Outline Evaluation of the Types of Mobile Advertising
Sending Marketing Information via Test (SMS), Picture, Audio or Video Message (MMS)
Advertising and Mobile Games
Introduction to Mobile TV Advertising
Mobile Phone Rings and Advertising
Mobile Advertising Metrics
Click-to-Call Functionality
Final Project Development
Total credit hours
Interface Usability Concepts
Interface Functionality
Interface Visualization Elements
Interface Accessibility
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
IMK 222 4.00
4 weeks
IMK 323
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
New Media Distribution Channels The New Media Distribution Channels Course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products/services over a multitude of platforms. Students examine a variety of advanced media components; assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course will take students over the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, Web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, interactive TV, and podcasting.
Course Outline New Media Distribution Channels Defined
New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation
New Media Distribution Strategic Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
4 weeks I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
153
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 132
IMK 263
IMK 372
Online Communications
Principles of Interactive Media
Public Relations
In the Online Communications Course, students learn how to properly communicate with the information technology (IT) team. Students in this course gain foundational knowledge that will assist them in considering the technological limitations of their company. This course also addresses technical topics that must be considered when creating a marketing website and user interface.
The Principles of Interactive Media Course explores various interactive technologies used in online, mobile, and digital television environments and how to best leverage interactive media for marketing campaigns. Students will learn how to determine the appropriate technologies and channels to use when creating interactive media campaigns, and will practice using tools to create interactive media.
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Public Relations Course examines the topic of public relations (PR) and how this marketing component is valuable within the Internet community. Students develop a listening process to understand how the public perceives brands in the online community. Students also evaluate PR challenges and strategize how to enhance PR opportunities for an Internet marketing campaign. In this course, students are responsible for creating a variety of PR tools such as media releases, while developing a strategy for distribution and measurement.
IT Structural Overviews
Internet Security Issues
Explore Online Interactive Media
Marketing Channels
IT Terminology and Concepts
Final Project Development
Campaign Environments
Multimedia Marketing Deployments
IT and Website Design Limitations
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Tools for Interactive Media Campaigns
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
OBM 1000
IMK 484
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Principles of Online Campaign Development
The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry’s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry’s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.
Course Outline An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries
Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
Overview of Public Relations
Ethics and Objectivity
Public Relations and Internet Marketing
Press Releases and Social Media Tactics
Public Relations Writing and SEO
Online Communication Tactics
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Pay per click is an online advertising model in which advertisers bid against one another for ad space and positioning, and only pay when their ad is clicked. Google AdWords is the dominant platform in the pay per click space, and students work towards becoming an AdWords Certified Partner throughout the course. Significant focus is placed on crucial elements of pay per click advertising including; Quality Score, ad copy writing, keyword relevance, and bid amounts across both the search and content networks. Students will also be exposed to relevant industry software to build expertise that will help in their career.
Course Outline Pay Per Click Advertising Model Overview
Quality Score
Keyword Research and Development
Pay Per Click Metrics
Search vs. Content Networks
Pay Per Click Campaign Training
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
154
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 481
IMK 432
IMK 473
Search Engine Optimization
Social Media Optimization
Web Analytics and Reporting
The Search Engine Optimization Course introduces students to the complex topic of search engine optimization (SEO), the process of improving the volume and quality of consumer traffic to a website from search engines through search results. This course addresses topics such as link building, site structure improvements, conversion tracking, strategic keyword development and understanding barriers to SEO. The main goal of the course is to examine Search Engine Optimization strategies and to develop methodologies to increase quality website traffic.
Social Media Optimization (SMO) is a set of methods for generating publicity through social media, online communities, and community websites. The course topics for Social Media Optimization include adding RSS feeds, adding blogging opportunities, and incorporating third-party community functionalities such as photo slides, galleries, and video sharing. Social media optimization is an integral part of a successful Internet marketing campaign. A progressive aim of any social media effort is to add value to the web community experience and to strengthen the brand’s presence within these communities. Evaluating the consumer’s mindset and altering the Internet marketing efforts to match these demands completes this complicated task. The goal in this course is to teach students how to incorporate these methodologies into their Internet marketing campaign to create a strong presence in online communities.
The Web Analytics and Reporting Course shows students how to evaluate whether a website is accomplishing its marketing objectives, and how to report the productivity of the website to the company/client. This data is critical to financial investment in a website, and to forecasting where future monetary investments should go towards strengthening the website’s marketing presence online. This course shows students to correct problems that will in turn strengthen the website’s Internet marketing presence and productivity.
Course Outline Introduction to Search Engines and Search Engine Optimization
Link Building
Keyword Research and Selection
SEO’s Interrelationships With Other Internet Marketing Tactics
On-Site and Off-Site Optimization Factors
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Course Outline Web Analytics Overview and Technologies
Direct Mail Campaign Data Analysis
Web Server Logfile Analysis Advantages
Sales and Lead Information Analysis User Performance Data
Social Media Optimization Overview
Legal Issues
Page Tagging Advantages
Social Media Optimization Techniques
Linkability - Increasing Inbound Links
Web Analytics and Financial Reporting
RSS Feeds, Blogging, ThirdParty Communities, Social Media Optimization, and Viral Marketing
Final Project Development
Website Traffic Reporting and Data Analysis Email Response Rates Data Analysis
Final Project Development
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
Strategic Implementation
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
155
Course Descriptions General Education ART 2007
IMK 302
ENC 1101
Art History
Cultural Studies and the Web
English Composition I†
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice.
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics† The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content
Technology and Consumerism
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Fundamentals of Physical Science
Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline
Digital Communication Tools
Protection of Privacy Online
Evaluation of Resources
Interpersonal Communication Skills Institutional Protocols
Importance of Copyright laws and Other Protections
Total credit hours
Essay Structure
PSC 1030
DGL 1012
Social Bookmarking
4 weeks
Invention and Drafting
Grammar
Course Outline
Linear Equations & Inequalities
†
Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice
Total credit hours
MGF 1213
Total credit hours
Cultural Variation
Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Solids and Fluids
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
156
Course Descriptions General Education STA 2027
COM 3109
Introduction to Statistics
Professional Communication and Presentation†
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Course Outline
The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics
Presentation of Statistical Data
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
Audience Analysis
Business Statistics Terminology
Problem-solving Using Statistics
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Technical Development of a Presentation
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Personal Image
Collecting and Organizing Data
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Presentation Strategies
MAN 3152
Leadership and Organizational Behavior
Total credit hours
The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weaknesses through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process.
Course Outline Leadership
Decision-making
Building Effective Teams
Motivating
Group Dynamics
Conflict Resolution
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours †
4.00
3.00
Course length
4 weeks I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
157
Internet
Marketing
Master of Science Degree Program
The Internet’s role in the new world of marketing means that online strategy has become more than just an optional enhancement to existing plans. Internet marketing has become its own entity, rebuilding traditional marketing concepts to fit an interactive context. As successful companies and businesses look to thrive in this constantly evolving landscape, the ability to think strategically about the Internet has become an essential skill for professional marketers.
Full Sail’s Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree program is specifically designed to provide you with skills to help you take advantage of the multi-channel opportunities of the Internet. Our curriculum delves into the details of Internet marketing with in-depth research and advanced academic studies that will provide you with the ability to develop and implement your own effective and cohesive Internet marketing campaign.
Areas of Focus Fine Arts SEO Advanced Modeling Strategic Analysis Animation
Effects Advanced Internet Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel CreStrategies ation
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
158
Areas of Focus
INTERNET MARKETING MS
ADVANCED SEO
Advanced SEO One of the most important aspects of marketing is INTERNET MARKETING MS making sure that your product, service, or brand
WEB METRICS message is easy for the public to find. The best
way to achieve that on the web is through effective search engine optimization (SEO), a tool that can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. It’s not only about maximizing the power of organic search methods, directory listings, and ADVANCED SEO paid placement tactics, but also having a website that’s both user-friendly and search-engine friendly. Through the study of advanced strategic methods, beneficial web design fundamentals, new trends in search engine marketing, and case studies, you’ll be able to strategically position your company for maximum exposure.
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
WEB METRICS
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
159
Areas of Focus INTERNET MARKETING MS
ADVANCED SEO
WEB METRICS
Strategic Analysis INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
The data-driven nature of the Internet can instantly link a company with millions of potential consumers, and it can also provide you with an invaluable amount of information about the strength and success of your websites and marketing campaigns. But in order to be able to draw such conclusions, you need to have a firm understanding of how to interpret and respond to the results. By utilizing web metrics, you will be able to measure trends and behaviors within a company’s Internet marketing structure. The Internet Marketing master’s program delves deeply into this facet of the industry, teaching you the skills needed to translate your findings into a plan of action to increase the effectiveness of your organization’s web, advertising, and marketing strategies.
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
160
MS
Areas of Focus
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Today’s marketing professionals have boundless opportunities to spread a company’s message. Whether it’s email campaigns, pay-per-click advertising, or social media, today’s businesses can utilize a wide array of outlets in their marketing campaigns. What sets successful marketers apart is the ability to create a cohesive and complementary strategy that utilizes this variety of elements effectively. In this segment of the degree program, you’ll study mobile technology, interactive television, social media networks, and more, addressing the concepts of developing a campaign through numerous case studies. You’ll use this research, as well as your experience throughout the degree program, to select a subject and construct a complete marketing campaign that makes use of the variety and scope of marketing possibilities.
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
161
Areas of Focus
Overview The Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree addresses the concepts of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, new media distribution channels, branding, technology, and psychology. The demands on the Internet marketing professional are more intense than ever due to rapid advances in technology, the complexities of web design, Internet marketing campaign development, social media networks, Internet public relations, advertising, and sales. This program addresses advanced marketing topics that will help give you the tools to create powerful marketing and strategic plans for selling products, developing and cultivating a brand, and protecting a company’s reputation within the Internet community. The program’s curriculum focuses on a variety of advanced principles, including
Objective Internet marketing theories, search engine optimization, interactive advertising design principles, Internet law, web design, web metrics, public relations, and global and cultural Internet issues. Your education culminates in the final capstone project, where you’ll be tasked with creating and producing a complete integrated Internet marketing campaign. This well-rounded education will help you advance your marketing and strategic skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the Internet marketing industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
The goal of the Internet Marketing master of science degree program is to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet and who understand how the fluid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. The program’s advanced academic phases provide students with a focused knowledge and understanding of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, e-commerce, and the psychology of the online consumer. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy and campaign. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the field of Internet marketing. The instruction received in this program provides students with the tools to help sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing.
INTERNET MARKETING
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
162
Internet Marketing
Master of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
IMK 511
Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies
3.00
IMK 621
Advanced Search Engine Optimization
3.00
MAR 629
Business Storytelling and Brand Development
3.50
IMK 671
Internet and the Law
3.00
IMK 591
Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis
3.00
IMK 691
Internet Marketing Campaign Development
3.00
MAR 510
Internet Marketing Fundamentals
3.50
MDL 501
Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development
3.00
IMK 521
New Media Marketing
3.00
IMK 641
Strategic Internet Public Relations
3.00
IMK 661
Web Analytics and Optimization
3.00
IMK 541
Web Design and Usability
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
MASTERY: PERSONAL LEADERSHIP & DEVELOPMENT
INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT
INTERNET CONSUMER BEHAVIOR & ANALYSIS
WEB DESIGN & USABILITY
6
7
8
9
10
NEW MEDIA MARKETING
ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES
ADVANCED SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION
STRATEGIC INTERNET PUBLIC RELATIONS
WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION
11
12
INTERNET & THE LAW
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
37.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
37 48
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
163
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 511
IMK 621
MAR 629
Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies
Advanced Search Engine Optimization
Business Storytelling and Brand Development
The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these component’s unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, email marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content.
The Advanced Search Engine Optimization Course builds on previous course content and expands into strategic approaches for search engine optimization (SEO). Organic search methods, directory listings, and paid placement tactics are analyzed for their effectiveness in attaining search-marketing goals. New trends in search engine marketing and search engine optimization are explored through course curriculum and case studies. Additional inherent complexities of the Internet are examined that impact the development of effective search engine optimization practices, for example, websites with abundant content, advanced technology, and more personalization capabilities.
The Business Storytelling and Brand Development Course covers the two main aspects to building a strong presence in the business and consumer market. In this course, students learn how to implement brand-development strategies that help companies emerge as icons within their industries. Students also learn how to use storytelling principles to strengthen a business and deliver a superior customer experience. Finally, students develop their own personal brand identities and create tools for real-world business use.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Brand Development Overview
Creative Writing Overview
Personal Brand Identity
Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth, and Archetype
Brand Development Principles and Techniques
Storytelling and Leadership
Internet Marketing Strategies Overview
Social Media Marketing
Advanced SEO Techniques
New Trends
Affiliate Marketing
Search Engine Marketing
Organic Search Methods
Case Studies
Email Marketing
Case Studies
Directory Listings
Final Project Development
Global Internet Marketing
Final Project Application
Paid Placements
Creating a Mission Statement
Storytelling and Brand
Total credit hours
Brand Development Case Studies
Final Project Application
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Construction of a Story
Total credit hours
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
3.50
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
164
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 671
IMK 591
IMK 691
Internet and the Law
Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis
Internet Marketing Campaign Development
The Internet and the Law Course addresses emerging topics relating to the legal aspects of the Internet. Topics covered include intellectual property, copyright, domain names, trademark issues, and the First Amendment. From a marketing approach, legal considerations are presented that can potentially affect the development of an Internet marketing campaign. Students explore, through the course content and case studies, the Internet’s impact on the legal arena. The course traces regulatory issues concerning the Federal Trade Commission and the Federal Communications Commission, among others.
The Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis Course explores consumer behavior that is specific to the Internet and analyzes methods that motivate consumers to purchase products and/or services. The emphasis of this course is to identify specific Internet marketing campaigns and gauge their success and/or failure in inspiring the consumer to purchase the product or service. One approach studied is personalized marketing—a valuable tactic which allows an Internet marketer to track specific consumer interests and make suggestions on future purchases. This course examines how to develop Internet marketing plans that incorporate a consumer behavioral analysis.
The Internet Marketing Campaign Development Course addresses how to analyze the best campaign strategies and how to create these campaigns. The goals of this course are to understand the strategic value of all types of Internet marketing campaigns and to be able to create a successful campaign. Along with understanding the various campaign models, the psychology of the consumer is analyzed to determine if a campaign will be effective with its target market. A variety of Internet marketing campaign case studies also correspond to reinforce the concepts of the course.
Course Outline Overview of Internet Law Issues
The Role of the First Amendment
Domain Names
Federal Trade Commission, Federal Communications Commission, and Other Regulatory Agencies
Intellectual Property
Privacy Issues
Website Linking Legal Issues
Case Studies
Online Communication
Final Project Application and Development
Course Outline Examination of the Internet Consumer
Analysis Methodologies
Consumer Behavior and Design Principles
Internet Consumer Behavior Case Studies
Personalized Marketing and its Interactive Components
Final Project Application
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Internet Campaign Overview
Email Marketing
An Examination of the Various Campaign Strategies
Banner Marketing
Viral Marketing
Affiliate Marketing
Pay-Per-Click Marketing
Final Project Application
Social Media Marketing
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Copyrights
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
165
Course Descriptions Program Core MAR 510
MDL 501
IMK 521
Internet Marketing Fundamentals
Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership
New Media Marketing
The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry.
At the level of a master’s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students’ first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.
The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals and further the company’s success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, social media networks, interactive television, viral marketing, online video, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to identify and engage influencers to reach a company’s target market.
Course Outline Introduction to Internet Marketing
Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations
Internet Marketing Assessment
Search Engine Ranking Systems
Search Engine Optimization Overview
The Customer Experience
Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations
Final Project Application
Total credit hours
Course Outline Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing
Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels
Identifying a Company’s New Media Marketing Goals
Final Project Application
New Media Marketing Project Planning
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline 3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Mastery Concepts
In-Depth Immersion and Reflection
Case Studies
Academic Research and Methodologies
Leadership Principles
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Master of Science Degree Program
166
Course Descriptions Program Core IMK 641
IMK 661
IMK 541
Strategic Internet Public Relations
Web Analytics and Optimization
Web Design and Usability
When a bad product review arises on a blogger’s website, how can a company reach out to this consumer and correct the problem? How do you combat this potentially harmful issue in a proactive way that will strengthen your brand and protect your company? Internet public relations requires an individual who understands the open community of the Internet and how to initiate positive public relations strategies. The Strategic Internet Public Relations Course examines proactive public relations methods that are unique to the Internet. In addition, the course addresses how a publicist can become an integral part of protecting the image of a company and how relationship management must be aggressive in this highly accessible medium.
The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a company’s Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the company’s marketing goals.
The goals of any website are to provide a user-friendly experience for the consumer and a search engine-friendly experience for the site. The way a company designs its website and how the text is developed within a website directly impact the website’s search engine optimization (SEO) capabilities. It is important for an Internet marketing specialist to understand the web design principles used to enhance search engines to find a website and to accomplish marketing goals. The following topics are addressed in the Web Design and Usability Course: an overview of web standards, web design fundamentals, web interface and usability, search engines overviews, understanding a company’s SEO marketing plans, and web design issues. Lastly, case studies are analyzed for web design and search engine optimization effectiveness.
Course Outline Interactive Public Relations Defined
Internet Public Relations Writing
Online Media Relations
Case Studies
Proactive Internet Public Relations Strategies
Final Project Application
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Web Metrics Overview
Reporting Techniques
Web Metrics and Analysis Principles
Case Studies
Search Analytics
Final Project Application and Development
Course Outline Overview of Web Design Principles
Proactive SEO Web Design Principles
Web Design and SEO
Case Studies
Strategic Analysis
An Overview of Web Standards
SEO Ethics
Total credit hours
Examination of Search Engines
Final Project Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Science Degree Program
167
Media Computer Communications Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Skilled communicators are needed within every industry – and especially within the world of entertainment and media. Communications professionals can wear many hats – from reporting the news, to writing marketing plans, to managing creative projects – but their common thread is a deep understanding of how to interpret, craft, and relay messages for different audiences. In the online Media Communications bachelor’s degree program, you’ll build your skills in written and verbal communication, while also understanding the principles of graphic design, web design, digital video, and sound. You’ll also explore the theories and psychology behind communication and its impact on society, and familiarize yourself with new media technology.
At the heart of good media communications is good storytelling, and this program will introduce you to the narratives found throughout many forms of entertainment media, including animation and games. Using digital media creation tools, you’ll develop projects throughout the program that will reside in your online portfolio. You’ll also maintain a blog and build your own personal brand so that you can market yourself to prospective employers.
Areas of Focus Written & Visual Communications Fine Arts Digital Audio & Modeling Video Production Animation
New Media Tools Effects Transmedia Storytelling Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
168
Communications Areas of Focus MEDIA
WRITTEN & VISUAL TECHNIQUES editing COMMUNICATIONS
traditional
DIGITAL AUDIO & WEB-BASED
m e d i aVIDEO CHANNELS PRODUCTION
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
STYLES
LAW
recording,
message crafting
MESSAGE
distribution
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
supporting
a
M E D I A DIGITAL AUDIO &
adaptable
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
STYLES
You’ll also learn the impact of media and communications on society through courses that focus on media psychology, media anthropology, and media law.
m e d i a CHANNELS
adaptable Audio & Video Production C O M M U N I C AT I O N
S bachelor’s T Y L E S program, you’ll In the Media Communications learn how to craft messages across many media types, and use creative tools to develop multimedia projects that are adaptable enhanced by video and audio.
media CHANNELS
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
message S T Y L E S c r a f tyou i ntogthe technology Your digital audio course will introduce VIDEO PRODUCTION
and techniques involved in recording, producing, and editing digital sound, which can be used in a variety of projects – from enhancing audio on a digital video, to producing news stories. MESSAGE
t gr ieb u t i o video n into a m ebehind sd si saturning There’s an art and science source cohesive communication andg through your digital video c r a fpiece, tin
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
VIDEO PRODUCTION psychology, anthropology,
LAW
WEB-BASED
media
WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS DIGITAL AUDIO &
a N A R R AT I V E
traditional
Media consumerCommunications GENERATED
narrative
supporting
Most communication-oriented paths in today’s market use media beyond the written word, and that’s why the Media Communications program includes courses in graphic design, web design, video editing, and the theories behind aesthetics as they relate to communication.
EDITING
Digital WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
Being able to effectively communicate is a skill that is valued throughout the business world. Throughout all of your coursework in the Media Communications degree program, you’ll build an understanding of what goes into being a concise, clear communicator. You’ll refine your writing skills and learn how to adapt your communication style for different audiences.
editingTECHNIQUES
producing,
Media Communications
ions
UAL ONS
psychology, anthropology,
adaptable
Written & Visual Communications
class, you’ll learn how editing techniques can help your video projects tell an effective story.
s u p p o r t i n g|
anarrative
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
MESSAGE
MEDIA
psychology, anthropology,
LAW
MEDIA
psychology, recording, anthropology, producing, EDITING LAW
consumerrecording,
GENERATED media producing,
EDITING
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
media CHANNELS
169
VIDEO PRODUCTION
AW
EDITING
Areas of Focus
cording,
ducing,
editingTECHNIQUES
consumer-
MESSAGE
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
distribution
GENERATED
media
EDITING
onsumer-
ERATED
media
traditional
Media TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING Communications m e d i a CHANNELS
supporting
anarrative
WEB-BASED
supporting
media New Media Tools ANNELS With the emergence of the Internet and social media, communication professionals can distribute messages and reach audiences on a faster and more personal level. Understanding and embracing these innovations is central to your curriculum in the Media Communications bachelor’s program. You’ll receive an introduction to online-based and consumer-generated media such as social networks, blogs, consumer review sites, microblogging services, and mobile applications – and learn how to navigate the rapidly changing nature of today’s media environment. Through courses such as new media journalism and public relations, you’ll learn how journalists and PR pros use new media to connect with audiences, and the differences in messaging between traditional and web-based media channels.
WRITTEN & VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
DIGITAL AUDIO & VIDEO PRODUCTION
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
adaptable
a N A R R AT I V E
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
STYLES
distribution
supporting
anarrative
MEDIA
psychology, anthropology,
LAW
message crafting
MESSAGE
media CHANNELS
recording,
producing,
editin
EDITING
consumer-
GENERATED
media
media CHANNELS M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS | Bachelor of Science Degree Program
trad
WEB
me
170
dia Areas of Focus mmunications
TELLING
TEN & VISUAL MUNICATIONS
supporting
anarrative adaptable
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
Transmedia Storytelling STYLES
Thanks to the new ways entertainment media is integrated, a brand, organization, or product’s story can live and develop across multiple channels. In the Media Communications program, you’ll be AL AUDIO & introduced to the concept of transmedia storytelling O PRODUCTION and how different types of media have unique ways of supporting a narrative.
supporting
a
eRsAs T a gI eV E NcAr m R afting
Through courses on the gaming industry and animation, you will explore the creative process MESSAGE MEDIA behind TOOLSthese types of visually captivating entertainment media and how they tell their stories. You’ll learn how a single project idea can thrive across many different media channels, such as movies, music, video games, and the web.
NSMEDIA STORYTELLING
distribution
supporting
anarrative
MEDIA
psychology, anthropology,
media CHANNELS
LAW
recording,
producing,
editingTECHNIQUES
EDITING
consumer-
GENERATED
media
traditional
WEB-BASED
m e d i a CHANNELS
media CHANNELS
supporting
a N A R R AT I V E M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
171
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program at Full Sail University prepares graduates with the knowledge to understand the field of media communications and to use new media communication technologies. Students of the program survey critical approaches to contemporary media-related issues and communication theory, while working within a project-based learning curriculum. They will be immersed in a supportive environment that fosters development of the strategies and skills necessary to succeed in today’s dynamic media industries.
Dramatic changes in communication and technology have influenced every aspect of human culture, including family life, politics, business, international relations, religion, education, entertainment, and recreation. The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program prepares students to recognize, embrace, and manage the inevitable changes in the media. Students acquire the skills they need to best use today’s media and share knowledge and information. Along the way, students practice proper research methods and articulate abstract concepts, expressing their media communication skills via progressive projects in a variety of courses. Changes in the media industry are contemplated and reflected throughout the degree’s curriculum.
The courses in the Media Communications bachelor of science degree program are designed to prepare students for a wide variety of careers in media and associated fields where media knowledge and skills are an integral part of their operations.
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
172
Media Communications Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
MCM 1401
Aesthetics and Theory of Communications
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
4.00
ART 2007
Art History
4.00
MCM 4911
Career Development Skills: Media Communications 4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
MCM 3231
Digital Audio Applications
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
MCM 3011
Digital Video and Editing Principles
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
MCM 3333
Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling
4.00
ENC 1102
English Composition II†
4.00
MCM 2855
Graphic Design and Communications
MCM 1001
Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies
4.00
MCM 4821
Media Anthropology
4.00
MCM 4231
Media Communications and Public Relations
4.00
MCM 2099
Media Communications Portfolio Project I
2.00
MCM 3089
Media Communications Portfolio Project II
2.00
MCM 3099
Media Communications Portfolio Project III
2.00
MCM 4099
Media Communications Portfolio Project IV
2.00
MCM 4199
Media Communications Portfolio Project V
3.00
MCM 2313
Media Communications Project Management
4.00
MCM 4441
Media Entrepreneurship
4.00
MCM 4353
Media Law and Telecommunications Policy
4.00
MCM 4111
Media Psychology
4.00
MCM 4613
Media Publishing and Distribution
4.00
MCM 3823
New Media Journalism and Communications
4.00
MCM 1203
New Media Tools
4.00
OVA 1000
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries
3.00
MCM 2651
Research in Media Communications
4.00
MCM 3415
Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles
4.00
Totals:
†
4.00
Credit Hours
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
COM 3109
Professional Communications and Presentation†
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
ENC 2110
Technical Writing
4.00
Totals:
34.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
120 112
1
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE VISUAL ARTS INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGIES
7
8
9
10
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
TECHNICAL WRITING
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
13
14
15
DIGITAL VIDEO & EDITING PRINCIPLES
DIGITAL AUDIO APPLICATIONS
19
20
GAMING & TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS & PRESENTATION
24
25
6
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
11
AESTHETICS & THEORY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT I
12
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
16
17
GRAPHIC DESIGN & COMMUNICATIONS
ART HISTORY
21
22
NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM & COMMUNICATIONS
MEDIA PSYCHOLOGY
26
27
MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION
MEDIA ANTHROPOLOGY
RESEARCH IN MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT II
18 WEB DESIGN & COMMUNICATION THEORY AND PRINCIPLES MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT III
23
MEDIA LAW & TELECOMMUNICATIONS POLICY
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & PUBLIC RELATIONS
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT IV
MEDIA ENTREPRENEURSHIP
28 CAREER DEVELOPMENT SKILLS: MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT V
86.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
173
Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 1401
MCM 4911
MCM 3011
Aesthetics and Theory of Communications
Career Development Skills: Media Communications
Digital Video and Editing Principles
In the Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Course, students will consider the important role aesthetics play in engaging and appealing to an audience. The course will examine the theories of sight, sound, and motion as applied to the design of communication products for different media formats. Students will learn strategies for creative composition and consider the psychological and physiological implications of images. Lastly, the course will examine differences in aesthetics across cultures and how these differences impact their professional media projects.
Course Outline Communication Theories and Aesthetics
Effective Media Design
Media Aesthetic Strategies
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
An Overview of Human Interaction Design
Organizational Aesthetics
Media Aesthetics Across Cultures
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Career Development Skills: Media Communications Course will assist the student in understanding all of the various career fields available to today’s media communications professional. The course will review career sources and various types of employment information that students can use to research their desired career field. Along with this course, the student will begin to work with Full Sail’s Career Development Department. The Career Development Department specializes in providing specific career support skills and assists the student with the job-seeking process.
The Digital Video and Editing Principles Course covers the fundamental techniques and concepts of digital video, editing principles, and visual storytelling. The concept of visual storytelling will be explored and analyzed within various media applications to demonstrate the importance of constructing a fully developed idea using images. The course will review the process of video editing throughout the entire development of a media project. There is an emphasis on image sequencing and story continuity, the use of visual effects, color correction, media management, narration, and industry terminology. Students will apply these concepts to a digital video project that showcases effective storytelling through the use of technology.
Course Outline
Course Outline
An Overview of Media Communications Professions
Independent Contract Employment vs. Full-Time Employment
Traditional Editing Concepts and Theories
Visual Storytelling
Media Professional Communities and Organizations
Career Trends in Media Communications
The Discipline of the Frame
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Introduction to Media Communications Career Internet Sources and Job Data Sources
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Video Aesthetics as a Communication Tool
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
MCM 3231
Digital Audio Applications In the Digital Audio Applications Course, students will explore technologies and techniques for producing and manipulating digital audio for a variety of media communications applications. Topics include digital representation of sound, audio recording and production, real-time performance issues, and the application of digital audio to multimedia, streaming media, video games, and other forms of interactive content.
Course Outline Basics of Sound
Digital Editing Digital Audio
Introduction to Digital Audio Production
The Power of Sound
Digital Audio Application Principles
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
174
Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 3333
MCM 2855
MCM 1001
Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling
Graphic Design and Communications
The Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling Course explores transmedia’s impact on audience behavior, media culture, and its relevance as a media communication tool – as well as the influence of the gaming industry on transmedia. Students will survey the history of transmedia, theories set forth by industry pioneers, and the trends created by current leaders in field. Students will also examine how gaming influences transmedia marketing and audience engagement, and will learn how to measure transmedia’s impact with a variety of media metrics. Additionally, students will analyze the difference between transmedia and crossmedia, as well as passive narrative and collaborative storytelling.
In the Graphic Design and Communications Course, students examine principles, concepts, and applications that will strengthen communication efforts with graphic design projects. The course instructs students through the process of creating, producing, and distributing graphic material. Students explore the historical development of graphic design, from the advent of printing to the emergence of web design. Students review how words and images are coupled to convey data, concepts, and emotions. In addition, students explore the development phases of the graphic communications process from the origination of the idea to the reproduction, finishing, and distribution of multimedia products.
Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Course provides students with a brief history and an overview of contemporary forms of media communication. It surveys the main topics in the field and enables students to examine a variety of analytical and strategic perspectives, while being introduced to industry production tools and techniques. Areas of study highlight the many roles of media professionals, the media campaign creation process, and the impact of new media technologies. Students will learn how to make sense of the dynamic field of media communications through a critical analysis of real-world media campaigns, serving as a foundation to build their own media strategies.
Course Outline
History of Transmedia
Measuring the Transmedia Impact
An Introduction to Graphic Design
Basic Graphic Design Tools
Transmedia Pioneers to Current Industry Leaders
Crossmedia vs Transmedia
Graphic Design and Communication Principles
The Design Process
History of Media Communication
Introduction Production Tools and Techniques
Audience Behavior and Media Culture
Passive Narrative vs. Collaborative Storytelling
History of Design Communications
Critical Observation of Graphics Within a Variety of Media Communications
Roles of Media Professionals
Media Campaign Creation Process
Role of Gaming in Transmedia Marketing and Audience Engagement
Total credit hours
4.00
Total credit hours Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Media Analysis and Strategy
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MCM 4821
Media Anthropology The Media Anthropology Course uses an anthropological approach to examine the role of media technologies in contemporary cultural and global transformations. Students will focus on how social worlds are formed and inhabited through the production, circulation, and consumption of media technologies. Drawing on case studies from around the world, students will explore the politics of media representation, how visual media reconfigures modern experiences of social interaction, and the social and virtual worlds created through diverse kinds of contemporary media.
Course Outline An Exploration of Anthropology and Media
Modern Anthropology and Cultural Viewpoints
Brief History of Cultures through a Media Viewpoint
Media Anthropology Case Studies
Cultural Sensitivities and Media Representations
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program
|
175
Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 4231
MCM 2099, MCM 3089, MCM 3099, MCM 4099, MCM 4199
MCM 2313
Media Communications and Public Relations
Media Communications Portfolio Project I, II, III, IV, & V
Media Communications Project Management
The Media Communications and Public Relations Course field of public relations and its connection to media communications. Students will explore the arranging, handling, and evaluating of public relations and media communications programs. The course will convey to students how the effective use of media can strengthen a public relations strategy. Students will work with relevant case histories and deal with contemporary topics using media in public relations.
Course Outline Ethics and Responsibility
Media Case Studies in Public Relations
Public Relations and Propaganda
Global Media and Communications
Press Releases and Public Relations Campaigns
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Students in the Media Communications Bachelor of Science degree program will complete a four-part Media Communications Portfolio Project Course as part of their degree requirements. Portfolio projects will apply the knowledge learned in the program. The portfolio process enables faculty to assist the student in areas of weakness, support areas of strength, and provide additional support throughout the student’s academic and creative development. Faculty members will be able to talk with students about their progress and provide mentoring regarding their program, career, and life goals. A portfolio project will be judged on both the quality and presentation of the material. Students will display accuracy, creativity, and technical expertise in the work presented, along with enthusiasm and professionalism of delivery.
Course Outline 4 weeks
New vs. Traditional Media
Completion of Portfolio Design
Impact and Application of New Media
Refining and Uploading Portfolio Samples
Designing a Portfolio
Establishing a Portfolio Design and Concept
Portfolio Analysis and Comparisons
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours
Course length
2.00/3.00 each
A project is an independent mission that has many developmental components beyond just a beginning and an end. It is imperative that today’s media professional understands the processes involved in executing comprehensive media projects. In the Media Communications Project Management Course, students learn to create and manage project plans from the concept, to the script, and through production. Project-management specifics that will be examined include team leadership, creating templates, budgets, invoicing, treatments, presentations, and considerations related to specific delivery platforms. Students will also learn how to evaluate their project design through reflective research methods.
Course Outline Overview of Media Project Management
Roles in Project Management
Spreadsheet Basics
Project Team Leadership
Online Collaboration Techniques
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Media Project Management Case Studies
Total credit hours
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MCM 4441
Media Entrepreneurship The Media Entrepreneurship Course introduces students to the basics of entrepreneurship and the evolving business models for media. The course investigates general concepts of entrepreneurship and how digital technologies and the Internet are transforming media economics. Students will use recent news and communication “start-ups” as case studies for applying entrepreneurial principles.
Course Outline
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Changing Media Economics
Media Business Ideas and Case Studies
Overview of Media Business Models
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours
Course length
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
4.00
|
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
176
Course Descriptions Program Core MCM 4353
MCM 4613
MCM 1203
Media Law and Telecommunications Policies
Media Publishing and Distribution
New Media Tools
The Media Law and Telecommunications Policies Course explores legal topics that communication professionals need to understand in order to do their job effectively. Students will learn how to evaluate slander, libel, and defamation issues. Copyright, trademark, and privacy laws will be addressed, including the “fair use” doctrine that may allow the use of excerpt materials on and off the Internet under certain circumstances. First Amendment issues will also be covered, including the government regulation of advertising and speech in the media.
The goal of the Media Publishing and Distribution Course is to introduce students to the complex world of media publishing and new media distribution methodologies. With the advent of digital information systems and the Internet, the scope of publishing has expanded to include a variety of electronic resources, such as the electronic versions of books and periodicals, micropublishing, websites, blogs, and video games. This course focuses on contemporary issues affecting media publishing and distribution. Students will study new digital publishing and distribution models, as well as traditional models.
In the New Media Tools Course, students will examine and evaluate new media tools along with past methods and reflect upon the various ways each has been effectively used. Students will explore a variety of media that are used in digital and online environments to accomplish course projects and further their understanding of new media tools, including images, text, and streaming video and audio. Students will gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and challenges of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. Through studying examples of existing interactive programs, students will develop strategies to solve real-world problems, which will assist them in their future media careers.
Course Outline Introduction to Media Law
Slander, Libel, and Defamation Issues
Overview of Telecommunication Policies
Copyright, Trademark, and Privacy Laws
First Amendment Issues
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline History of Publishing and Distribution
Legal Issues and Distribution
Exploration of New Media Publishing and Distribution Models
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
Digital Rights Management
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MCM 3823
MCM 4111
Media Psychology
New Media Journalism and Communications
The Media Psychology Course teaches the students how to evaluate the psychological aspects of media. A fundamental understanding of media psychology is necessary to comprehend the psychological impacts of media technologies on the individual viewer and on society. This field of psychology encompasses the full range of human experiences of media, including affect, cognition, and behavior. Students will study multiple forms of mediated communication, such as pictures, sound, graphics, content, and emerging technologies. Students will also use their research skills to investigate examples of contemporary media communication from a variety of media.
The New Media Journalism and Communications Course explores new media journalism and the role of journalism in today’s digital landscape. Students will examine the latest media content creation technologies and techniques, as well as review how today’s journalist uses these tools to effectively communicate to different media communities. Journalism will be studied in terms of its influence and cultural significance among communities. A variety of writing, reporting, and editing techniques used in new media communications will be reviewed.
Course Outline Overview of Media Psychology
Media and Emotion
Media and Perception
Applications of Media Psychology
Media and Thinking
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline An Overview of New Media Journalism
Styles of Great Journalists, Past and Present Voice
Traditional Journalism vs. New Media Journalism
Legal Issues in Journalism
Ethics and New Journalism
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Multimedia Storytelling and New Media Tools Applications
An Overview of Digital Video
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Digital Audio Applications
Total credit hours
4.00
4.00
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
OVA 1000
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.
Course Outline An Overview of Visual Storytelling
Visual Representations in the Industries
Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries
Journalism as a Cultural Influence
Total credit hours
†
An Examination of Traditional Media Tools vs. New Media Tools
4 weeks
Total credit hours
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
177
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
MCM 2651
MCM 3415
ART 2007
Research in Media Communications
Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles
Art History
The Research in Media Communications Course covers how to conduct academic and professional research that will assist students with their academic coursework. Students will design basic data-gathering instruments, collect data, and assimilate information from various sources to substantiate and support their media communications projects. Students will be introduced to the major research methodologies, communication theories, and topics of study within media research. These theories, models, and methods will then be applied toward the development of students’ research projects in order to stress the importance of research. Students will discuss and examine qualitative and quantitative methods of media research employed within the industry. Along with specific media communication research, students will also review and utilize academic research strategies to support their findings.
Course Outline
The Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles Course serves as a general introduction to web design for the communications student. Students explore various web design theories through multiple activities, which require the students to evaluate “form versus function” as the concept relates to website design and communications strategies. Topics include embedded media; page, site, and content design; usability; and emerging technologies. Students investigate how to develop a content strategy and learn the importance of adhering to web standards.
Course Outline Introduction to Web Design Principles
Multimedia Asset Production and Content Management
Descriptive Statistics
Web Design and Communications Case Studies
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Qualitative Research Methods
Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Web Design and Communications Strategies
Principles of Effective Web Design
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Evolution of Web Design and Future Trends
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline Art History
Post-Modern Art
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Audience Awareness
Modern Art
Total credit hours
Sources of Media and Communication Research
Quantitative Research Methods
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MGF 1213
College Mathematics† The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra and applied mathematics that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses mathematics in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
178
Course Descriptions General Education DGL 1012
ENC 1102
COM 3109
Digital Literacy
English Composition II†
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students’ writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Professional Communication and Presentation†
Course Outline
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
3.00
Course length
Literacy Research
Argument Information
Methods of Documentation of Sources
Total credit hours
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
Critical Analysis
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Course Outline 4 weeks
PHY 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science ENC 1101
English Composition I
†
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Course Outline Transmission of Sound
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Solids and Fluids
Grammar
Total credit hours
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula.
Force and Motion
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative-writing activities. In addition, students develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
4 weeks
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
Personal Image
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Audience Analysis
Presentation Strategies
Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
†
4.00
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
179
Course Descriptions General Education ENC 2110
Technical Writing The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.
Course Outline Document Copywriting
Document Publishing
Development Life Cycle
Collaboration
Internet Support Sites
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
180
Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
As more and more companies depend on design and branding strategies for success, those plans require more integrated and sophisticated solutions. Utilizing multiple forms of visual media – print, web, television – means that ideas must be conceived and implemented by creative professionals who understand “the big picture” and can meet the demands of both the boardroom and the design studio. Before a designer ever picks up a pencil (or mouse), an entire strategic process takes place, as creative directors bridge the gap between inspiration and effective messaging, looking for ways to maximize
the impact that a single picture or just a few well-placed words can have on an audience. Bridging that gap means taking your design skills and creative intuition and channeling them into a plan that is strategically effective. The Media Design Master of Fine Arts program at Full Sail is designed to equip you with the branding and strategy tools creative professionals need to handle those key projects.
Areas of Focus Theory of Design Fine Arts Production Modeling Workflow Animation
Design Document/ Effects Thesis Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M E DI A DE S I GN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
181
understanding
DEVELOPMENT
Areas of Focus
brand
DEVELOPMENT
the PROCESS
understanding the PROCESS
Theory of Design In the Media Design MFA program, you’ll dive into the strategic solutions needed for the complex challenges that companies encounter throughout the creative process. A fundamental understanding of the theories behind effective visual messaging is an integral part of finding those solutions. Connecting with an audience is the goal of any communications, and your design campaigns will need to be rooted in the fundamental concepts – storytelling, defining client needs, consumer psychology, and more – that allow you to understand and reach out to your audience. Those elements, along with design theory concepts such as brand and design ethics, will better enable D E V E L O P development MENT you to create outstanding communications the PROCESS and experiences.
brand
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
understanding
design
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
design E T H I C S
STRATEGIC
design
CAMPAIGNS
E T H I C S
CONCEPTS STRATEGIC SOLUTIONS
pitch
SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE
visual messaging
ideas
visual messaging CONNECTING
EFFECTIVE
CONNECTING
STYLE GUIDES
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
IENCE with the A U DCAMPAIGNS
with the A U D I E N C E
design
COMMUNICATIONS
design
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS
CONCEPTS
E T H I C S
STRATEGIC
pitch
SOLUTIONS EFFECTIVE
CONNECTING
ideas
visual messaging CAMPAIGNS
with the A U D I E N C E
COMMUNICATIONS
design
brand
DEVELOPMENT
SOLUTIONS
STYLE GUI
understanding the PROCESS
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
M E DI A DE S I GN
CAMPAIGN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
182
des
Areas of Focus
brand
DEVELOPMENT
E T H I C
understanding the PROCESS
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
design
STYLE GUIDES CAMPAIGNS
STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS EFFECTIVE
CONNECTING
with the A U D I E N C E
CONCEPTS
design SOLUT
E T H I C S
STRATEGIC
pitch
SOLUTIONS
ideas
EFFECTIVE
CONNECTING
visual messaging CAMPAIGNS
with the A U D I E N C E
Production Workflow To understand the strategy behind any design solution, you also need to understand the process that branding studios and design houses go through in creating media projects. During the program, you’ll learn how to move a project from the conceptual stage, through production, and into a finished state that satisfies its design objectives. You’ll study the production workflow for a variety of different media types and platforms as you explore the inner workings of producing professional quality deliverables. It’s an approach to production that is designed to give you a wide array of skills that can be utilized in the creative direction of any project you may encounter.
brand
DEVELOPMENT
visual
COMMUNICATIONS
design
SOLUTIONS
brand
DEVELOPMENT
understanding the PROCESS
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
design E T H I C S
understanding the PROCESS
STYLE STRATEGIC GUIDES
S OCAMPAIGNS LUTIONS
M E DI A DE S I GN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
183
Areas of Focus
STYLE GUIDES brand CAMPAIGNS DEVELOPMENT
brand
nerstanding
DEVELOPMENT
understanding the PROCESS
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
understanding
SATISFY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
the PROCESS
CONCEPTS STRATEGIC STYLE the PROCESS
CAMPAIGNS
STYLE design GUIDES E T H I C S
CAMPAIGNS
SOLUTIONS
G U I D E S visual messaging
CONNECTING design
CAMPAIGNS
pitch
with the A U D I E N C E
EFFECTIVE
CONCEPTS
E T H I C S
STRATEGIC
design saging CONNECTING SOLUTIONS
E T H I C S
with the A U D I E N C E
ideas EFFECTIVE CONCEPTS visual messaging design
EFFECTIVE
visual messaging
design
pitch
SOLUTIONS
ideas
CAMPAIGNS
CAMPAIGNS
pitch
STYLE GUIDES
COMMUNICATIONS
CONCEPTS
Design Document/Thesis
As you work your way throughout the Media Design pitch MFA Degree Program, you’ll be required to choose
ideas
a complex media design challenge that you’ll work towards solving over the course of the program. CAMPAIGNS Everything you learn and work on will be entered into your own Design Document, a reference guide COMMUNICATIONS and log of the skills and knowledge that you’ll accumulate during the program. That document will be an integral part of your Thesis/Final Project, where you’ll formally present a Design Solution Project to a panel of professionals and peers. Your presentation will include the Design Document, a style guide, and a campaign that will make a case for your idea. Your Design Document will also serve as a working template that you can use to pitch ideas and concepts to future employers.
ideas
SOLUTIONS COMMUNICATIONS
M E DI A DE S I GN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
184
Overview Full Sail’s Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program (MDMFA) provides you with an in-depth look at design and the role that it plays in bridging the gap between the design studio and the boardroom. As today’s successful companies rely heavily on strong visual representation to deliver their message to the public, the ability to direct those visuals is an increasingly vital asset to employers everywhere. The program begins with focusing on the theory behind effective media design. You’ll study concepts that drive successful design campaigns, including research, client communications, and team dynamics. You’ll also get hands-on experience with design production while learning the steps of the production process used by companies worldwide. Along the way, you’ll gather your work into a Design Document that represents everything you’ve learned.
Objective you’ll be prepared to handle whatever key projects you encounter in the fast-paced world of media design. To help you make the transition into the design industry or further develop your current career, we’ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
Our goal is to provide you with a focused knowledge and understanding of design research, psychological and motivational theories, ethics of design, media design elements, and technology applications to enhance your ability to solve complex design problems in academic, entertainment, and corporate environments. Upon completion of this master’s degree program, you’ll also have writing, time management, and team-building skills that you can use in the development and execution of compelling design solutions. This combination of skills and knowledge can be used to propel your career in the multiple fields of the media design industry.
Finally, you’ll be responsible for creating a Design Solution Project that makes use of your knowledge of branding, strategy, and workflow, then presenting that project to a panel of professionals and peers. By channeling your artistic skills into a vision that’s both creative and professional,
MEDIA DESIGN
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE M E DI A DE S I GN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
185
Media Design
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
MDM 530
Brand Development
5.00
MDM 525
Defining Client Needs
5.00
MDM 620
Design Integration
5.00
MDM 565
Design Research
5.00
MDM 615
Design Strategies and Motivation
5.00
MDM 510
Designing Success
5.00
MDM 555
Effective Copywriting
5.00
MDM 691
Professional Practice
5.00
MDM 640
Measuring Design Effectiveness
5.00
MDM 650
Multi-Platform Delivery
5.00
MDM 570
Organizational Structures
5.00
MDM 690
Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution
5.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
DESIGNING SUCCESS
DEFINING CLIENT NEEDS
BRAND DEVELOPMENT
EFFECTIVE COPYWRITING
DESIGN RESEARCH
6
7
8
9
10
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES
DESIGN STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION
DESIGN INTEGRATION
MULTI-PLATFORM DELIVERY
MEASURING DESIGN EFFECTIVENESS
11
12
THESIS: PRESENTATION OF DESIGN SOLUTION
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
60.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
60 48
M E DI A DE S I GN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
186
Course Descriptions Program Core MDM 530
MDM 620
MDM 615
Brand Development
Design Integration
Design Strategies and Motivation
Understanding a company or institution’s brand and knowing how to research, analyze, and promote its core values is essential in developing effective marketing communications. In the Brand Development Course, students will explore the history and processes of brand development in media design through case studies and learn how to utilize some of the basic tools used in the marketing profession. In applying this knowledge to creative projects, students will gain additional insight into their research that they can then utilize in future projects.
In the Design Integration Course, research, critical thinking, discussion, and critique help to provide students with a solid foundation from which to proceed in exploring new directions in their design projects. Techniques of incorporating innovation and methods of developing creativity are explored as students further expand their capabilities and refine their work. Through the integration of new ideas and methods of utilizing media, students prepare for the ever-changing landscape of the media design profession.
In the Design Strategies and Motivation Course, students refine the concepts developed in previous courses with the objective of maximizing the impact and effect of their communications. By combining research and online creative resources with 21st century skills, students create a range of professional visualizations of their concepts and ideas. The exploration of various design options and strategies along with an understanding of how best to implement and apply them, teaches the critical skills necessary for success in the design industry.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
Introduction to Brand Development
Identifying Brand Essence and Core Values
Convergence and Design
Exploring New Media Through Prototypes
Strategies for Developing Visual Concepts
Refining Through Critical Analysis
Analysis of the Marketplace
Communicating to Target Audiences
Researching New Directions in Media Design
Documentation of Processes
Application of Visual Concepts
Extending Concepts to Multiple Media Applications
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
MDM 525
Defining Client Needs Successful media designers understand their clients’ industries and can implement design strategies that can elevate their brand in a competitive marketplace. In the Defining Client Needs Course, students explore the designer-client relationship and investigate research strategies and methods for developing effective multimedia campaigns. Assignments address target markets and methods for testing prototypical design solutions.
Course Outline Research Methodology
Total credit hours
Prototyping and Testing
5.00
Course length
MDM 510
Design Research
Designing Success
Translating concepts into visual communications requires the ability to research information, explore options, and apply critical thinking skills to find the most appropriate solutions. In the Design Research Course, students learn the process of exploring and evaluating design options as they investigate many of the research methods and tools used in the profession. Application of these strategies leads to more informed design decisions.
The Designing Success Course provides an introduction to the Media Design program and its research and technology requirements. Students will study the media design industry and will learn how to conduct graduate-level design research through real-world project assignments as they share knowledge and experiences with their classmates through the online experience.
Course Outline
Defining Goals and Objectives
Understanding Industry Trends
MDM 565
4 weeks
Introduction to Design Research
Visual Exploration and Iteration
Developing Research Strategies
Methods of Evaluation
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Overview of the Media Design MFA Program, Including Expectations for Graduate Level Research, Use of Design Software for Presentations, and Assessment of Design Projects
Overview of the Role of the Media Designer in Today’s Competitive Landscape
Practical Application of Online and Library Resources for Graduate Level Design Research
Review of Completed Media Design MFA Alumni Thesis Projects
Total credit hours
M E DI A DE S I GN
5.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
187
Course Descriptions Program Core MDM 555
MDM 650
MDM 691
Effective Copywriting
Multi-Platform Delivery
Professional Practice
Successful media designers are visual and verbal communicators. The Effective Copywriting Course prepares students for the profession by teaching the nuances of writing for advertising, corporate communications, and presentations. Students complete a series of projects that help to develop their skills in writing persuasively while explaining and defending the rationale behind their decisions based on research. Throughout the course, students are required to polish their writing skills in order to extend the power of their design and to craft effective communications.
Today’s professional media designer is knowledgeable in the various types of media available for communicating information. In the Multi-Platform Delivery Course, students develop a plan for creating professional-quality deliverables from the research and exploration completed in the previous courses. Emphasis is placed on designing for a variety of possible platforms with the goal of developing a unified multi-media campaign. The work is evaluated through critique and refined through iteration in preparation for its presentation.
Today’s Media Designer works in a highly competitive field. To achieve success, designers must articulate and manage processes, understand legal and ethical issues on a global scale, and be able to present themselves and their capabilities at the highest level of professionalism. The Professional Practice course provides the platform and the tools to achieve these goals, and helps the designer find and navigate the pathways to success in the media design profession.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Introduction to Copywriting Fundamentals
Organizing Research Information
Utilizing Resources
Writing a Research Paper
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Implementing Change Through Iteration
Understanding Today’s Job Market and Opportunities
Working with Intellectual Property
Planning a Multi-Media Campaign Developing Criteria for Critique
Making a Persuasive Presentation
Ethics in Today’s Global Economy
Refining Presentation Skills
Course length
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4 weeks
By exploring the various ways to measure the success of design solutions, students gain a better understanding of how design work is perceived and interpreted by target audiences. To capture a holistic perspective of the media design experience, students in the Measuring Design Effectiveness Course examine multiple points of view, further their research, and apply higher-level critical thinking skills through a variety of assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics and marketing strategies and how they are implemented in the industry are also discussed as students refine their presentation skills
Course Outline
Course Outline Methods of Organizing Research
Understanding Professional Workflow Developing Strategies for Teamwork
Metrics of Design Effectiveness
Applying Research to Media Types
Prototypes and User Testing
Refining Presentation Skills
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
5.00
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution
In the Organizational Structures Course, students learn to organize, process, and evaluate information obtained from their research. By creating media applications derived from earlier investigations, students utilize processes and workflow consistent with professional practice in many of today’s top design firms. Emphasis is placed on creativity, innovation, and bringing work to a professional level of execution. Students receive feedback on their work in a way that promotes teamwork and collaboration with peers.
Marketing Research Tactics
5.00
MDM 690
Organizational Structures
Measuring Design Effectiveness
Total credit hours
5.00
MDM 570
MDM 640
Course Outline
4 weeks
This course simulates the conditions of a professional working environment in which each student is required to make an online presentation of their thesis project to a panel of professionals. Using established criteria and guidelines, students in the Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution Course will present their projects and explain how their research, preliminary investigations, and applications contributed to the process used to arrive at their final design solutions.
Course Outline Organizing Content for Presentation
Presentation of Multi-Media Campaign
Final Preparation of Presentation
Processing and Analyzing Viewer Response
Total credit hours
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
M E DI A DE S I GN
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
188
Mobile
Development
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Mobile devices have become an integral part of our lives, perhaps more than we often realize. To put it in perspective, just think about how disconnected you felt the last time you forgot your cell phone or tablet computer at home. This technology keeps us connected to massive amounts of information wherever we go, with customizable applications that provide real-time data, productivity, and global communication at the touch of a button. Developers have only scratched the surface of what mobile devices are capable of, and companies are looking for talented programmers and designers to fill the demand for innovative software.
Through Full Sail’s Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program, you’ll learn the programming and interactive design skills needed to create applications and games for the industry’s most popular formats. This growing market offers a wide range of creative possibilities, and this program is designed to prepare you for a career shaping the future of these platforms.
Areas of Focus Fine Arts Design Modeling Usability Animation
Effects Programming Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
189
Areas of Focus
Design The versatility of modern mobile devices offers unlimited potential for engaging consumers with original content. It’s more than just having a great idea for an application or game, though; the challenge comes from being able to maximize the design and user experience, while also playing to the functionality of the device it will run on. In the Mobile Development degree program, you’ll learn how to strike that balance in dedicated design courses that teach creative theories in art direction, user experience, and playability as they relate to different platforms. These concepts include the importance of giving your application or game a strong visual identity and appropriate sense of pacing, as well as supporting that aesthetic with layout, color palettes, and audio design. You’ll put those design theories to work by developing simple applications that are conceptually strong, and can engage the imagination of users with their presentation and interactivity.
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
DESIGN
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
190
Areas of Focus
DESIGN
DESIGN
USABILITY
PROGRAMMING
USABILITY
PROGRAMMING
Usability How many times have you downloaded an application, only to find out that the interface is confusing and unresponsive? Whether you’re using productivity software or playing a game, there’s nothing more frustrating than a poor sense of control. The Mobile Development degree program addresses these concerns as they relate to different components of application design, such as menu navigation, user input, and access to saved information and media. Classes like Mobile User Experience and Immersive Application Development teach students to fine tune a program’s input response to each kind of hardware configuration, including touchscreens and keypads. The Mobile Player Experience class addresses the importance of usability as it relates to different types of mobile games – where intuitive controls are as important to the gameplay as the story and level design. By mastering the subtleties of the mobile user experience, you’ll be able to create engaging software that plays to the unique strengths of different interactive formats. M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
191
USABILITY
Areas of Focus PROGRAMMING
Programming Despite their size, mobile devices are powerful pieces of hardware capable of handling increasingly complicated functions. Being able to master their architecture is key to becoming an effective software developer, and core classes in the Mobile Development program teach the same programming tools that are used to create professional applications and games.
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
You’ll be introduced to languages like Java, Objective C, DESIGN PHP, MySQL, and XHTML, which are the basic tools of mobile developers. As you progress through the degree, you’ll learn increasingly powerful functions of these languages, which will be applied to small applications that you design and code from scratch.
USABILITY
Since portable technology depends heavily on online interaction, the program also provides an in-depth study of how to integrate that connectivity into your software. This is taught in courses that cover proprietary development tools for popular consumer products like the iPhone, iPad, and PROGRAMMING Android-based devices.
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
192
Overview The Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program addresses the need for professional software developers who can create innovative mobile and web-based applications for today’s cell phones, tablet computers, and other portable devices. As a student in the program you’ll be presented with a thorough, evolving curriculum that provides a complete study of the processes used in professional application production. You’ll be taught how to locate potential industry needs, research your user base, design the visual aesthetics and interactivity of your application, and use that research to create a comprehensive software plan. Technical courses cover the actual production of that concept, and you’ll learn standard programming languages like Java, Objective C, MySQL, and XHTML to develop the engine your application will run on. You’ll expand on that architecture by learning how to implement audio and visual assets, and balance the usability of your interface – whether it’s a business application or a game – to create the perfect user experience.
Objective Students also benefit from business and management courses that cover topics in marketing, professional communication and presentation, software copywriting, publishing, and technical writing. The combination of this material will help you build a foundation as a well-rounded software developer capable of working on a variety of mobile content. To help you make that transition into your career after graduation, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
The objective of the Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding of software design and development, mobile and web-based applications, and the usability concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as software application designers and developers, iOS and Android mobile application designers and developers, entertainment, education, and banking application programmers, and a variety of other positions in the mobile and web-based software field. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
193
Mobile Development
Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code MDV 3330 MDV 2210 MDV 2550 MDV 4210 MDV 4330 MDV 4510 MDV 4710 MDV 4920 MDV 4910 MDV 2830 MDV 3830 MDV 3910 MDV 3630 MDV 3730 MDV 3850 MDV 4630 MDV 1630 MDV 1310 MDV 1410 MDV 4110 MDV 3110 ODT 1000
Code ART 2006 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 MGF 1040 PHY 1000 DEP 1013 MGF 1340 ENC 2110
PMA 101 PMA 102 PMA 203 PMA 204 PMA 305 PMA 306 PMA 407 PMA 408 MDV 2330 MDV 1830
Course Credit Hours Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 Advanced Visual Frameworks 4.00 Apple Programming Language: Objective C 4.00 Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad 4.00 Application Deployment II: Android 4.00 Cross-Platform Mobile Development 4.00 Immersive Application Deployment 4.00 Integrated Product Deployment 4.00 Integrated Product Development 4.00 Java I 4.00 Java II 4.00 Mobile Business and Marketing 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks I 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks II 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks III 4.00 Mobile Game Design 4.00 Mobile Interfaces and Usability 4.00 Mobile Media Design I 4.00 Mobile Media Design II 4.00 Mobile Player Experience 4.00 Mobile User Experience 4.00 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 Project Management and Assessment IV 1.00 Project Management and Assessment V 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VI 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VII 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VIII 1.00 Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 Visual Frameworks 4.00
Course Art History Digital Literacy English Composition I† Finite Math Fundamentals of Physics† Psychology of Play Statistics Technical Writing
Chronological Schedule by Months Credit Hours 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00
Totals:
30.00
†
103.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
2 PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
DIGITAL LITERACY PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
3
4
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
9
6
7
8
SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I
VISUAL FRAMEWORKS
11
12
5 FINITE MATH PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
10
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
13
MOBILE INTERFACES AND USABILITY
14
15
APPLE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE: OBJECTIVE C
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS I
18
19
20
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS II
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS
APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT I: IPHONE AND IPAD
23
24
TECHNICAL WRITING
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
133 128
ADVANCED SCALABLE DATA INFRASTRUCTURES
ADVANCED VISUAL FRAMEWORKS
16
17
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT IV
ART HISTORY MOBILE USER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT V
21
22
JAVA I JAVA II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VI
26
27
CROSS-PLATFORM MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
MOBILE GAME DESIGN
31
32
INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT
APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT II: ANDROID
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORKS III
28
29
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program
25 MOBILE PLAYER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VII
30
STATISTICS
IMMERSIVE APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VIII
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Entertainment Business Totals:
1
MOBILE BUSINESS & MARKETING
Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
194
Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 3330
MDV 2550
MDV 4330
Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures
Apple Programming Language: Objective C
Application Deployment II: Android
The Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures Course builds on the Scalable Data Infrastructures course by introducing database concepts and expanding the programming base of students. Students build larger web applications using standard design patterns and group development strategies. Students enable team participation utilizing source control and industry standard revision control software.
The Apple Development Language: Objective C Course focuses on application development utilizing the Objective C language while building on prior knowledge that students gained in Scalable Data Structures courses, and also in building small applications and widgets. Core object oriented programming concepts such as encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism will be discussed, as well as the core C constructs that Objective C employs. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to create basic applications using Objective C and will be armed with a foundational understanding of the Objective C language.
The Application Deployment II: Android Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an Android powered device. Students build upon concepts introduced in the previous programming courses and work through the processes involved by researching and implementing project management techniques.
Course Outline Web Application Development Architecture
Source Control
Databases and Query Languages
Application Design Refactoring
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
Objective C Language Overview
Web Service Integration
Pointers and References
Event Handling
Course Outline Current and Future Markup Standards
Absolute Positioning and Layout
Advanced Style Sheet Selectors
Optimizing for Automated Content Transfer
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course length
4 weeks
MDV 4210
Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad The Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad Course requires students to create and deploy an application to an iOS device by building upon concepts introduced in the Mobile Frameworks and Objective C courses. Upon successful completion of the iOS Application course, students produce an interactive application that can be deployed on Apple’s iOS devices.
Course Outline Project Management
Integration and Testing
Interface Design
Milestone Delivery
Asset Creation
Application Packaging
Total credit hours
Integration and Testing
Interface Design
Milestone Delivery
Asset Creation
Application Packaging
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MDV 4510 4.00
Advanced Visual Frameworks The Advanced Visual Frameworks Course teaches students advanced concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. This course emphasizes document optimization for advanced mobile devices and search engine optimization. Students balance nascent technological advances in document structure and markup with established standards.
Project Management
Total credit hours
Control Structures
Total credit hours
MDV 2210
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
Cross-Platform Mobile Development The Cross-Platform Mobile Development Course explores techniques and concepts involved in developing applications for multiple devices on different platforms. In this course, studentscreate basic applications that can be deployed to different devices and experience the possibilities and challenges of developing applications for multiple platforms while gaining an understanding of the complications and opportunities that a fragmented mobile market provides.
Course Outline Cross-Platform Options
Device Testing
Device Considerations
Multiple Device Deployment
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
195
Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 4710
MDV 4910
MDV 3830
Immersive Application Deployment
Integrated Product Development
Java II
The Immersive Application Deployment Course reinforces and builds upon previous courses by challenging students with designing and developing their own mobile game. Students apply project management principles as they build their game and complete the course with an understanding of the processes involved in creating a game in mobile space.
The Integrated Product Development Course helps students polish their professional quality mobile-based deliverables on multiple platforms as required in today’s mobile design world. This course provides an opportunity for students to create the most effective and professional quality products as possible. Students work on creating an integrated approach for presenting their mobile-based work and show their abilities by creating multiple products across various mobile application platforms.
The Java II Course expands upon topics covered in Java I while incorporating best practices for the Java language. Students become reacquainted with Object Oriented concepts previously explored as they apply these concepts to the Java language. Students also examine the processes involved in consuming a myriad of data sources.
Course Outline Project Management
Integration and Testing
Interface Design
Milestone Delivery
Course Outline
Asset Creation
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MDV 4920 The Integrated Product Deployment Course simulates the conditions of a professional environment in which students will be required to deploy their mobile applications for multiple handheld and web-based devices. In addition, students deliver all of their design work and process pieces, academic research, and code for review. The Mobile Development team then critiques students’ work for product functionality and design. The results represents students’ final grade and evaluation.
Course Outline
Integration/Migration Techniques
Finalize Mobile Applications
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MDV 3910
Mobile Business and Marketing
Java I Java has been a steady hand in the mobile world for some time. The Java I Course is designed to help students transfer existing programming knowledge to the Java language. Students in this course explore the fundamentals of the language and existing Java API as it applies to the mobile world. The Java I course prepares students for development on a myriad of mobile devices.
Course Outline Java Constructs
Language APIs
Language Fundamentals
Creating User Interfaces
Delivery of All Mobile-Based Applications
Final Review and Revision of Campaign
Total credit hours
Course length
Web Service Integration
Applying OOP Concepts
Delivery of Supporting Materials
4.00
Data Handling
Creation of Project Plan
Final Preparation of Deliverables
Total credit hours
Exceptions
Critical Analysis of Mobile Applications
MDV 2830
Integrated Product Deployment
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
The Mobile Business and Marketing Course teaches students that the success of mobile media design can be measured and marketed in several ways. To capture a holistic perspective of the mobile media design experience, multiple points of view, outside research, and critical thinking are encouraged within assignments and discussions. Basic concepts regarding metrics such as R.O.I. and mobile application marketing strategies are also introduced. Students learn to effectively use words, audio, and visuals in conjunction with sound reasoning to create persuasive and compelling presentations of their work. In addition, the course challenges students to aggregate information from previous courses into making a professional presentation and furthering the completion of their mobile applications.
Course Outline 4 weeks
Marketing Strategies
Metrics of Design Effectiveness
Effective Presentation Techniques
Understanding the Mobile Marketplace
4 weeks Total credit hours
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
196
Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 3630
MDV 3850
MDV 1630
Mobile Development Frameworks I
Mobile Development Frameworks III
Mobile Interfaces and Usability
The Mobile Development Frameworks I Course focuses on the development of frameworks which can often speed up development time but also introduce an initial learning curve. In this course, students explore the basic techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the CocoaTouch Framework. By using these techniques, students begin to develop mobile applications that incorporate accepted usability standards.
The Mobile Development Frameworks III Course presents techniques and concepts involved in developing mobile applications using the Android SDK. By using these techniques, students begin to develop usable mobile applications for the Android operating system. In addition, students research advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the Android operating system.
The Mobile Interfaces and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create usable interfaces optimized for handheld devices. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces. The course examines interaction principles, experiential, and gestural design patterns relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs associated with human factors that drive touch screen interfaces.
Course Outline Frameworks Overview
Notifications
User Interface Controls
Gestures
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Frame Overview
Architecture
User Interface Controls
Advanced Device Integration
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
MDV 4630
MDV 3730 In the Mobile Development Frameworks II Course, students continue to explore the benefits of using the CocoaTouch framework while relying on the concepts of the Mobile Development Frameworks I course. Students research and use advanced techniques to further integrate their applications into the iOS operating system. Upon completion of the Mobile Development Frameworks II course, students are prepared to develop applications for the iOS operating system.
Course Outline Architecture
Multitasking
Sandboxes
Advanced Device Integration
4.00
Course length
The Mobile Game Design Course focuses on what it takes to make an application immersive as they research how to design games for mobile space. In this course, students gain the skills required to add the element of fun into their applications.
Course Outline Game Animation
Performance Techniques
Device Interactivity Features
Connectivity
Total credit hours 4 weeks
4.00
Usability Theories
Visualization Concepts
Interaction Principles
Ergonomic Design Principles
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MDV 1310
Mobile Game Design
Mobile Development Frameworks II
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Course length
Mobile Media Design I The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications.
Course Outline 4 weeks
Working with Vector Graphics
Understanding Color Theory
Compression Techniques
Interface Design Concepts
Total credit hours
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
197
Course Descriptions Program Core MDV 1410
MDV 3110
PMA 101, 102, 203, 204, 305, 306, 407, 408
Mobile Media Design II
Mobile User Experience
Project Management and Assessment I to VIII
The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery.
The Mobile User Experience Course focuses on the overall experience and satisfaction rating users have while interacting with a product or computer based system. As users interact with these systems via a collection of combined interfaces, the process for accomplishing a task or achieving a goal is created. In this course, students learn to approach each problem by identifying its parts and then break up those parts into a collection of smaller tasks. Through closer examination of each task, students leverage their understanding of usability and interaction design. The results improve users’ experiences by increasing the efficiency and productivity of handheld devices.
The Project Management and Assessment Courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
Course Outline Advanced Vector Graphics
Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices
Handheld Aesthetics
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications
4.00
Course length
Fundamental Interaction Design
Task Analysis
Development of Usability/ Interaction Strategy
4 weeks Total credit hours
MDV 4110
Mobile Player Experience The Mobile Player Experience Course focuses on the fun factor incorporated into casual game play on mobile devices. Unlike user experience in that it focuses on increasing efficiency and ease-of-use of task-oriented, productivity applications, player experience focuses on increasing player engagement and enjoyment with immersive applications. In this course students gain a fundamental understanding of game mechanics to help set the pace for players on mobile devices. Students examine and utilize the four fun keys to develop short rewarding mobile games that create immersive and emotionally engaging player experiences.
Course Outline Understanding of Gaming Theory
Development of Player Experience Profiles
Analysis of Game Play
Emotional Strategy for Mobile Games
Total credit hours
Understanding of Project Analysis
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
Course Outline Project Development and Analysis
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
Course length
1.00 each
4 weeks each
MDV 2330 4 weeks
ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.
Scalable Data Infrastructures The Scalable Data Infrastructures Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create web services which function as data sources for mobile applications. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating functional, service-oriented application programming interfaces. Students learn standard data typing and flow control methodologies as well as basic networking concepts.
Course Outline Networking and Internet Protocols
Program Flow and Control
Programming Variables and Data Types
Program Logic Structures
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
Course Outline
4 weeks
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling
Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries
The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
198
Course Descriptions
General Education
Program Core MDV 1830
ART 2006
ENC 1101
Visual Frameworks
Art History
English Composition I†
The Visual Frameworks Course teaches students basic concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. The course enables students to deconstruct raster and vector designs into documents that are styled for visual effect, but also machine-readable for optimum content extraction on mobile devices, search engines, and assistive software.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline History of Hypertext Markup Standards
Relative Positioning and Layout
Cascading Style Sheet Selector Basics
Web Asset Creation
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Course length
Grammar
Total credit hours
4.00
4 weeks
Total credit hours
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments.
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
3.00
Course length
Algebraic Operations
Combinatorics
Logic & Probability Theory
Sets & Number Theory
Linear Programming
Digital Geometry
Matrices & Determinants
Proofs and Ordered Sets
4 weeks Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
Finite Math
Digital Literacy
†
Course length
MGF 1040
DGL 1012
Total credit hours
4.00
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
199
Course Descriptions General Education PHY 1000
MGF 1340
Fundamentals of Physics†
Statistics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena.
The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics – including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data.
Course Outline Nomenclature
Basic Collision Reaction
Newtonian Physics
Application of Physics
Course Outline
Basic Collision Detection
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Central Limit Theorem
Mathematics of Statistics
Mean and Variance
Probability and Distribution
Statistical Analysis and Application
Total credit hours
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Course Outline Document Copywriting
Document Publishing
Development Life Cycle
Collaboration
Collaboration and Team Building
Internet Support Sites
Course length
Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.
Play and the Brain
4 weeks
Course length
Technical Writing
Critical-Thinking Skills
3.00
4.00
ENC 2110
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Total credit hours
†
Descriptive Statistics and Data Collection
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
200
Mobile Computer
Gaming Animation Master of Science Degree Program
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Thanks to the widespread use of mobile devices, consumers of all ages are drawn to games more than ever before. This industry brings its own unique challenges and opportunities, and needs professionals who understand the technological, psychological, and financial aspects of mobile game development to fulfill key industry roles. In the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program, your courses directly relate to the roles and workflow found in a game studio – from concept development to advanced programming, QA testing, and deployment. You’ll expand on your programming skills and learn how to maximize the game experience by utilizing mobile technologies such as GPS to enhance multiplayer
elements. You’ll also explore how game theory research can be applied to improve the player experience, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. All of this will prepare you to build your own game from start to finish. You’ll work on the production of your mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises, and then go through the testing process. Once complete, you’ll present your finished product and learn how to market and monetize it.
Areas of Focus Foundations of Mobile Fine ArtsGaming Mobile ModelingGame Design & Animation Development
Professional Development Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
201
Areas of Focus
keykey
GAMING
mobile
APIs play engines system
COMPONENTS
mobile
NS OF MOBILE GAMING
GAME engines development
ME DESIGN MENT
life cycles
reverse
ENGINEERING
NAL DEVELOPMENT
APIs
APIs
GAME mobile engines GAME
COMPONENTS
patterns
life cycles
EN GINEERING reverse comprehensive
PERFORMANCE ENGINEERING
considerations publishing,
marketing,
distribution, publishing, cross MONETIZATION P L AT F O R M PRICING marketing, deployment structures
distribution,
MONETIZATION
TESTING
strategies PRICING
structures awareness ENGAGEMENT PRICING
structures
system
playpatterns system
patterns
DESIGN
DESIGN
DESIGN
Foundations of
development
reverse
play
PERFORMANCE
comprehensive Mobile Gaming comprehensive
PERFORMANCE TESTING Your experience in the Mobile Gaming master’s considerations TESTING strategies program considerations begins with an examination of the key
strategies
components, benefits, and limitations of mobile games. You’ll examine different technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games, and connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and APIs – learning how they influence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game.
cross deployment
P L AT F O R M
awareness
cross - ENGAGEMENT awareness P L AT F O R M deployment ENGAGEMENT
You’ll also study the psychological component of a game-playing experience, considering factors such as play patterns and game play mechanics. The principles of game design will also be addressed, with a focus on narrative game design, world design, and system design.
MOBILE GAMING MOBILE GAMING FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING
mobile key mobile key COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
development
GAME engines
GAME engines
APIs APIs
play
patterns
play
patterns
system
system
M OB I L E GAM I NG
DESIGN
DESIGN | Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
comprehensive
202
life cycles
cycles Areas of Focus
cross deployment
publishing,
marketing,
distribution,
MONETIZATION
P L AT F O R M
PRICING
& Development
distribution,
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
MONETIZATION
key
mobile
life cycles
marketing,
MONETIZATION
play
system
FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING
APIs
patterns
development
life cycles
comprehensive PERFORMANCE MOBILE GAME DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT TESTING
publishing,
marketing,
distribution,
MONETIZATION
cross P L A T F O R Mcross deployment deployment structures PRICING
key
TESTING
strategies
P L AT F O R M
awarenes
awareness
ENGAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT
mobile
APIs
GAME engines
COMPONENTS
mobile key mobile key play APIs system strategies
set that mirrors your technical aptitude. Through the development Mobile Gaming master’s program, your coursework prepares you for the business world through an MOBILE GAME DESIGN MOBILEonGAME DESIGN emphasis writing, presentation skills, research, PERFORMANCE & DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT and&theory.
reverse
considerations
life cycles
GAMING
APIs
ENGINEERING
reverse
ENGINEERING
DESIGN
Professional Development COMPONENTS FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT mobile cross COMPONENTS FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING marketing,To succeed awareness L AT F O R M inPRICING a fast-paced industry such asPmobile patterns GAME COMPONENTS distribution, game development, deployment ENGAGEMENT you’ll need a professional skill structures engines MONETIZATION publishing,
comprehensive
PERFORMANCE
development
considerations
key
publishing,
PRICING
distribution, structures MOBILE GAMING
After building a foundation in programming and theory, you’ll begin work on the production of your own mobile game – all while learning key topics such as development life cycles, reverse engineering, performance considerations, and more.
Once you’ve completed development, you’ll learn the role of quality assurance, repairing anyGAME errors, bugs, COMPONENTS or overall playability issues. You’ll work collaboratively engines with your fellow game testers to provide game play feedback on each other’s games, and learn to write development MOBILE analytical reports based on MOBILE the comprehensive testing GAMING reverse strategies and tools utilized in the program. ENGINEERING
life cycles
MOBILE GAME DESIGN ENGAGEMENT & DEVELOPMENT
marketing,
strategies
development
awareness
structures publishing,
Mobile Game Design VELOPMENT
engines
strategies ENGINEERING
publishing, GAME GAME marketing, engines DESIGN engines distribution,
development
life life cycles considerations cycles
comprehensive reverse
ENGINEERING TESTING
MONETIZATION
PERFORM
reverse
consideratio
ENGINEERING
play APIs patterns
play system
patternsDESIG cross
PRICING
structures comprehensive
P L AT F O R
deployment
comprehensive
PERFORMANCE reverse PERFORMANCE TESTING considerations TESTING strategies E N G I N E Econsiderations RING
strategies
strategies
cross cross awareness P L AT F O R M PRICING awareness P L AT F O R M ENGAGEMENT distribution, awareness deployment deployment ENGAGEMENT structures structures deployment
publishing, You’ll also learn how to develop marketing strategies publishing, PROFESSIONAL for game products, with an emphasis onDEVELOPMENT publishing, PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT marketing, distribution, and monetization. You’ll PRICING PcrossL AT F O R M examine factors such as pricing structures and MONETIZATION PRICING platform deployment, and learn how different media MONETIZATION ENGAGEMENT channels can help build awareness and engagement with your game’s audience.
marketing, marketing, cross distribution,
structures
M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
203
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
The Mobile Gaming master of science degree program enables students to develop advanced project management, development, and production skills related to games that are featured on mobile devices such as smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. During this 12-month program, students will expand upon previous programming knowledge by developing their own mobile game through a project-based curriculum that is structured around the real-world mobile game development life cycle. Students will conduct graduate-level mobile gaming research, apply theoretical concepts to game design, explore emerging technologies, and develop their own mobile game. Through realworld learning and a culminating thesis, students will have a firm understanding of mobile game development, including the communication and professional skills required for successful game delivery and monetization. Each course will also develop the student’s academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students will learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities.
Mobile gaming represents a rapidly growing industry with as many challenges as there are opportunities. The goal of the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program is to prepare students to address and overcome these challenges through a project-based curriculum that will enable students to be successful mobile game developers. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge and skills necessary for effective and creative mobile game design, production, and delivery. Through project-based learning and guided academic research, the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program curriculum will enable students to master the discipline and apply appropriate knowledge, skills, and abilities to all phases of mobile game development.
MOBILE GAMING
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
204
Mobile Gaming
Master of Science Degree Program Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
MBG 520
Advanced Programming for Mobile Games
3.00
MBG 530
Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games
3.00
MBG 550
Game Theory & Innovative Game Design
3.00
MDL 501
Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership
3.00
MBG 630
Mobile Game Development I
3.00
MBG 650
Mobile Game Development II
3.00
MBG 540
Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis
3.00
MBG 660
Mobile Game Testing
3.00
MBG 610
Mobile Gaming Business
MBG 680
Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation
MBG 620
Storyboard & Game Design
3.00
MBG 580
User Interface Design & Visual Development
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING FOR MOBILE GAMES
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR MOBILE GAMES
MOBILE GAME DISCOVERY & INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
GAME THEORY & INNOVATIVE GAME DESIGN
6
7
8
9
10
USER INTERFACE DESIGN & VISUAL DEVELOPMENT
MOBILE GAMING BUSINESS
STORYBOARD & GAME DESIGN
MOBILE GAME DEVELOPMENT I
MOBILE GAME DEVELOPMENT II
3.00
11
12
3.00
MOBILE GAME TESTING
MOBILE GAMING THESIS: TECHNICAL WRITING & PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATION
36.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
36 48
M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
205
Course Descriptions Program Core MBG 520
MBG 550
MDL 501
Advanced Programming for Mobile Games
Game Theory & Innovative Game Design
Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership
The Advanced Programming for Mobile Games Course addresses various programming languages that will provide students with the knowledge and skills that pertain specifically to programming for mobile games. Students admitted to the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program are required to be proficient in programming. Students will explore a wide variety of programming languages and the different mobile platforms for which they are used. Languages include Objective-C, C#, Java, JavaScript, and C++.
In the Game Theory and Innovative Game Design Course, students will begin to form their ideas for a mobile game. Through theoretical foundations and creative processes, this course will allow students to develop their mobile games, focusing on interactivity, engagement, and applied game theory. Students will engage with the latest neuroscience research on the psychology of gaming and will use this research to inform their game design. Students will also learn play patterns and game place mechanics through a player-centered perspective, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. Throughout the course, the principles of game design will be addressed, focusing on narrative game design, world design, and system design. Other topics will include decision making, flow theory, and game art.
At the level of a master’s degree, the objective of a graduate education is for a student to be able to demonstrate a mastery of a specific field of study. In the Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Course, students will explore the concept of mastery from an interdisciplinary perspective, utilizing historical case studies, anthropology, leadership science, and neuroscience. Students will gain an understanding of what mastery means and how they can utilize this concept for their own personal development, establishing a deep connection with their academic discipline and developing professional leadership skills. Specifically, students will examine the roles of apprenticeship, in-depth learning, creativity, immersion, reflection, and practice. They will also learn graduate-level academic research methodologies, tools, and processes and apply these to course learning activities. In addition to academic tools and research methodologies specific to the curriculum, students will learn and utilize the appropriate graduatelevel academic research approaches that are supportive for this level of education. The course serves as the students’ first step in their journey from student to practitioner, where they will gain a holistic understanding of what is required to be a successful graduate student and a master of their particular subject.
Course Outline Programming Overview
C# and C++
Programming for Mobile Games
Java and JavaScript
Objective-C
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
Course Outline 4 weeks
Game Theory Foundations
Play Patterns and Game Play Mechanics
Psychology of Gaming
Academic Research and Methodologies
Principles of Game Design
MBG 530
Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games The Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games Course looks specifically at technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games. Students will explore the different mobile technologies, including smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. Students will connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and APIs and learn how they influence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game. Students will also learn how to utilize GPS technologies for locationbased games as well as connectivity technologies for multiplayer mobile games. Lastly, students will explore the limits mobile technologies place on mobile game design, with special attention given to processing power, resolutions, formats, compatibility issues, and graphics limitations.
Total credit hours
Course Outline 3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Mastery Concepts
In-Depth Immersion and Reflection
Case Studies
Academic Research and Methodologies
Leadership Principles
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Mobile Technologies Platforms, Operating Systems, Engines, and (3D) APIs
Technologies (Bluetooth/GPRS/WAP) Limits to Mobile Games
Localization (GPS) and Connectivity
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
206
Course Descriptions Program Core MBG 630
MBG 540
MBG 610
Mobile Game Development I
Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis
Mobile Gaming Business
The Mobile Game Development I Course is the first of two courses in the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program that focus exclusively on the development of the students’ own mobile game. In this course, students will work on the production of their mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises. Topics will include development life cycles, issues of reverse engineering, and utilizing the appropriate programming language.
In the Mobile Game Discovery and Industry Analysis Course, students will conduct significant industry research and analysis to help inform the design of their own mobile game. Students will investigate different global mobile gaming markets as well as the trends and patterns of mobile game design. Students will apply this research to the development of their own game design, focusing specifically on game industry statistics and game design options for revenue generation. Upon completion of this course, students will have written their own market research report focused on the genre of their own mobile game.
The Mobile Gaming Business Course introduces students to the business of mobile gaming, with an emphasis on publishing, marketing, distribution, and monetization. Students will learn how mobile games are distributed and priced, looking at how these various modes of distribution and pricing structures affect downloads and purchases. Students will also look at options for cross-platform deployment and how to utilize social media to draw attention to their mobile games. Issues of game cloning, copyright, and patents will also be explored.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Mobile Game Engineering
Mobile Game Development
Mobile Game Programming
Academic Research and Methodologies
Industry Structure
Market Research Report
Modes of Distribution and Pricing Structures
Copyright and Patents
Course length
Industry and Market Research
Academic Research and Methodologies
Cross-Platform Deployment
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course Outline
4 weeks
Analysis and Mobile Game Application
MBG 650
Total credit hours
Mobile Game Development II The Mobile Game Development II Course is the second of two courses in the Mobile Gaming Master of Science degree program that focus exclusively on the development of the students’ own mobile game. In this course, students will further the development of their mobile game by completing directed engineering and programming exercises. Topics will include object-oriented programming, merging classes, memory limitations, screen limitations, obtaining resources, solo testing, and improved performance.
Course Outline Object-Oriented Programming
Improved Performance
Development Limitations
Academic Research and Methodologies
Course length
4 weeks
MBG 660
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
MBG 680
Mobile Game Testing The Mobile Game Testing Course focuses on the testing of students’ mobile game. Students will address issues of quality assurance and attend to detected program errors, bug fixes, and overall game improvement. Students will work collaboratively as game testers to provide game play feedback on each other’s games. Students will also learn to write analytical reports based on the comprehensive testing strategies and tools utilized during this course. Testing types and tools include functionality testing, environmental testing, performance testing, OTA testing, simulators, and mobile emulators.
Course Outline
Solo Testing
Total credit hours
3.00
Social Media and Mobile Gaming
Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation In the Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing and Professional Presentation Course, students will complete their mobile game projects by developing the element of formal presentation. Students will expand upon the creative and technical assets they created in previous courses as they write and present the specifications of their mobile game. In doing so, students will develop their game-writing skills and clearly demonstrate their technical proficiency through written and oral communication. Students will also learn how to present to various professional audiences of the mobile gaming industry through multiple modalities.
Course Outline
Mobile Game Testing
Game Play Quality Analysis
Quality Assurance
Technical Writing
Mobile Game Project Organization
Compilation and Presentation
Performance Estimation
Analytical Skill Development
Game Writing
Academic Research and Methodologies
Academic Research and Methodologies
Technical Specification
Course length
Total credit hours
Game Tester Feedback
Total credit hours
3.00
4 weeks
3.00
M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Course length
4 weeks
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
207
Course Descriptions Program Core MBG 620
Storyboard & Game Design The Storyboard and Game Design Course focuses exclusively on the development of the students’ own mobile game design. Building upon the knowledge and research conducted in the previous courses, students will be able to effectively design and develop their mobile game. Students will begin this process by creating game storyboards and scripts that clearly illustrate their visions and ideas. Wireframes and mock-ups will also be created to demonstrate the game’s design and architecture. Students will collaborate with one another to provide constructive criticism on each game’s design and will learn how to apply this feedback to make improvements to their own mobile games. Topics include game level design, game environments, and character development.
Course Outline Storyboard Principles and Methods
Collaborative Critique and Revision
Storyboard Creation
Methodologies
Wireframes and Mock-Ups
Academic Research and Methodologies
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
MBG 580
User Interface Design & Visual Development The User Interface Design and Visual Development Course enables students to design and begin to create their mobile game user interface and graphic elements. First, this course covers user-interface design principles and topics such as clarity, interaction, attention, control, manipulation, consistency, and visual hierarchy. Second, the course prompts students to conduct their own user analysis, attending to which styles and looks will appeal to the potential gamer as well as how the gamer will interact with the mobile game. Lastly, students will apply this information for the visual development of their mobile game.
Course Outline UI/UX Design Principles
Mobile Game Asset Design
Mobile Game User Analysis
Academic Research and Methodologies
UI Design
Total credit hours
†
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
M OB I L E GAM I NG
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
208
Music
Business
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
The music business has undergone some seismic shifts in the past few years, but one thing hasn’t changed: it takes an army of talented and well-prepared people working behind the scenes to get artists the attention they deserve. That army needs to be equipped to provide their clients with the logistical assistance, financial arrangements, and promotional prowess they need to maximize the impact of their artistic creations.
Of course, the music business world goes far beyond just number crunching. The Music Business curriculum at Full Sail dives into the jobs, skills, and talents needed to be part of the team that gets music heard – the tour managers, label employees, promoters, producers, merchandisers, lawyers, publishers, and, yes, accountants that help to keep the wheels of commerce turning so artists and their fans can connect on stage, online, on TV, on mobile phones, on the radio, and all over the world.
Areas of Focus Law Fine Arts Management Modeling Marketing Animation Distribution
Networking Effects Critical Listening Final Project/ Demo Reel CreFinal Project ation
M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
209
Areas of Focus
Law Contracts in the music business can range from a letter of agreement to an inches-thick document, but regardless of their size, you’ll need to have an understanding of how to protect your (or your client’s) interests. You’ll learn how best to do this in courses that examine subjects like music business law and contract negotiations, copyright protection, and more. You’ll also explore the many different areas of the business in which legal knowledge is important, from the rules that guide agents, managers, and attorneys to the art of negotiating a sweetheart deal.
Management As either a studio manager or an industry executive, an in-depth knowledge of the protocol, etiquette, and professionalism you’ll need to thrive in the music business is essential. Skills like effective communication, strategic planning, and an understanding of the various structures in the music business are all learned in the Music Business Bachelor’s program, helping you to understand how to successfully nurture a client’s career or even navigate your own way to the top of the corporate ladder.
M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
210
Areas of Focus
artist
marketing
LAW/MANAGEMENT
CON N ECTION
AN ALYSI S
DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT
successful
MARKETING
contract
AUDIENCE
MARKETING
NE GOTI ATI ONS
effective
DISTRIBUTION
PRO M O TIO N
artist
AUDIENCE
C O NNEC TIO N MMBS
DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT
plan
successful LAW/MANAGEMENT
P R OMOT I ON
MARKETING
COPYRIGHT
RETAIL
promotions
T RADE
DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT
communication SKILLS
PROTECTION
market Marketing
research
marketing PLANS
Finding and connecting an artist with an audience is one of the main reasons the music business exists. Whether you’re an artist looking for exposure or merchandi s i ng a record company trying to provide it, the Music Business curriculum will teach you how to analyze ANALYSIS and predict customer behavior and then turn that analysis into a marketing plan. You’ll learn how to effectively use publicity, merchandising, retail promotions, touring, trade shows, online outlets, and other marketing tools to get music in front of the right people, as a step towards growing and PROTECTION NEGOTIATIONS energizing an artist’s fan base.
marketing
PUBLICITY
plan
contract effective
DISTRIBUTION
artist C O N N E C T IO N
PLANNING
TRADE
shows
me rc h a n d isin g
AUDIENCE
strategic
RETAIL
promotions
PUBLICITY
successful P R O M O T IO N
COPYRIGHT market
research
Distribution
commu
marketing
PUBL
effective
ma
plan
Like a tree falling in a forest, the best music in the world can remain unheard if nobody ever gets a ANALYSIS chance to listen. Next to successful promotion, effective distribution is the best way to give as many people as possible that chance. Whether overseeing the production of a physical product and getting that product into traditional retail channels, or pursuing the expanding opportunities afforded by online outlets, you’ll develop a keen understanding of the various distribution methods vital to a successful career in the music business.
DISTRIBUTION
shows M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
m e rc h
res
211
BS
ENING
Areas of Focus
marketing market effective successful PLANS music SONG MIXING PR O MOTION DISTRIBUTION research strategic structure COPYRIGHT communication evaluation contracttechniques PROTECTION elements S K I LLS PLANNING NE GOT I AT I ONS
Networking
settingartist
IO N S
st
CE
ON
sful
OTION
GOAL
setting
NETWORKING
Music Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout GOALthe undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future etiquette success. The sessions cover topics AUDIENCE like goal setting, professional CONNEand CT ION etiquette, professional communication establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios.
RIBUTION/ L PROJECTCritical
act
structure
techniques
DISTRIBUTION/ aesthetic FINAL PROJECT TECHNICAL
MANAGEMENT
KETING
elements
professional marketing personal plan B R A N D
market
marketing
research
DISTRIBUTION
Students develop their ability to listen to music with the critical ear of a music industry professional, learning to discuss the aesthetic and technical elements of live and recorded music with a variety of music business professionals, from engineers to artists. They learn to differentiate and identify by sound various instruments and mixing techniques. Students learn how to optimize the listening experience, explore LAW/MANAGEMENT song structure, and evaluate and discuss music at a professional level.
RETAIL
PUBLICITY
merchandising
personal B R A ND
etiquette
promotions
AN ALYSI S
effective
successful Listening P R OM OT I ON
professional TRADE
shows
PLANS
MMBS
FinalCOPYRIGHT Project PROTECTION
communication SKILLS
Your final project is your chance to prove you’re prepared to take MARKETING all the knowledge you’ve gained throughout the Music Business Bachelor’s program and combine it with the drive, imagination, and love for music that brought you to Full Sail in the first place. PUBLICITY You’ll be responsible for analyzing a real-world music business merchandising scenario and working through all the details and components AN ALYSIS necessary to make it successful – from researching the current DISTRIBUTION/ market conditions and commercial viability, to identifying your sources of funding and investment strategy, to creating FINAL PROJECT a marketing plan and accounting for distribution.
marketing plan
effective
DISTRIBUTION
market
research
contract N E G O T IAT I O N S
strategic PLANNING
promotions
communication S K IL L S
PROTECTION
artist
marketing
C ON N EC TION
A N A LY S I S
AUDIENCE
RETAIL
COPYRIGHT
PUBLICITY
plan
mer chandising
TRADE
shows
marketing
successful PRO M O TIO N
market
effective
research
DISTRIBUTION
PLANS
M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
212
Objective
Overview Although every job in the music business is unique, they all need to work in harmony to maximize an artist’s potential. This real world approach is at the heart of Full Sail’s Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program, which will assist you with in-depth knowledge of multiple aspects of the business to include the need for music business professionals working with major record labels, film, TV, sports media, video game developers, online streaming sites, advertising agencies and more. To be an effective player in the music business, it’s not just important to be good at what you do, but also to be well-versed in the many different roles within the industry. For example, a band’s publicist may not need to book a tour, but being aware of how and why that tour is routed a certain way is invaluable knowledge when it comes to forming a media strategy. By teaching you about the many different roles in the business, the Music Business curriculum allows you to not only focus on what you do best, but also to ensure that your contributions to the big picture are as effective as possible.
You’ll learn these roles through courses in music-specific business subjects like Artist Management, Music Copyright and Publishing, Concert Management and Publicity, and Record Label Development, as well as general business concepts like marketing, distribution, and law. After you’ve absorbed all the necessary knowledge from these varied courses, the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program culminates in a final project in which you analyze a music business company problem and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. In addition to businessspecific topics, you’ll also have courses focusing on communication skills, business statistics, professional presentation, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the music business industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and résumé and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
The goal is to provide the student with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing the student’s ability to become a successful music business professional in a variety of fields, including recording, artist management, concert management, music publishing, music marketing, music supervision, merchandising, distribution, and e-commerce. Completion of the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree provides graduates with a portfolio of real-world projects to further careers as entrepreneurs and leaders in the music industry, and for entry-level business positions with record labels, music publishers, artist management firms, concert promoters and music technology companies.
MUSIC BUSINESS
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
213
Music Business
Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
MUB 481
Artist Management
ACG 3223
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
Credit Hours
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
Business Accounting
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
ENTB 251
Business Law
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
MUM 4309
Business Technology and E-Commerce†
3.00
ENC 1102
English Composition II†
4.00
MUB 461
Concert Management and Publicity
4.00
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
MUB 2513
Critical Listening for Music Professionals
4.00
ECO 2005
Introduction to Economics
4.00
MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
ENTB 2713
Excel and Data Reporting
3.00
STA 2027
Introduction to Statistics
4.00
MUSIC HISTORY I
MAN 2020
Introduction to Management†
4.00
MAN 3152
Leadership and Organizational Behavior†
4.00
†
1
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
6
7
8
9
10
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
MKT 210
Introduction to Marketing
4.00
HUM 1505
Popular Culture in Media
4.00
11
BUL 4621
Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations†
4.00
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation†
4.00
MUB 131
Music Business Management
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
CRITICAL LISTENING FOR MUSIC PROFESSIONALS
MUM 3733
Music Business Marketing
4.00
MUM 3308
Music Copyright and Publishing†
4.00
MUM 4305
Music Distribution
3.00
MUH 2050
Music History I
3.00
MUB 4361
Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions
3.00
MUB 4715
Music Supervision
4.00
OBM 1000
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
3.00
ENTB 3013
Principles of Business Finance
4.00
ENTB 3623
Principles of Entrepreneurship
4.00
MUB 343
Record Label Development
4.00
ENTB 4913
Strategic Business Management
4.00
Totals:
†
Totals:
EXCEL AND DATA REPORTING
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
12
13
14
15
BUSINESS LAW
POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
MUSIC BUSINESS MARKETING
17
18
19
20
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
42.00 16
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
124 112
BUSINESS ACCOUNTING
RECORD LABEL DEVELOPMENT
PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP
21
22
23
24
25
LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
MUSIC DISTRIBUTION
PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS FINANCE
MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS
CONCERT MANAGEMENT & PUBLICITY
27
28
26
ARTIST MANAGEMENT
82.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
MUSIC COPYRIGHT AND PUBLISHING
MUSIC SUPERVISION BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION AND PRESENTATION
MUSIC MERCHANDISING AND RETAIL PROMOTIONS
STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
* IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
214
Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 481
ENTB 251
MUB 461
Artist Management
Business Law
Concert Management and Publicity
The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artist’s career, management contracts, development of an artist’s career path, and sustaining an artist’s career.
The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects.
The Concert Management and Publicity Course covers a variety of topics that are specific to concert production and the touring industry. This course takes a ground-level approach to concert promotion basics, including how to develop and execute an artist’s tour and production management. Other topics explored in this course include public safety guidelines, contract riders, unions, staff and equipment booking, and the daily execution of tour schedules.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Overview of the Artist Manager
The Management Contract
Developing the Artist/
Planning the Artist’s Career
Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices
Clearances and Licensing
Concert Promotion Basics
Public Safety Guidelines and Issues
Manager Relationship
Making the Career Plan Work
Contracts and Business Law
Examination of the Touring Team for the Artist/Band
Preparing the Show for the Road
An Introduction to Intellectual Property
Launching the Artist’s Career
Career Maintenance and Control
Total credit hours
Course length
Working with the Local Team
Daily Scheduling and Management of the Schedule
Touring Production Manager
Contract Riders
Booking Staff and Equipment
Vendor Contracts
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
4 weeks MUM 4309
Business Technology and E-Commerce
†
ACG 3223
Business Accounting The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned.
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Accounting Cycle
Cost Models and Cost Control
Preparation of Basic Financial Statements
Decision-Making and Operational Planning
Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
Quantifying Usage and Value
Innovation and Adoption Models
Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements
Total credit hours
The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry.
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUB 2513
Critical Listening for Music Professionals The Critical Listening Course focuses on developing critical listening skills through an engineering perspective, using recorded music from studio sessions, live concert material, and audio postproduction mixes as the subject of analysis. Students will examine topics such as the physics of sound, acoustics and psychoacoustics, sound analysis, the identification of various production techniques, and instrument identification. Students will also hone their critical listening skills through projectbased assignments that allow them to develop a connection between sound waves, audio signals, the acoustic environment, and individual perceptions of sound.
Course Outline 3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Basics of Music: Pitch, Rhythm, Melody, Harmony, Texture, Form, Dynamics
Mix Elements and Techniques
Optimizing the Listening Experience
Past and Current Trends and Sounds in Popular Music
Identification of Musical Instruments and Variations
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks M US I C B US I NE S S Bachelor of Science Degree Program
|
215
Course Descriptions Program Core ENTB 2713
MKT 210
MUB 131
Excel and Data Reporting
Introduction to Marketing
Music Business Management
The Excel and Data Reporting Course teaches students to use Microsoft Excel for common business purposes, including analysis and reporting. Course topics include: working with formulas and functions, formatting spreadsheets for effective analysis, creating charts, selecting appropriate chart types, and analyzing entertainment business data. Students identify trends in data and leverage data to convey various business messages.
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students’ understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.
The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies.
Course Outline Formulas and Functions
Data Analysis
Tables and Charts
Data Reporting
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
Course Outline 4 weeks
Marketing Principles and Terminology
Entertainment Licensing and Promotion
Advertising
Merchandising
Introduction to Management
Competitive Tactics
Public Relations
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.
Marketing Plan Development
Branding
MAN 2020 †
Course Outline Local and National Labor Laws
Human Resource Principles
Risk Management
Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes
Entertainment Business Management Case Studies
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
BUL 4621
Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations†
4 weeks
Course Outline Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry
Industry Contract Issues
Contract Writing and Negotiation
Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents
Total credit hours
†
4.00
4.00
Course length
Music Business Management
The Unions
Copyright Administration Companies
Concert Production Companies
Record Companies
Publicity Companies
Performing Rights Organizations
Touring Companies
Production Companies
Distribution Companies
Total credit hours
Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations revisits and further expands on business law as it relates to the entertainment industry. Students are introduced to contract writing strategies as they examine strengths and weaknesses of realworld entertainment contracts. Students are then given the opportunity to focus on their chosen creative industry and explore specific contract issues. Finally, the role of lawyers, business managers, and agents in the entertainment business industry is addressed.
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUM 3733
Music Business Marketing† The Music Business Marketing Course explores marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the music business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of music business products, and integrate traditional and non-traditional promotional avenues. In addition, students strengthen the understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the music business, providing them with real world, marketing knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work.
Course Outline Marketing Plan Research & Development
Public Relations
Branding
Social Media
Advertising
Integrated Marketing Communications
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
216
Course Descriptions Program Core MUM 3308
REC 2050
MUB 4715
Music Copyright and Publishing†
Music History I
Music Supervision
The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their songs and those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, the course also covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriter’s contract, publishing options, and an overview of publishing companies.
The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations throughout every decade. The Music History Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times – through both sound and video – while examining each musical style’s respective sociological and technological precedents.
Students learn how to serve as a creative liaison between the music industry and the visual media industries, including film, television, video games, and advertising. Students develop their ability to determine the musical vision, tone, and style that best suit a given multimedia project. They learn to identify, secure and supervise music-related talent, including composers, songwriters, recording artists, musicians and producers, and to effectively communicate and negotiate with talent representation to obtain necessary clearances.
Folk and Country Music
Course Outline
Popular Music of America 1850-1995
Course Outline
Blues, Soul Gospel, and Jazz
Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry
Copyright Protection
Music Publishing Overview and Concepts
Copyright and Digital Technology
Copyright Law
Royalties
Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions
Course length
One of the biggest economic generators for the music business is merchandising and retail promotions. The Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions Course delves into this critical business component and helps students learn how to determine retail strategies that will benefit their clients. Students will examine the importance of branding and how it relates to product presentation at the retail level, explore the timeline of product development, and learn how to take their product to a retail environment. All types of distribution channels are examined in this course, from traditional big-box retailers to e-commerce and the Internet.
Total credit hours
4.00
4 weeks
MUM 4305
Music Distribution The Music Distribution Course Course focuses on the distribution process and the various distribution channels available in the music business industry. This course addresses various distribution components, such as the types of distribution deals currently available in the industry, the examination of the different types of distributors, and the influence of the Internet as a distribution channel. In addition, this course examines the exploitation of a music product for optimal monetization, and the new business models for creating revenue streams.
Course Outline Distribution Fundamentals
Interpersonal Sales Techniques
Distribution Deal Types
Direct Response Infomercials
Funding a Music Project
Internet Distribution & Promotion
Licensing Income
Total credit hours
3.00
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUB 4361
Copyright Requirements and Regulations
†
Course Outline
Course Outline Product Assessment
Trademark Protection
Types of Retail Outlets
Internet Distribution
Merchandise Design
Pricing and Cost Analysis
Direct Marketing and Non-Store Sales
Live Productions and Music Merchandising
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
Role and Responsibilities of the Music Supervisor
Securing Legal Rights of Recordings
Trends and Players in the Visual Media Industries
Working Within an Established Budget to Deliver Music Elements
Identification of Musical Vision, Tone, and Style of a Project
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
OBM 1000
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry’s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry’s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.
4 weeks
Course Outline An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Social E-Commerce in Music Business
Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries
Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Course length
Total credit hours
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
M US I C B US I NE S S
3.00
|
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
217
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
ENTB 3013
MUB 343
MGF 1213
Principles of Business Finance
Record Label Development
College Mathematics†
The Principles of Business Finance Course provides students with the skills needed to make financial decisions in a business environment. Students examine the process of financial analysis, financing operations and growth, and the concept of risk versus return. In addition, fundamental financial topics are covered, such as the time value of money, capital budgeting, business valuation, risk management, and personal finance.
The Record Label Development Course is designed to familiarize students with the various departments within both major and independent record labels. Students in this course delve into specific departments of a record label and learn the role that each plays in its success. The course examines all departments ranging from A&R to Business Affairs.
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Financial Analysis
Capital Budgeting Techniques
Time Value of Money
Business Valuation
Debt vs. Equity Financing
Risk Management
Budgeting and Forecasting
Personal Finance
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path.
Course Outline Role of the Entrepreneur
Case Studies in Entrepreneurship
The Entrepreneurial Mindset
Entrepreneurship as a Career
Course length
Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Marketing Department
Sales
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Total credit hours
Principles of Entrepreneurship
4.00
Publicity
Promotions Department
ENTB 3623
Total credit hours
Legal Department
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ENTB 4913
Strategic Business Management
Linear Equations & Inequalities
The Strategic Business Management Course presents students with complex, real-world business scenarios related to the entertainment industry. Students analyze the scenarios, assess potential action steps, and develop strategic plans to address the scenarios. Through this process, students evaluate the management, marketing, financial, legal, and ethical decisions that affect real-world business decisions. Students also assess external entrepreneurial opportunities that these scenarios could generate.
Total credit hours
Course Outline Business Problem Analysis
Total credit hours
Strategic Management Decisions
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C B US I NE S S
3.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
218
Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101
PSC 1030
STA 2027
English Composition I†
Fundamentals of Physical Science
Introduction to Statistics†
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline
Course Outline
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Overview of Business Statistics
Presentation of Statistical Data
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Business Statistics Terminology
Problem-solving Using Statistics
Grammar
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
ENC 1102
Course Outline
Collecting and Organizing Data
Solids and Fluids
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition II† The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students’ writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Course Outline Critical Analysis
Literacy Research
Argument Information
Methods of Documentation of Sources
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Course length
4 weeks
Leadership and Organizational Behavior†
Introduction to Economics The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry.
Course Outline Supply and Demand
Role of Government
Consumer Behavior
Monetary Policy
International Economics
†
4.00
MAN 3152
ECO 2005
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Leadership and Organizational Behavior Course consists of an inquiry into the characteristics essential in inspiring others to action. Students will identify their personal strengths and weakness through self-assessment, expanding their awareness of these qualities to include their effect on other individuals and group behavior. The course provides strategies for decision-making and building effective teams, and encourages students to explore the difficulties, compromises, and rewards of the collaboration process.
Course Outline Leadership
Building Effective Teams
Group Dynamics
Decision-making
Motivating
Conflict Resolution
Total credit hours
M US I C B US I NE S S
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
219
Course Descriptions General Education HUM 1505
DEP 1013
Popular Culture in Media
Psychology of Play
The Popular Culture in Media Course examines the role and importance of popular culture, providing a rich background for students to understand the historical and social impact of popular culture. Students are introduced to media milestones in popular culture history, and they explore the influence of popular culture on social trends. Course topics include genre studies, the uses of celebrity, the power of the audience, the effects of new technology and new media, and much more. Students develop a critical approach to analyzing broadcasts, advertisements, films, print, audio recordings, games, and web sites that make up and shape our popular culture.
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Popular Culture As Social Phenomena
Popular Culture and Media Technology
Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture
Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
COM 3109
Professional Communication and Presentation† The Professional Communication and Presentation Course exposes students to various forms of written and oral communication through technical, electronic, and creative writing activities. In addition, students will develop competency in visual presentation design. Through practice and development of written and oral skills, students will sharpen their abilities to craft effective documents and presentations, while gaining confidence in both the content of their message and their ability to clearly convey it.
Course Outline Modes of Written and Oral Presentation
Audience Analysis
Presence and Image of Written Communication
Technical Development of a Presentation
Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content
Personal Image
Presentation Strategies
Total credit hours
†
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
M US I C B US I NE S S
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
220
Music
Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Musicians have long played an important role within multiple facets of the entertainment industry, enriching television, film, radio, video games, live events, and more. The demand for creative, technologically savvy composers is greater than ever, and thanks to advances in home recording, the soundtrack to our lives can be created virtually anywhere in the world. Full Sail University’s Music Production Bachelor of Science online degree is designed to equip you with music production skills that are essential for success in today’s modern marketplace. As a student in the program, you’ll develop an understanding of contemporary music technology by creating
your own songs, scores, and soundtracks. You’ll also get a solid grounding in music theory, history, and composition. The program also explores the music marketing and business concepts you’ll need to flourish as a working professional in the entertainment industry. Upon graduation, you’ll enter the job market with an online personal portfolio of professional quality music projects produced throughout the degree program.
Areas of Focus Music Theory Fine Arts Composition Modeling
Animation
Engineering Effects Marketing
Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
221
Areas of Focus
Music Theory The principles of music theory are the building blocks you’ll use every time you sit down to create a new composition. Using music-notation software, you’ll be able to analyze and study classical compositional techniques, and develop a firm grasp on foundational concepts like rhythm, meter, phrase, scales, and harmony. You’ll also strengthen your ear training through exercises in musical listening and identification, as you study intervals, scales, triads, melodies, and transcription techniques.
MUSIC PRODUCTION
You’ll also delve into music’s roots with courses in music history. You will study the evolution of western music from classical to modern, and the evolution of popular music from the early 20th century all the way up to what’s dominating the airwaves today.
SIC MUSIC THEORY ODUCTION
SIC THEORY
COMPOSITION M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
222
Areas of Focus
MUSIC PRODUCTION
MUSIC THEORY
MUSIC PRODUCTION COMPOSITION MUSIC THEORY
ENGINEERING COMPOSITION
Composition You’ve got a rough musical concept – but how does a riff, lyric, or general idea transform into a full-fledged song? In the Music Production Bachelor’s program, you’ll learn a variety of compositional techniques to help take your ideas to the next level. You’ll study songwriting and lyrical techniques, as well as learn about musical genres and the considerations one should have when working within different styles. You’ll also explore choices in engineering styles, and how budgets and management can affect the course of a song or project. Courses also cover a variety of arrangement processes, from roots to pop to orchestral settings.
Throughout the program, you’ll apply what you learn to create musical pieces that will make up your own Digital Portfolio. As you build your musical catalog, as well as a supporting website, you’ll have a crucial professional asset that showcases what you’re capable to show potential clients and employers as you enter the entertainment industry.
MARKETING ENGINEERING
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
223
COMPOSITION Areas of Focus
MUSIC ENGINEERING THEORY ENGINEERING
Engineering
Marketing
While at one point composers had no choice but MARKETING to write, record, and arrange their works in multimillion dollar studio facilities, advances in recording technology have made it possible for the bulk of that work to take place in a compact home studio environment. Those capabilities are empowering, and knowing how to maximize the potential of the tools you have at your disposal enables you to channel your inspiration and capture your musical ideas.
Most musicians will agree that success in the industry depends on a lot more than just the quality of the music – you’ve got to know how to market your music. The Music Production Bachelor’s Degree Program covers the roles that advertising, merchandising, public relations, and branding all play in a successful musical career. As you learn about these concepts, as well as the ins and outs of music copyright and publishing laws, you’ll work to develop a marketing plan to help separate you from the rest of the crowd and ensure that your music finds a platform to reach the rest of the world.
COMPOSITION
ENGINEERING
You’ll study core concepts such as digital signal processing and digital audio recording as you use industry-standard software such as Pro Tools and Logic to record your course assignments. You’ll also learn about audio workstation hardware and software, mastering the techniques and procedures that are required to maximize the use of this gear. Finally, by studying audio file management and documentation, you’ll ensure the organization of your audio files and recording sessions enables the recording process to run as smoothly as possible.
MARKETING
MUSIC PRODUCTION
MUSIC THEORY
COMPOSITION
MARKETING
ENGINEERING
M US I C P RODUC T I ON | MARKETING
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
224
Overview With the music industry’s growing use of the Internet and the collaborative aspects of the music production environment, the demand for original music content has increased. Full Sail’s Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program presents a thorough, constantly developing curriculum that encompasses music composition, digital recording, and music production for animation, websites, and gaming. Whether a novice or a veteran musician, this degree provides you with a formal education that can help prepare you for a variety of career paths in the world of music creation and production. From digital audio principles, digital workstation technology, and digital signal flow to signal processing, MIDI techniques, and sound effect design, the curriculum covers many different procedures and applications found in the music production world. Through coursework utilizing a personal production studio consisting of an Apple laptop computer and a variety of professional audio software programs, you will gain the confidence and skills to help you succeed in a variety of music production environments after graduation.
Objective In addition to music production skills and techniques, you’ll also develop communication skills and take courses in music history, professional presentation, music theory, songwriting, music copyright and publishing, and music business. To help you make the transition into this industry, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to pursue your career. In addition, the Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout the length of your professional career.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of music production technology and concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as multimedia music composers, digital music recording engineers, postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/ digital audio workstation operators and programmers, music editors, music arrangers, interactive sound design and music composers, game music composers, and a variety of other positions in the audio and entertainment industries. In addition to gaining technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
MUSIC PRODUCTION
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
225
Music Production
Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
MPR 4315
Advanced Audio Production Techniques
MPR 4301
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
4.00
ART 2007
Art History
4.00
Advanced Music Composition Programming
3.50
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
MPR 4001
Advanced Music Production for Media
4.00
IMK 302
Cultural Studies and the Web
4.00
MUT 3413
Advanced Music Theory
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
MPR 1751
Audio Fundamentals
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
REC 3803
Audio Postproduction
4.50
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
4.00
MPR 2413
Audio Production Techniques
4.00
ENC 326
Professional Writing
4.00
MPR 1852
Digital Recording Principles
3.50
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
MPR 3451
Game Music Composition
4.00
MUH 2053
History of Popular Music I
3.00
MUH 4053
History of Popular Music II
3.00
REC 3624
Interactive Audio
4.00
MUB 131
Music Business Management
4.00
MPR 2301
Music Composition Programming
4.00
MUM 3308
Music Copyright and Publishing†
4.00
MPR 3113
Music Genres
4.00
MPR 4853
Music Production Final Project
4.00
MPR 3701
Music Production for Media
4.00
MPR 1001
Music Theory I
4.00
MUT 1024
Music Theory II
4.00
MPR 3311
Musical Arrangement
4.00
MUT 1212
Musical Listening and Identification
4.00
OAA 1000
Overview of the Audio Arts Industries
3.00
MPR 4411
Professional Workflow
4.00
REC 1732
Sequencing Technology
4.00
MPR 3011
Songwriting
3.00
Totals:
†
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF THE AUDIO ARTS INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
MUSIC THEORY I
7
8
9
10
MUSIC THEORY II
DIGITAL RECORDING PRINCIPLES
MUSICAL LISTENING AND IDENTIFICATION
6
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE COLLEGE MATHEMATICS AUDIO FUNDAMENTALS
11
12
13
14
15
SEQUENCING TECHNOLOGY
MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING
HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC I
AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
SONGWRITING
16
17
18
19
20
MUSIC GENRES
ADVANCED MUSIC THEORY
MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
129.5 128
ART HISTORY MUSICAL ARRANGEMENT INTERACTIVE AUDIO
21
22
23
24
25
AUDIO POSTPRODUCTION
ADVANCED MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING
MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA
PROFESSIONAL WRITING
HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC II
26
27
28
29
30
MUSIC COPYRIGHT AND PUBLISHING
ADVANCED MUSIC PRODUCTION FOR MEDIA
GAME MUSIC COMPOSITION
ADVANCED AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
PROFESSIONAL WORKFLOW
31
32
CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB
MUSIC PRODUCTION FINAL PROJECT
99.50
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
226
Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 4315
MPR 4001
MPR 1751
Advanced Audio Production Techniques
Advanced Music Production for Media
Audio Fundamentals
The Advanced Audio Production Techniques Course focuses on professional audio mixing and editing. Students will develop strategies by successfully navigating through production scenarios common in music and sound for media.
The Advanced Music Production for Media Course teaches students how music and sound contribute to multimedia storytelling. Beginning with a survey of animation shorts and films, students learn to identify the standards and develop music compositional skills for each genre. Students then create a score to accompany an animation short or short film.
It is vital that today’s music production student has a solid understanding of basic audio fundamentals and how they relate to the digital realm. This course examines basic audio fundamentals and the ways in which sound is represented in a digital format. These preliminary concepts prepare students for working with audio in various digital audio applications using several media formats.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Advanced Signal Flow
Audio Editing in Music and Sound for Picture
DAW Automation
Strategies for Music Mixing
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Animation and Film Survey
Creating Moods, Tension and Release
Animation and Film Production Roles and Organization
Composing to Picture
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Fundamentals of Harmonics
Fundamentals of Digital Audio Media Formats
Binary Digits
Total credit hours
Advanced Music Composition Programming Students in the Advanced Music Composition Programming Course will discover new and interesting ways of organizing musical time and space while building upon concepts encountered in previous creative, theoretical, and technical courses. Students will dig deep into the digital audio workstation environment by exploring some of the ways composers and producers use such software creatively. In addition to extensive reading, listening and analysis, students will develop an exciting new composition to add to their portfolio.
Fundamentals of Digital Audio Capture and Reproduction
Creating Musical Characters
Total credit hours
MPR 4301
Fundamentals of Audio Waveforms
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUT 3413
Advanced Music Theory
REC 3803
Students in the Advanced Music Theory Course build upon their prior music theory training in the program, toward a more comprehensive knowledge of musical structure. Primary topics introduced within the course include counterpoint, chromatic harmony, diatonic modes, phrase structure, and advanced aural skills. Students also analyze scores and lead sheets of compositions that represent several musical genres and eras.
The Audio Postproduction Course provides students with an overview of production sound and audio postproduction sound design for film and television. Subjects include the history of the audio postproduction process, the recording of production sound, timecode and synchronization, the film audio postproduction process, and the television audio postproduction process.
Course Outline
Audio Postproduction
Advanced Rhythmic Techniques
Melody & Countermelody
Alternative Scales & Modes
Sound Design
Harmonic Analysis
Rhythm Section Analysis
History of Audio Postproduction
Film Audio Postproduction Process
Extended Harmony, Modulation & Key Relationships
Mixing Concepts
Rhythmic Analysis
Musical Form
Recording Production Audio for Film and Video
Television Audio Postproduction Process
Total credit hours
Total credit hours 3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Timecode and Synchronization
Total credit hours
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
4.50
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
227
Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 2413
MPR 3451
MUH 4053
Audio Production Techniques
Game Music Composition
History of Popular Music II
The Audio Production Techniques Course explores the digital audio workstation environment through the study of digital audio concepts and practices. Students will receive instruction and hands-on practical experience with industry standard computer-based recording systems. After completing this course students will be competent with “in the box” digital audio production methods and session management.
Creating music for game audio requires a radical shift in production strategy because of the conditional-access design of games. In the Game Music Composition Course, students study game music and design, analyze design approaches, synthesize and use a toolbox of production strategies through group collaboration led by the educator. Students’ music skills continue to develop through the construction and production of a course project.
Course Outline
Course Outline
With a basis in the origin of American music from the History of Popular Music I, the History of Popular Music II Course illustrates how the music industry continued to evolve. While Bob Dylan, The Beatles, and James Brown led popular music into its most creative period, the baby boomer generation developed a political awareness. Their revolutionary movements later settled into apathy in the late 70s, and the music business took a profitable turn by developing a business model of selection and promotion. From 1975 through recent decades, the convergence of film, magazines, MTV, and the Internet in the promotion of new acts has cultivated a broad array of career paths for today’s student amid every facet of the music industry.
Recording & Editing
Audio File Management
Mixing & Remixing
Session Preparation
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Nonlinear Musical Character Development
The Game Design Process and Team
Developing a Game Environment with Sound and Music
Nonlinear Musical Development
MPR 1852
Digital Recording Principles
Total credit hours
Advancements in computer hardware and software have led to a revolution in music production. High-quality results can now be achieved economically without the necessity for large-format facilities. In the Digital Recording Principles Course, students receive training on how to get professional-sounding results from their laptop-based project studio environment.
Course Outline Mac OS System Audio
Standard Music Production Practice
Recording Software Overview
Common Challenges in the Project Studio Environment
Maximizing Input Devices
Total credit hours
Game Music Survey
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Popular Music Revolution 1965–1970
Total credit hours
Big Business Music, Promotion Convergence vs. the Fringe 1970–1990
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
REC 3624
MUH 2053
Interactive Audio
History of Popular Music I The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations through every decade. The History of Popular Music I Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times, examining each musical style’s respective sociological and technological precedents. Students will explore the unique historical and cultural conditions that serve to make American music distinctly original.
Course Outline Roots of American Music: EuropeanAmerican Folk, and Blues/Gospel
The Pop Music for Youth Explosion, 1945 to 1965
Urban and Rural Popular Forms of the Early 20th Century: Jazz Age, Pop, Country
Total credit hours
Course Outline
The Interactive Audio Course introduces students to the importance of high quality audio for all applications of interactive media. Students delve into specific examples of audio components and explore how the elements apply to the final product. The course provides a survey of audio, computer, and synthesis fundamentals as applied to streaming audio, video games, and other interactive content.
Course Outline Fundamentals of Audio for Interactive
Sound Design and Postproduction for Various Interactive Media
Media Applications
Digital Audio Theories and Interactive Media Issues
Multichannel Surround Sound Formats and Applications
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
228
Course Descriptions Program Core MUB 131
MUM 3308
MPR 4853
Music Business Management
Music Copyright and Publishing†
Music Production Final Project
The Music Business Management Course provides students with an overview of music business corporate structure and the support companies that assist in the development and distribution of music. The course also covers management configuration for each type of entity, from organizational structure to specific job responsibilities of various positions within these companies.
The Music Copyright and Publishing Course teaches students how to protect their creative works and provides an overview of the business mechanisms that can affect the use of their own music composition as well as those of their clients. Along with the global topics of copyright and music publishing, this course covers the history of the music publishing industry, royalties, the songwriter’s contract, and publishing options and also provides an overview of publishing companies.
The Music Production Final Project Course provides opportunities for Music Production students to contribute artistry, technical ability, and social skills to meet the needs of a student project. The course provides an opportunity to conceptualize a complete, collaborated preproduction work schedule with a final project student group. Each step of the process is supervised and approved by the Music Production Final Project staff.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Distribution Fundamentals
Interpersonal Sales Techniques
Distribution Deal Types
Direct Response Infomercials
Funding a Music Project
Internet Distribution & Promotion
Licensing Income
Social E-Commerce in Music Business
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry
Copyright Protection
Creating a Demo/Portfolio of Work
How to Negotiate an Agreement and a Contract
Music Publishing Overview and Concepts
Copyright and Digital Technology
Choosing Available Projects
Preproduction
Concept Negotiation
Copyright Law
Royalties
Final Presentation and Peer/Faculty Review
Copyright Requirements and Regulations
MPR 2301
Music Composition Programming
Total credit hours
The Music Composition Programming Course instructs students on the process of capturing and developing new musical ideas. By utilizing skills learned in the prerequisite Music Theory and Musical Listening and Identification Courses, students transcribe their melodies and bass lines into musical notation with music composition software and learn to develop their ideas using various compositional methods. Loop-based sequencing with professional audio software programs are utilized to provide each student with a powerful set of music content creation tools.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Music Genres
Loop Based Composition
Composing Bass Lines
Programming Drum Loops
Harmonizing Melodies
Course Outline Roots Genre Arrangements
Composing Melodies
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Modern Genre Arrangements
Pop Genre Arrangements
Total credit hours
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MPR 3701
Music Production for Media MPR 3113 Musical genres are often associated with distinct lifestyles and attitudes. These associations can be used to tell the story of a character or product with genre-based music. For that reason, composers who can produce music in many styles have more to offer their clients. Students build this competency in the Musical Genres Course by arranging and producing songs that make use of specific genre attributes.
Course Outline
†
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Students in the Music Production for Media Course create music to fit within typical broadcast branding and advertising found in the real world. Beginning with an exploration of music in branding and marketing, students learn to discern the elements that constitute standards in professional commercial music production. Music skills are continually developed through the construction and production of advertisement and jingle campaign packages as well as a website branding project.
Course Outline Media Survey: Music Branding and Advertising for Radio, Television, and the Web
Jingle Campaigns
Sonic Branding
Producing a Campaign
Total credit hours
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
229
Course Descriptions Program Core MPR 1001
MPR 3311
OAA 1000
Music Theory I
Musical Arrangement
Overview of the Audio Arts Industries
Successful completion of the Music Theory I Course will create a solid basis for further musical understanding. The class focuses on essential topics while providing more advanced students an opportunity to review the rudiments of musical language. Topics to be covered include note identification, interval recognition, major scale construction, basic rhythmic notation and ear training. Music Theory I equips the student with the tools needed to effectively communicate fundamental musical concepts.
The Musical Arrangement Course addresses instrumentation and arranging techniques. This course focuses on developing an understanding of the nature and limitations of acoustic and electronic instruments, as well as effective formulaic techniques for successful arrangement. Instrumental families utilized in the course include bowed strings, woodwinds, and brass. Arranging techniques explored include pads, two-part melodic harmonization, and mechanical voicings. Additional course topics address creating a musical score, exporting MIDI data from Sibelius, and mixing tracks in Apple Logic to create a synthesized performance.
The Overview of the Audio Arts Industries Course examines the various and interrelated sectors of the industry, enabling students to develop a view of it from the perspective of a professional. Students will explore common terms prevalent across the audio arts industries as a means of studying the discipline from a wide-angle view. In addition, students will examine current industry trends and the variety of careers available in the audio arts, with an eye toward developing the requisite skills for their discipline of study.
Course Outline Notes, the Keyboard, Staff Notation and Basic Rhythmic Notation
Major Scales and Diatonic Intervals
Basic Intervals and Meters
Consonance vs. Dissonance and Basic Composition
Total credit hours
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
Course Outline Arranging
Development of an Engineering Style
Budgets and Management
Psychology and Creative Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUT 1212
MUT 1024
Course Outline Overview of the Audio Arts Industries
Current Trends and Visions of the Future
The Disciplines that Comprise the Audio Arts Industries
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Audio Arts Industries
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
MPR 4411
Music Theory II
Musical Listening and Identification
Professional Workflow
The Music Theory II Course continues an in-depth study of the workings of musical structure first explored in Music Theory I. Students will study melody, harmony, and rhythm, and will continue to develop notational and aural skills. The focus of the course lies in understanding the construction of music and gaining the ability to communicate effectively with musicians, composers, directors, programmers, and producers in a professional audio production environment.
The most vital instruments in the music producer’s possession are his or her ears. The Musical Listening and Identification Course introduces the lifelong practice of developing musical and aural discernment. Music recognition begins with identifying musical intervals and progresses to the transcription of simple melodies, chords, and bass lines. Students learn rhythmic identification beginning with simple meter beat counting and progressing to distinguish simple grooves and basic phrasing. Basic song form ingredients are explored and differentiated.
Topics addressed in the Professional Workflow Course include file labeling, submission, and delivery methods required for collaboration between remote locations. This course helps to develop students’ professional understanding of industry standards, workflow, protocol, and etiquette. Students use these collaborative skills while contributing to the final project.
Course Outline Triads
Forms of the Minor Mode
Roman Numeral Analysis
Seventh Chords
Course Outline Musical Intervals
Accompaniments and Introduction to Groove
Key Signatures
Recognizing Scales and Triads
Transcription Techniques
Total credit hours
Meter and Counting
Instrument Families: Strings, Winds, Drums, Percussion
Melody and Phrase
Discover Timbre through Synthetic Imitation
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Course Outline Audio File Management and Documentation
Data Storage Solutions and Back-Up Solutions
Production Milestones and Delivery Specifications
Collaboration Methodology in Media Production
Documentation for Television, Film, and Game Music
Mixing and Basic Mastering
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
230
Course Descriptions
General Education
Program Core REC 1732
ART 2007
IMK 302
Sequencing Technology
Art History
Cultural Studies and the Web
The Sequencing Technology Course explores the use of MIDI-based hardware and software in music production, live performance, and studio control. Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) is the electronic marriage of music and computer technology that revolutionized music composition, recording, performance, and arrangement. Students will be introduced to the history, principles, and varied uses of MIDI, as well as sequencing techniques, synchronization, troubleshooting, and MIDI system design. Students will also survey the effect of MIDI on the modern recording studio environment and examine live MIDI applications.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Cultural Studies and the Web Course emphasizes the relationship between cultural context and promotional content on the web. This analysis will examine the significance of cross-cultural variation to web content, web access, and consumer behavior. Case studies and empirical research will be evaluated to explore the costs and benefits of cultural relevance as a component of strategic planning and Internet marketing practice.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
Ancient Art
Modern Art Post-modern Art
MIDI Concepts
MIDI Hardware and Software
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Sequencing
Synchronization
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content
Technology and Consumerism
Total credit hours
MGF 1213
College Mathematics
Songwriting In the Songwriting Course, basic lyric writing techniques will be addressed. Students will learn to develop a concept into a complete song, while applying successful melodic, harmonic, rhythmic and formal musical structures learned in previous courses. Topics include lyrical subject matter, rhymes and rhyme schemes, lyric poetic devices, song form, and the song production process.
Course Outline Title and Concept
Tools for Successful Lyric Writing
Popular Song Form
Songwriting and the Production Process
Compositional Decision Making
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
†
Course length
Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice
†
MPR 3011
Total credit hours
4.00
Cultural Variation
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
231
Course Descriptions General Education ENC 1101
ENC 326
English Composition I†
Professional Writing
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
The Professional Writing Course focuses on preparing students to write effectively and apply contemporary technologies and business communication best-practices in today’s workplace. Students learn to recognize the link between developing their writing skills and career success. The analysis of communication in organizations, including barriers and methods for overcoming those barriers, leads students to understand the ethical goals of a business communicator. From concept to practice, students learn and apply different business writing formats, styles, and techniques in writing business letters, professional email and memos, and formal and informal reports.
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Grammar
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Manuscripts and Adaptations
Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and Proofreading Professional Documents
Reports and Proposal Writing
Audience Analysis
PSC 1030
Fundamentals of Physical Science
Total credit hours
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulas.
Course Outline Force and Motion
Transmission of Sound
Energy and Mechanics
Behavior of Light
Electricity and Magnetism
Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course length
4 weeks
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
†
4.00
Course Outline
Solids and Fluids
Total credit hours
Multi-Disciplinary Writing
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
232
New Media
Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program The power of information has only increased with the progress of digital technology, and today, we have greater access than ever to news in its myriad forms. Traditional media outlets like television and newspapers are now complemented by Internet-connected devices that can keep you constantly updated with news and opinions. Each of these outlets demand specific skills from today’s journalists, but those professionals who can combine journalism fundamentals with technological savvy are the ones who will help shape the future of information media.
In addition to the core requirements of journalism – reporting, writing, editing – you’ll also learn to use photography, streaming video, and interactive graphics to augment the story you’re trying to tell.
The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches you how to create engaging stories across a variety of different platforms, helping you develop the skills needed to be an adaptable content creator.
Areas of Focus
By teaching the skills you’ll need to become a more effective and versatile communicator, the New Media Journalism master’s degree program will help prepare you for a professional career in today’s rapidly evolving media landscape.
Multimedia Content Development Fine Arts
Personal Branding Effects
Modeling Interactive Media Final Project/ Demo Reel CreDistribution Animation ation
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
233
Areas of Focus
PROMOTE
your WORK
recognizable VOICE Multimedia Content Development Information technology has helped expand the way journalists are able to tell their stories. Instead of just posting an article online, you’re now able to support it with embedded video, audio, and interactive graphics that deepen the impact of your narrative.
engaging communication
STYLE
The New Media Journalism degree program offers much more than just theory in this area, as you’ll be taught how to use powerful graphics software in courses like Digital News Production and Multimedia Development and Editing. You’ll work with these applications to master professional photo editing, file management, video post-production, and web development as they relate to different media outlets. The last course in the program brings together all of these components for a final capstone project. Students pick a subject to feature, and use their understanding of different storytelling methods to create a complete multimedia package that combines elements of text, photography, video, and graphics. This will also include a web portion, with students keeping a blog that chronicles their work, as well as maintaining a website that supports the themes of the project. NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
234
Areas of Focus
master professional
PHOTO EDITING Interactive Media Distribution The growth of interactive media is a huge benefit for today’s journalists, who now have more options than ever for producing a wide range of content for emerging outlets like social media networks, blogs, mobile devices, and online video broadcasts. These areas each have their own specific content needs, and in classes like New Media Publishing and Distribution and Writing for Interactive Media, you’ll learn how to apply traditional storytelling techniques to the writing styles appropriate for different platforms. Curriculum also covers how to structure articles and create a narrative flow within the confines of different design aesthetics. Your study also includes research into distribution methods, syndication, and consumer trends, as well as what kinds of factors steer people toward one media outlet or another. By understanding both the platforms you’re writing for and their core audiences, you’ll be able to build a successful journalism career working in different types of media.
file MANAGEMENT VIDEO post-production
WEBdevelopment NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
235
Areas of Focus
consumer TRENDS Personal Branding
CREATE NARRATIVE flow
When it comes to online journalism, a writer’s biggest asset is being able to develop a recognizable voice that attracts loyalty in readers. Having your own marketable brand will open up new avenues of work, which is why the New Media Journalism degree program encourages students to solidify their messaging in classes like Social Media and Online Community Engagement, and Public Relations and Reputation Management.
social Media
syndication
BLOGS
You’ll also learn the importance of interacting with different online communities and forums, networking with fans, and incorporating reader feedback into your writing – all of which will help you to establish your online presence and promote your work. Regardless of the media outlet, readers are attracted to personalities they can relate to, and you’ll learn how to apply your thoughts and opinions into an engaging communication style.
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
236
Areas of Focus
Overview The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program addresses the opportunities for communication in today’s media industry, with a focus on the mechanics of current technologies and how they enhance both narrative structure and visual storytelling. As a student in the program, you’ll explore methods of research, reporting, and publishing on a variety of multimedia platforms while taking into account different approaches that each platform requires. Specialized courses teach you how to apply methods of traditional journalism to writing for interactive media, including reporting using online resources and social media, public relations, and addressing and resolving legal issues in the digital domain. You’ll also learn how to produce visual and text-based content for multimedia platforms, and publish that content through different digital delivery systems.
Objective You’ll apply this collected knowledge to a final capstone project that will consist of a sustained study of a journalistic topic that will be published to a website or blog, and incorporate text, photography, video, graphics, and other storytelling elements. You’ll also document the evolution of the project with a supporting thesis paper, giving you a comprehensive communications project to showcase your abilities as a media journalist. Full Sail University’s Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as you launch your career search in the field of journalism. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers.
The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches students how new media technology shapes contemporary journalism in philosophy, practice, and delivery. The curriculum addresses the concepts, processes, and tools utilized in digital news production, digital newsroom management, multimedia reporting, and social media writing, as well as the legal and ethical aspects of new media journalism. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take advantage of growing career opportunities for multimedia writers, reporters, producers, managers, and editors. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
237
New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program
Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
NMJ 570
Digital News Production
4.00
NMJ 641
Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism
4.00
NMJ 610
Mobile Technology and Communications
4.00
NMJ 550
Multimedia Development and Editing
4.00
NMJ 590
Multimedia Reporting
4.00
NMJ 510
New Media and Communications
4.00
NMJ 670
New Media Journalism Final Project
4.00
NMJ 690
New Media Publishing and Distribution
4.00
NMJ 650
Public Relations and Reputation Management
4.00
NMJ 540
Research and Investigation Skills Development
4.00
NMJ 620
Social Media and Online Community Engagement
4.00
NMJ 520
Writing for Interactive Media
4.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
NEW MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS
WRITING FOR INTERACTIVE MEDIA
LEGAL ASPECTS IN NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM
RESEARCH & INVESTIGATION SKILLS DEVELOPMENT
MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT & EDITING
6
7
8
9
10
DIGITAL NEWS PRODUCTION
MULTIMEDIA REPORTING
MOBILE TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS
SOCIAL MEDIA & ONLINE COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
PUBLIC RELATIONS & REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
11
12
NEW MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION
NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM FINAL PROJECT
48.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
48 48
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
238
Course Descriptions Program Core NMJ 570
NMJ 610
NMJ 590
Digital News Production
Mobile Technology and Communications
Multimedia Reporting
The Digital News Production Course prepares students to work in the evolving media environment by introducing them to the theories, techniques, and skills used in online newsrooms and for news-related websites. The goal of the course is for students to develop the fundamental skills necessary to take assembled journalistic content and distribute the content across integrated platforms in the format of a newscast or news report. The course provides students the conceptual skills necessary to integrate interactive content and to present online journalism holistically.
The Mobile Technology and Communications Course studies the many ways in which mobile devices are transforming the process of newsgathering and the telling of news narratives. Students explore how journalists can produce visual and text-based content specifically for consumption on these devices, and how journalists must alter their stories or presentation not only for the technology of each device, but also to best engage the different audiences that use each device. The course also examines how non-Western and Third World cultures use mobile technology to communicate their experiences to the rest of global society.
In the Multimedia Reporting Course, students learn how to access, transfer and process electronic information, and how to gain ownership of a story by presenting that information in a visual, useful, and factual way. Students become proficient in conceiving stories and packages that will work well on the web, practice on-camera presentation for Web and multimedia stories, and learn how to organize raw material into a news-oriented narrative. The course provides instruction towards visual storytelling and story advancement and evolution, with guidance regarding hardware and software that journalists must know for multimedia reporting.
Course Outline Recording Audio Reports
Computer Animation
Shooting Video Reports
Multimedia Distribution
Course Outline
Audio Slideshows
Total credit hours
Sociology of Mobile Device Usage
Flash and CSS
Content Distribution
Intelligent Networks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
NMJ 641 The Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism Course identifies complex media legal issues presented by the expansion of digital and mobile technology, and helps students think critically about how to resolve these issues. The course explores whether or not traditional media laws and regulations apply to the Internet, and if so, which laws and in what application. Students discuss First Amendment and media law, including libel and slander, privacy, free press/fair trial conflicts, as well as ethical dilemmas faced by reporters and editors.
Course Outline Ethics of Mass Media and New Media
Non-Professional Journalism
Media Behavior
New Journalism Laws
4.00
Course length
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Objectivity, Fairness and Accuracy
Presentation Skills
Interviewing Techniques
Story Evolution
The Multimedia Development and Editing Course is an introduction to the multimedia news production process focusing on news communication technologies that have created new media, new language, and new video interfaces, and how the principles and concepts of visual communication are employed in digital media. Students in this course learn best practices of photography, photo management, video production, audio production, web skills, and advanced postproduction techniques, and then apply these visual information skills to upload content to a website, mobile device, or application. Students also learn how to deploy these technologies to produce and edit sophisticated multimedia content for multiple platforms, including converged environments.
Photo and File Management
Post-Production Techniques
Editing Images
Website Construction and Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
NMJ 510
Multimedia Development and Editing
Course Outline 4 weeks
Course Outline
Interactive Reporting
NMJ 550
Legal Aspects of New Media Journalism
Total credit hours
Mobile Applications
New Media and Communications In preparing graduate level students to work in the changing media universe, the New Media and Communications Course aims to foster effective communication in digital and online environments. Students gain an understanding of the unique possibilities and limitations of new media by learning the technology, techniques, and methods of storytelling on multimedia platforms. The course introduces students to the concepts of how individual journalists can use new media presentation tools to make sure important work reaches its intended audiences.
Course Outline Interface and Database Communication
Traditional and Non-Traditional News Organizations
Convergence Culture
Data Visualization
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Text Formatting
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
239
Course Descriptions Program Core NMJ 690
NMJ 650
NMJ 620
New Media Journalism Final Project
Public Relations and Reputation Management
In the New Media Journalism Master of Arts Degree Program, students must complete a capstone New Media Journalism Final Project as a requirement for graduation. To complete this project, students utilize what they have learned about the mission, methods, and experience of multimedia reporting to undertake a comprehensive, sustained study of a single subject. The final project consists of a journalistic package that combines the elements of text, photos, video, graphics, and other elements to tell that story. Each student publishes a blog and/or establishes a website that includes multimedia pieces that document his or her project in evolution and writes a research-based and supported thesis paper that serves as an in-depth exploration of the project.
The Public Relations and Reputation Management Course addresses the ethical responsibilities of multimedia journalists as they apply to story development, audience reaction, story evolution, and personal and organizational message control. Students learn how consumers absorb, act, and react upon news based on media format and content emphasized in that format. The course also provides an overview of the media industry landscape, examining how the different players interact and how they balance being news gatherers and content creators for the purpose of generating revenue from the content.
Social Media and Online Community Engagement
Course Outline Review of New Media Journalism Concepts
Multimedia Package and Presentation
Story Pitch and Proposal
Thesis Paper
New Media Practices
Crisis Management
Audience/Consumer Empowerment
Story Evolution
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
NMJ 670
New Media Publishing and Distribution The New Media Publishing and Distribution Course examines the broad economic issues facing the field of journalism in the digital age: global competition, multiple distribution platforms, evolving technology and consumer behaviors, and fractionalized revenue streams. Students explore the concepts of interactive publishing and management by learning how to marry journalism fundamentals with the technologies of interactive publishing. Course instruction addresses issues of newsroom organization, content development, budgeting, responsibilities, and standards in a 24-hour multimedia news environment.
Course Outline
4 weeks
Online Archival Research
Source Credibility
Crowdsourcing
Statistical Analysis and Conclusion
Databases
Course length
Total credit hours
Newsgroup Management
Virtual Communities
Political and Cultural Engagement
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Writing for Interactive Media
Course Outline
Online Advertising and Sponsorship
Citizen and Participatory Journalism
NMJ 520
The Research and Investigative Skills Development Course examines the massive shifts in the media environment and challenges students to re-imagine how they can uncover, research, and produce investigative stories in that environment. Students will study the fundamentals of research, examine the relationship between research and theory, and explore research ethics. The course also helps students experience the process of online research and how to build credible sourcing to substantiate their work. The course addresses topics that require students to contemplate the validity of conclusions formed from online research and to consider alternative strategic approaches for comprehensive completed projects.
Collaborative Publishing Models
4 weeks
Course length
Research and Investigation Skills Development
Syndication Streams
4.00
4.00
NMJ 540
Economic Challenges in Online Newsrooms
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Strategic Communication Management
Online Research
Total Hours
Course Outline
The Social Media and Online Community Engagement Course is an examination of how information is shared outside professional journalism, how journalists can interact with communities, and the ways in which social technology shapes cultures, governments, and communications. Students learn theoretical and practical approaches to understanding, designing, building, and using virtual communities, and how user-generated content within those communities expands the definition of news. The course also helps journalists understand how to leverage social media to find story ideas, engage audiences, and promote their work.
A primary objective of the Writing for Interactive Media Course is for students to master narrative principles by examining new ways of telling interactive, narrative stories for visual and digital media while learning through experience about the critical role that multimedia methods play in engaging audiences with complex information. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how journalists convey themes through their writing. Students establish habits for thinking comprehensively about the storytelling process by learning how to identify stories and engaging in the development of specific storytelling processes including voice, context, dialogue, character, time, and space. The course emphasizes how story structures change across different delivery systems and platforms.
Course Outline Topic Identification
Thematic Structure and Development
Interactive Storytelling
Narrative and Explanatory Journalism
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
240
Public
Computer Relations
Animation Master of Arts Degree Program
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Emerging media channels like blogs, social networks, and consumer review sites have magnified the need for qualified PR specialists that understand these digital media tools. The opportunities for public relations are growing due to organizations that want to take advantage of these new channels to create meaningful, positive dialogue with the public. In turn, professionals who can combine traditional PR practices with social media skills will be on the forefront in the communications industry. In the online Public Relations master’s degree program, you can learn what goes into being an effective PR professional in today’s fast-moving media landscape. During this 12-month program, you’ll explore the planning, executing, and evaluation of media strategies while learning how
to launch powerful conversations with an organization’s consumers and advocates through social media. The Public Relations program can take you beyond the basics of PR through handson experience with new social tools and project-based work. You can become familiar with industry-standard utilities and software along with current workflow practices, giving students the skills they need for a future in public relations.
Areas of Focus New Media PR Strategies
Reputation Management
Media Relations Fine Arts Brand & Modeling Message Development Animation
Measuring Effects PR Results and Final ROI Project/ Demo Reel Creation
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
241
Areas of Focus real-TIME SOCIAL media networks
real-TIME
media
content
content
crowd sourcing
SHARING
traditional
content
crowd sourcing
SHARING
content
CURATION
CURATION
NONTRADITIONAL
media channels
l
ONAL
s
message
S T R AT E G Y
writing TECHNIQUES reputation MANAGEMENT
IVE
ive
consumer
campaign
market
content QUANTITATIVE SHARING
consumer campaign research COORDINATION
research
qualitative
measurements PUBLIC audience
rements
crowd so u rc ing audience search
content
Media Relations
CURATION
TRENDS
search RELATIONS
TRENDS
NEW MEDIA market PRPUBLIC STRATEGIES consumerRELATIONS
campaign SOCIAL
COORDINATION networks
real-TIME
media
content
SHARING
research
PUBLICMEDIA RELATIONS NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES RELATIONS BRAND & MESSAGE NEW MEDIA DEVELOPMENT MEDIA RELATIONS PR STRATEGIES
traditional
NONTRADITIONAL
SOCIAL channels media
networks
message traditional SOCIAL S T R AT EGY NONTRADITIONAL networks media channels
real-TIME
media
writing real-TIME TECHNIQUES
media
The world of media has exploded with interactive tools that connect people and organizations like never before. When understood and used strategically, they can provide tremendous opportunity for public relations professionals. Throughout your coursework, you’ll be introduced to the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks, real-time media, and content sharing. You’ll also explore behaviors such as crowdsourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation, and learn about technology such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms.
COORDINATION
strategy
on
tegy
writing TECHNIQUES market
New Media PR Strategies
content
SHARING
market
content
SHARING consumer research
Since newspaper days, public relations professionals have had a symbiotic relationship with journalists. Often, many of the stories you read about or see on TV news have originated through a press release. Today, the “journalist” could be a blogger, an influential voice on Twitter, an advocacy group, or even a disgruntled customer armed with a webcam and content a YouTube account. s our ci ng
crowd
CURATION
In the Public Relations master’s degree program, you’ll learn the best way to engage with traditional and nontraditional media channels to achieve PR goals, as well as how to work withsboth ourskeptics ci ngand advocates ofc o n t e n t your organization as they share their opinions through CURATION the media. You’ll also learn how to work with experts to represent your clients’ missions with authority.
crowd
campaign
crowdCOORDINATION s our ci ng P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
content
CURATION Master of Arts Degree Program
242
NONTRADITIONAL CURATION media channels
networks Areas of Focus
traditional
BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT
NONTRADITIONAL
media channels
audience
E S TA B L I S H M E N T
writing TECHNIQUES
reputation DEFENSE
REPUTATION COORDINATION MANAGEMENT
NEW MEDIA PR STRATEGIES
Brand & Message repair Development
SOCIAL MEASURINGnetworks PR RESULTS AND ROI
Message strategy is at the heart of PR. As a public QUANTITATIVE
qualitative
campaign
market PUBLIC consumer research RELATIONS
audience
MEDIA RELATIONS
relations professional, your job is to help craft the voice and goals of your client or organization, and TRENDS establish which audiences you need to reach.
search
measurements
You’ll learn how to amplify your writing style and adapt it for different media, from press releases to social media updates. You’ll also learn how to use writing techniques to develop strong, consistent messages that inform and persuade audiences.
real-TIME SOCIAL Understanding your audience media is crucial to your networks
BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT
content
SHARING
efforts, and through classes in market and consumer research, you’ll learn how to use research tools to identify your target market and competition. You’ll also learn how to ensure that your brand’s message NONTRADITIONAL stays consistent across all channels, and how to dia channels coordinate campaigns across social media, mobile platforms, and traditional outlets.
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
R AT E G Y
writing TECHNIQUES
writing TECHNIQUES
c
reputation MANAGEMENT
strategy
QUANTITATIVE
real-TIME
content
media
SHARING audience
qualitative
search
measurements
TRENDS
traditional
NONTRADITIONAL
media channels
message
S T R AT E G Y
market
writing TECHNIQUES
consumer
research
reputation
content crowd s o u rMANAGEMENT cing CURATION strategy
traditional
message
message
S T R AT E G Y
QUANTITATIVE MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI
market consumer
research
qualitative
measurements
audience
search
TRENDS
campaign
COORDINATION
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
243
Areas of Focus
PUBLIC RELATIONS
UBLIC Reputation LATIONS
Management
The concept of reputation management has grown in importance throughout the realm of public relations in recent years. PR professionals now W MEDIA need to transition their efforts from being reactive STRATEGIES through crisis management, to proactively observing conversations about their brands and speaking openly with the public.
SOCIAL networks
traditional
DIA RELATIONS In the Public Relations master’s program, you’ll learn NONTRADITIONAL
media to channels how to monitor and respond public changes in sentiment regarding your client or organization. You’ll learn how to defend and repair a damaged reputation, and how to address social threats such as dated or AND & MESSAGE inaccurate informationEin theBpress, VELOPMENT S TA L I S Hor M Euninformed NT critics on the web. You’ll also discover how reputation management strategies can protect and bolster your own personal brand as a professional. reputation
PUTATION NAGEMENT
ends
ASURING RESULTS D ROI
message
BRAND & MESSAGE DEVELOPMENT
audience
DEFENSE
repair QUANTITATIVE
qualitative
measurements
Measuring PR Results NEW MEDIA and ROI PR STRATEGIES An important aspect of the Public Relations master’s program is for you to learn how to not content -TIME only successfully create and implement public media SHARING MEDIA RELATIONS relations strategies, but also how to measure their effectiveness to prove value to your clients.
real
In your coursework, you’ll learn how to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations tactics, using BRAND & MESSAGE numeric information to describe performance in DEVELOPMENT relation to your goals.
S T R AT E G Y
reputation MANAGEMENT
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
strategy
real-TIME
SOCIAL networks
content
media
MEASURING
SHARING QUANTITATIVE
content
PR RESULTS crowd sourcing traditional AND ROI
qualitative
CURATION
NONTRADITIONAL
measurements
media channels
message
market
writing TECHNIQUES
S T R AT E G Y
consumer
research
campaign
market You’ll also examine quantitative and qualitative writing reputation consumer COORDINATION measurements to help provide context for audience TECHNIQUES REPUTATION research MANAGEMENT search trends, websiteMANAGEMENT traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. Ultimately, you will learn how to develop and create reports that will develop your clients’ understanding and confidence in the QUANTITATIVE public relations process.
strategy
MEASURING PR RESULTS AND ROI
qualitative
measurements
audience
search
TRENDS
audience
search
TRENDS
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
244
Areas of Focus
Overview
Objective
Throughout the Public Relations master of arts degree program, students will examine how new social tools and communication channels have changed the idea of what it means to be a public relations professional. Students will learn how to leverage social media in order to launch powerful dialogues with an organization’s consumers and advocates. Along with learning the new digital tools, the Public Relations master’s program will give students a solid foundation in traditional PR. Students will gain a solid grasp of how to plan, research, execute, and evaluate effective PR media plans. During the course of the program and in preparation for their final thesis project, students will build a website and social channels from the ground up, fostering their own professional reputation and audience throughout the degree program.
The Internet and new media channels have had a profound impact on the field of public relations. The rise of participatory media such as blogs, Twitter, and content-sharing sites has challenged the traditional ideal of who is a journalist – dramatically altering how publicists and PR professionals engage to share their stories. In addition to traditional news media, today’s PR professionals must also identify and develop credible and lasting relationships with influential voices throughout the social media world.
The Public Relations master of arts degree program is designed to provide students with a practical working knowledge of traditional PR methods and a handson understanding of the latest new social tools, communication channels, technologies, trends, and best practices. The 12-month program is focused on developing new media PR professionals with a solid understanding of traditional PR tradecraft, digital media expertise, and technical skills.
Effective PR messages are informative, newsworthy, and interesting – but not to everyone and not all the time. Online PR professionals must compete with a broad spectrum of challenges and with a variety of social media participants, who all have their individual perspective of public relations and Internet marketing strategies.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
245
Public Relations
Master of Arts Degree Program PROGRAM CORE
Chronological Schedule by Months
Code
Course
PBR 530
Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals
3.00
PBR 620
Events Marketing and Production
3.00
PBR 540
Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources
3.00
PBR 630
Integrated Marketing Communication
3.00
PBR 520
Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations 3.00
PBR 560
Market and Consumer Research Analysis
3.00
PBR 610
Media Relations
3.00
PBR 640
The Online Media Room
3.00
PBR 699
Public Relations Final Project and Thesis
3.00
PBR 510
Public Relations in a Digital World
3.00
PBR 650
Reputation Management Strategies
3.00
PBR 550
Social Media Metrics and ROI
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
5
PUBLIC RELATIONS IN A DIGITAL WORLD
LEGAL ASPECTS OF SOCIAL MEDIA PUBLIC RELATIONS
ADVANCED WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS PROFESSIONALS
INNOVATIVE PUBLIC RELATIONS TOOLS & RESOURCES
SOCIAL MEDIA METRICS & ROI
6
7
8
9
10
MARKET & CONSUMER RESEARCH ANALYSIS
MEDIA RELATIONS
EVENTS MARKETING & PRODUCTION
INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION
THE ONLINE MEDIA ROOM
11
12
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
PUBLIC RELATIONS FINAL PROJECT & THESIS
36.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
36 48
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
246
Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 530
PBR 620
PBR 540
Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals
Events Marketing and Production
Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources
In the age of viral video and other media channels and tools, the ability to share information and extend the narrative beyond text is critical. Effective PR means combining the right media to convey information to an audience at the right time. In the Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals Course, students will explore the advanced skills of writing PR material for the web and print and online media channels. Students will expand their knowledge of how to take traditional public relations writing pieces and apply advanced public relations techniques to broaden the message of their writing. These methods will allow students to understand how to strategically extend their writing for a variety of traditional and progressive formats including press releases, website content, and scripts. Students will also develop core storytelling skills by incorporating photography, video, and audio interviews to enhance their writing. By the end of the course, students will be able to create engaging multimedia content that not only informs but also persuades an audience.
Course Outline
Today’s public relations professionals often create thematic events to generate buzz, build excitement, and stir interest for their professional community. From press conferences to flash mobs, digital media plays a critical role in ensuring that events are well publicized and organized. In the Events Marketing and Production Course, students will explore the role of public and digital events that support PR efforts and how these events generate awareness for their clients and/or company. Students will examine how PR is used to support and enhance events such as trade shows, product launches, and press conferences. Students will also consider the roll of meet-ups, digital presentations, mobile apps, and other initiatives that enhance the effect of both digital and real-world interactions.
Course Outline Professional Presentation, Public Speaking, and Spokesperson Development
Meet-ups and Special Events
Leadership and Communication
Mobile Applications
PR Multimedia Asset Production
Web-Based Communications and Development
Publicity Photos and Multimedia
Public Relations and Scriptwriting
Visual Storytelling
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
Like the tools in a toolbox, different media techniques and technologies can solve different communication problems. In the Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Course, students will examine the unique characteristics of popular technologies such as social networks (Facebook), real-time media (Twitter), and content sharing (YouTube, Flickr). Students will also investigate behaviors including crowd sourcing, feed aggregation, and content curation. The role of technologies such as RSS, HTML5, and emerging mobile platforms will also be explored. The course will offer students a deeper understanding of the unique properties of each platform as well as examine the kinds of tactical and strategic problems each technology addresses in the context of a PR campaign.
Course Outline Platforms, Tools, and Techniques
Apps and Widgets
Blogging and Facebook
Mobile and Tablet Applications
Online Forums and Wikis
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Public Relations Writing
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
247
Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 630
PBR 520
PBR 560
Integrated Marketing Communication
Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations
Market and Consumer Research Analysis
Public relations professionals face unique challenges when it comes to communicating with an audience online and integrating these efforts into the overall corporate mission and marketing efforts. In the Integrated Marketing Communication Course, students will learn how to ensure that their PR message remains consistent across social media such as Twitter, Facebook, Blogs, and web video. Students will also examine how to coordinate applications, mobile platforms, and social media in order to maximize the efficacy of their campaign, observing how all of these efforts fit in to the overall corporate and/or client mission. Finally, students will consider how to integrate digital channels which can complement and support legacy outlets such as newspapers, radio, and magazines.
Course Outline Internet Marketing Fundamentals
Strategic Communication Management
Social Media and Online Community Engagement
Digital Content Strategy
3.00
Course length
In the Market and Consumer Research Analysis Course, students will learn how to examine various professional public relations and marketing resources to identify their market, competition, and consumer. After learning how to research for this information, the student will learn how to target their public relations campaigns to attract their desired client. In support of this objective, students will examine how to capture and retrieve demographic and industry data using a variety of tools ranging from surveys and focus groups to public data, third-party web metrics. Students will then investigate how to analyze, evaluate, and present industry data within a professional context. Finally, students will consider how to select the appropriate digital medium/channel mix for their campaign by matching the right communication tool to both the right organizational objective and the right audience.
Course Outline Marketing Research
Selecting Digital Medium/ Channels/Platforms
Audience Segmentation and Demographics
Evaluating Platforms
Course Outline
Social Media PR Case Studies
Total credit hours
For all of the advantages that social media and technologies can provide to today’s public relations professional, it is these same technologies that can also present a variety of risks and liabilities to an organization. In the Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations Course, students will investigate the spectrum of legal and ethical considerations that guide the responsible and ethical execution of PR project planning within an organization. Students will also consider the compromises organizations must make when balancing strategic interests, individual rights, and public engagement. Students will examine how to avoid and address legal concerns such as libel, slander, and infringement in their professional communication. The ethical considerations of attempting to influence legislation and working with publically funded organizations will also be explored. Finally, students will examine these legal issues in the context of current technologies and future trends.
4 weeks
Libel and Slander
Security Issues
Infringement and Copyright
Working with a Legal Team
Industry Analysis
International Legal Considerations
Total credit hours Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
248
Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 610
PBR 640
PBR 699
Media Relations
The Online Media Room
Public Relations Final Project and Thesis
Journalists have traditionally provided PR professionals with an opportunity to have their story told to a large audience by a trusted source. In the Media Relations Course, students will consider who the journalist is in the digital space and how the traditional objective for a journalist has changed as a result of the Internet and participatory media. Students will explore how a public relations professional must understand their media community and the best way to engage with the media in a professional manner to achieve their public relations goals. Students will examine how to engage both the advocates and skeptics of their organization with the media; they will also learn how to leverage their community’s subject matter experts to represent their mission with authority.
The traditional pressroom or media room is the hub of an organization’s media outreach and engagement efforts to their consumer and/or client. In the online environment, this effort is typically reflected within a portion of the organization’s webpage. In The Online Media Room Course, students will examine how to develop, integrate, and manage online media assets within the organization’s webpage to support both external and internal public relations messages. Students will review topics ranging from the development and usability of digital media assets to the incorporation of progressive online media methods to strengthen a corporate web presence. Students will also examine how to integrate digital media assets with existing third-party social platforms such as Facebook and Twitter. Finally, students will explore best practices for managing and updating online media assets to encourage participation from across an organization.
Students in the Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Course will deliver a capstone project as a requirement for the completion of their graduate education. This project will consist of a detailed public relations plan that demonstrates an in-depth understanding of the knowledge and concepts across the Public Relations Master of Arts Degree Program curriculum. In addition to the digital media public relations plan, students will prepare a website that includes multimedia assets and a channel mix that support the public relations plan criteria and demonstrate a competency in the technical skills, research skills, and writing skills students have acquired in the degree. Students will also deliver a final thesis, which presents an examination of the plan and an analysis of key topics.
Course Outline Media Publicity and Development
Owned vs. Earned Media
Evangelists, Advocates, and Influencers
Establishing Credibility and Authenticity
Media Room and Search Engine Optimization (SEO)
How to Pitch the Media
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Academic Research
Web Design and Usability
Social Media PR Plan
Thesis Paper
Audience Interaction
Social Media Mix
Total credit hours
Social Media Integration
Total credit hours
†
Problem Analysis and Proposal
Course Outline Digital Press Room Management
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
|
Master of Arts Degree Program
249
Course Descriptions Program Core PBR 510
PBR 650
PBR 550
Public Relations in a Digital World
Reputation Management Strategies
Social Media Metrics and ROI
In the Public Relations in a Digital World Course, students will examine the dramatic impact of the Internet and a 24/7 media environment on the public relations (PR) process. Students will examine how the Internet and digital media have influenced not only the development of the PR profession but how PR is planned, distributed, and controlled. Through the development of the course, students will explore the role of PR across various departments within an organization and how a public relations team responds to a range of circumstances and priorities. By examining how PR is used to address a variety of strategic communication requirements and organizational goals, students will leave the course with a foundation for further exploration of these initiatives in a dynamic business environment.
In the Reputation Management Strategies Course, students will learn how to monitor and respond to changes in sentiment and conditions that impact organizational initiatives and long-term strategic communication objectives. In addition to monitoring conversations, sentiment, and search ranking, students will also examine how to report social metrics and web analytics – translating this information into effective planning and decision-making. Students will also examine options for defending and repairing reputations, as well as addressing social threats such as dated and inaccurate information in the press, misinformation, and critics on the web. Finally, students will consider how they can use these same strategies to monitor and manage their own online reputations as they develop their careers.
The ability to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations efforts is critical to ensuring the success of any marketing and/or public relations campaign. In the Social Media Metrics and ROI Course, students will learn how to track, report, and analyze a variety of metrics that describe audience behavior and attitudes. In the course, students will learn how to use numeric information to describe and explain performance in relation to campaign goals and objectives. Students will examine quantitative and qualitative measurements to help provide context for audience search trends, website traffic, and social behavior such as sharing content. In addition to exploring these metrics, students will also learn how to integrate these measures into their professional planning. The course will provide students with an understanding of both traditional and contemporary metrics and reporting tools for analyzing data. Ultimately, students will learn how to develop and create reports, which will develop a stakeholder’s understanding and confidence in the public relations process.
Course Outline The Psychology of Social Groups
Evaluation of Media Literacy and Current Trends
New Media Practices
Crisis Management
Audience/Consumer Empowerment
Story Evolution
Course Outline
Strategic Communication Management
PR Planning Process
Define the Role of Public Relations and Connect this Profession to the Evolution Online
Course Outline
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Web Analytics
Social Media Metrics
Social Media Optimization
Defining Campaign Objectives
Reporting
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks Total credit hours
3.00
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
Course length
|
4 weeks
Master of Arts Degree Program
250
Sports Marketing
& Media
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Today’s sports fans are connected to their favorite games, teams, and athletes more than ever before, as technology has brought athletes and their fans even closer together. Through new media and digital distribution efforts, sports organizations now have a wide range of opportunities to connect to their biggest supporters while reaching out to new and casual fans. Our Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program helps you gain the skills needed to become
the kind of professional who is able to understand both the creative process and the marketing considerations involved with the development of video, website content, and social media campaigns for sports organizations. As you learn about the business principles, content creation, and legal and ethical issues of the sports industry, you’ll develop the skills necessary to position yourself as a valuable player in the ever-evolving world of sports and media.
Areas of Focus New Media Marketing Fine Arts Content Modeling Creation Animation
Distribution Channels & Effects Social Media Final Project/ Presence Demo Reel Creation
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
251
HIP
I AT I N G
ills
skills Areas of Focus
marketing TECHNOLOGY
skills
social
CONTENT
creation
MOBILEsocial
CONTENT
MOBILE
creation
D I G I TA L S P A C E S
DE
DIGITAL CONTENT
D I G I TA L S P A C E S
maximize
maximize FANC O N NTEAM ECTION
pro
FANC O N NTEAM ECTION
C R E AT E
softwa C R E AT E engaging engaging F O U N D AT CONTENT
CONTENT
multiplemultiple PLATFORM
New PLATFORM Media Marketing
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
Technology has changed the way that sports fans connect with teams, leagues, franchises, and athletes, as well as how they interact with one another. As a result, team owners, venue owners, and other sports organizations are relying more and more on new media marketing techniques to foster fan loyalty and grow support. In exploring the strategies that are most effective for a sports-related business, you’ll develop client marketing plans, learn about sports sales and sponsorships and how they can aid you in your marketing efforts, and explore how the digital and mobile platforms specific to the sports industry can help you bring your message to the masses.
BUSINESS
BUSINESS
DEVELOPMENT THEORY
marketing TECHNOLOGY
professional
DEVELOPMENT
NETWORKING NETWORKING S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
252
N E G O T I AT I N G
skills
Areas of Focus
CONTENT
creation
LEADERSHIP
maximizeprofessional marketing DEVELOPM TECHNOLOGY FAN TEAM
N E G O T I AT I N G
skills
CONNECTION
social
DIGITAL MOBILE Distribution Channels &C O N T E N T
CONTENT
creation
LEADERSHIP
maximize
N E G O T I AT I N G
FAN TEAM skills
D I G I TA L S PA C E S
marketing TECHNOLOGY
CONNECTION
skills
DEVELOPMENT C R E AT E
softwa
DIGITAL
multiple
D I G I TA L S P A C E S
maximize
FANC O N NTEAM ECTION
marketing TECHNOLOGY
Throughout the program, you’ll learn about the new media distribution channels that sports organizations are using to connect with fans and consumers, and determine which channels best suit the product F O U N D AT or service. You’ll study the opportunities found in CONTENT channels such as web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and C O N T TV, E Nand T podcasting. You’ll wikis, email, interactive also gain a better understanding of how social networks can be employed to create and maintain an online connection with fans, connecting events, branding campaigns, and the media you’ve created.
engaging
MOBILE
creation
N E G O T I AT I N G
professional
social
CONTENT
LEADERSHIP
Social Media Presence
professional
C R E AT E
PLATFORM
DEVELOPMENT software engaging F O U N D AT I O N
DEVELOPMENT
CONTENT
BUSINESS
multiple DEVELOPMENT
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
253
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
aximize
F O U N D AT I O N
CONTENT
Areas of Focus
NC O N NTEAM ECTION
C R E AT E
engaging
multiple
CONTENT
PLATFORM
DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS
THEORY
maximize
software F O U N D AT I O N
FANC O N NTEAM ECTION
C R E AT E
engaging CONTENT
multiple
multiple
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT
PLATFORM
PLATFORM
BUSINESS
BUSINESS
DEVELOPMENT
THEORY
NETWORKING
NETWORKING
NETWORKING
Content Creation Checking the score of the game or finding out the latest information about your favorite team is no longer about watching a ticker scroll by or checking the sports pages – today, you can access all of that information from a device that can fit in your pocket. In the Sports Marketing & Media degree program, you’ll learn how to craft compelling and engaging content for multiple platforms, including television, mobile devices, and the web. You’ll conceptualize, create, and edit advertising materials, video elements, feature stories, podcasts, and business presentations, while learning about the process that goes into making mobile applications, video games, television broadcasts, and more.
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
254
Areas of Focus
Overview Teams, companies, and organizations in the field of sports business are rapidly moving into social, mobile, and digital spaces, while targeting opportunities to create content, control their messages, generate revenue, and create fan branding. These businesses are realizing that as the digital universe expands, they can connect with their respective clients and fan bases in a much more intimate way than has ever been possible. Because of this, the sports business has a universal need for creative minds who don’t just understand and utilize technology, but who are able to communicate the information derived from it. In Full Sail’s Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program, you’ll have the opportunity to contribute to the new demands of the evolving field of sports business, particularly from a position where digital art, design, communication, distribution, and marketing intersect. This online degree program will provide you with a fundamental understanding of how marketing and content creation are becoming much more integrated into the everyday operations of sports businesses. The degree program also provides practical, real-time opportunities for students to create, distribute, and market content and includes topics such as social media marketing, new media distribution, and intellectual property, public relations, and leadership. The collaborative, project-based program culminates in the Sports Marketing Final Project course, which requires students to create and produce a targeted sports business marketing campaign for a self-selected company (i.e., team, league, university, or marketer).
To help you move towards your desired career, we’ve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and resume. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
Objective The objective of the Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program is to help students develop and refine skills in marketing and technology, which will be valuable for communication, revenue generation, event operations, marketing, and business development within the field of sports business. The degree program focuses on ways that students can maximize the connection between fans, teams, and athletes, and students will learn how to utilize the principles of marketing in a sports-specific context, while implementing original content on multiple platforms. Completion of the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor’s degree program will enable graduates to pursue new and emerging professional pathways in the field of sports business.
SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
255
Sports Marketing and Media Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
SMM 4111
Business Project Management
WEB 2601
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Credit Hours
Code
Course
Credit Hours
4.00
ART 2007
Art History
4.00
Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
SMM 4751
Global Sports Marketing Strategies
4.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
SMM 1201
History of Sports Media
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
ENTB 376
Intellectual Property
4.00
PPE 2110
Ethics and Psychology†
4.00
PGY 1106
Introduction to Digital Photography
3.00
STA 2027
Introduction to Statistics
4.00
MAN 2020
Introduction to Management†
4.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
MKT 210
Introduction to Marketing
4.00
SPC 1606
Public Speaking†
4.00
PGY 2146
Introduction to Video
4.00
SMM 4833
Marketing Plans and Campaign Development
4.00
SMM 3933
Mobility Technology and Marketing
4.00
IMK 222
New Media Distribution Channels
4.00
OBM 1000
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
3.00
SMM 101
Project Management and Assessment I
1.00
SMM 102
Project Management and Assessment II
1.00
SMM 203
Project Management and Assessment III
1.00
SMM 3751
Public Relations in Sports
4.00
SMM 3561
Social Media and Sports Marketing
4.00
SMM 3111
Sports Business Models
4.00
SMM 3621
Sports Events and Entertainment
4.00
SMM 4231
Sports Law and Contracts
4.00
SMM 3231
Sports Marketing
4.00
SMM 4951
Sports Marketing Final Project
4.00
SMM 3413
Sports Marketing Research
4.00
SMM 3201
Sports Media
4.00
SMM 4561
Sports Sales and Sponsorships
4.00
WEB 2703
Website Design and Editing
4.00
Totals:
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
127 128
97.00
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
*
CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
2
3
4
5
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
HISTORY OF SPORTS MEDIA
6
7
8
9
10
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
PUBLIC SPEAKING
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
ART HISTORY
11
12
13
14
15
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY
SPORTS MEDIA
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO
ETHICS & PSYCHOLOGY
16
17
18
19
20
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL STORYTELLING
WEBSITE DESIGN & EDITING
SPORTS BUSINESS MODELS
SPORTS MARKETING
SPORTS MARKETING RESEARCH
21
22
23
24
SOCIAL MEDIA & SPORTS MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
26
SPORTS EVENTS & ENTERTAINMENT
PUBLIC RELATIONS IN SPORTS
27
28
BUSINESS PROJECT MANAGEMENT
SPORTS LAW & CONTRACTS
31
32
MARKETING PLANS & CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
SPORTS MARKETING FINAL PROJECT
NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
29 SPORTS SALES & SPONSORSHIPS
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design Master of Science Degree Program
Totals:
1
Entertainment Business
25 MOBILITY TECHNOLOGY & MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
30 GLOBAL SPORTS MARKETING STRATEGIES
Master of Science Degree Program * IF YOU’RE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
256
Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 4111
SMM 4751
ENTB 376
Business Project Management
Global Sports Marketing Strategies
Intellectual Property
The Business Project Management Course is a direct study of business management organizational structures through the creation of a project that allows an interactive examination of the principles of organizing, operating, financing, and employing single- and mixed-use projects from the perspectives of a business executive. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of sports business initiatives and strengthen their understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the industry. Students also begin developing their individual business proposal for their Final Project course and are challenged to pull together ideas and information from their program of study as they develop their proposal and explore its potential for becoming a viable business.
The Global Sports Marketing Strategies Course focuses on the development of international sports marketing as well as the global impact of sports organizations. Students learn about international business and how sports business functions within that environment. The course also explores how social issues impact sports and international society, and how these issues affect sponsorship, marketing campaigns, and global pursuits.
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.
Course Outline Excel Data Reporting
Project Finance
Organizational Principles
Business Plan Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline Global Sports Bodies, Governance, and Structures
Integrated Marketing Plans
Global Sports Sponsorship Dynamics
Marketing Planning Process
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
SMM 1201
Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling The Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling Course aims to help students develop the fundamentals of writing and producing functional content for the World Wide Web. The course explores both the mechanics of storytelling as well as how marketers and content developers convey themes through their writing. Students learn the techniques and methods for researching, reporting, messaging, and storytelling through the Web. The course helps students learn how to identify stories best told on the Web and how to best structure those stories for their audiences via different delivery systems, including interactive web pages.
Course Outline
Sports Organizations and Mass Media
Sports Journalism Ethics and Evolution
Sports Content and Programming
Sports Media Culture
Print, Radio, and Television
Thematic Narrative Development
Multimedia Element Integration
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
†
Course Outline
Design Proposals
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4.00
Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights
Fair Use
Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Introduction to Digital Photography
The History of Sports Media Course serves as an introduction to the cultural relationship between sports and media. The course provides an overview of sports media including influences, influential people, and moments. Students learn about the history of research, ethics, practices, and the societal impact of sports media both past and present. Special attention is given to traditional sports media outlets such as newspapers, magazines, radio, and television, as well as the impact of historical and cultural influences.
Interactive Storytelling
Intellectual Property Rights
PGY 1106
History of Sports Media WEB 2601
Course Outline
Course length
4 weeks
The Introduction to Digital Photography course introduces students to the basic elements of still photography; electronic, digitally realized, and manipulated photography; and multi-image sequencing. Students will learn the skills required of professional photographers and picture editors in creating photographic and multimedia packages for publication in print and on the Internet. These experiences lead to the practice of learning camera functions in the interrelationship between photography and cinematography and allow students to begin training their critical eye.
Course Outline Basic Lighting Management
Digital Photo Technology
Computer-Related Input/ Output for Imaging
Narrative Structure and Composition
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
257
Course Descriptions Program Core MAN 2020
PGY 2146
SMM 3933
Introduction to Management†
Introduction to Video
Mobility Technology and Marketing
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining different types of organizational structures within relationship, leadership, and legal contexts, while examining how to harness knowledge, resources, and ingenuity. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices and provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.
The Introduction to Video Course is designed to expose students to the basics of video production for the purpose of content creation. Students study field-producing techniques and methods for reporting, messaging, and storytelling through video. The interactive course teaches students how to identify stories best told in video and how to best structure these stories for their audiences. Students develop skills shooting video using personal handheld cameras and editing video on their MacBook Pros.
The Mobility Technology and Marketing Course introduces students to mobility technology through sports marketing concepts. Students learn the necessary fundamentals for mobile applications along with an overview of mobile phone content development. The majority of the course focuses on strategic marketing possibilities for mobile platforms, including applications and their use, activation, and revenue generating opportunities. The course encourages students to utilize their earlier instruction and knowledge in design, research, entrepreneurship, and business development.
Course Outline Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure
Risk Management
Human Resource Principles
Business Management Case Studies
Camera Techniques
Field Production Techniques
Design and Production
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Introduction to Marketing The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students’ understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.
Course Outline Marketing Principles and Terminology
Branding
Competitive Tactics
Advertising
Mobile Marketing Techniques
Mobile Application Development
Mobile Demographics
Brand Awareness
Search Engine Optimization
Total credit hours
SMM 4833
MKT 210
4.00
The Marketing Plans and Campaign Development Course is designed to give students an interactive opportunity to develop a client marketing plan and/or business activation campaign from start to finish. Students research and analyze case studies and formulate a project that enables them to create their own campaigns, beginning with the creative process and then moving into the managerial and process-making role involved in communication or marketing plans. This course teaches students about the tools they need to develop messaging and branding through design, technology, and presentation on a for-performance basis.
Course length
4 weeks
IMK 222
New Media Distribution Channels
Campaign Development Process
Effective Campaign Management
The New Media Distribution Channels course teaches students how to analyze new media distribution channels to determine how to market and deploy their products or services over a multitude of platforms. Students will examine a variety of advanced media components, assess which distribution channels can best help them to accomplish their marketing goals, and then integrate their product/service into those channels, making alterations as needed. The course takes students through the following new media distribution channels: Web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and wikis, email, social media, interactive TV, and podcasting.
Marketing Plan Architecture and Integration
Customer Acquisition and Alignment
Course Outline
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
New Media Distribution Channels Defined
New Media Distribution Strategic Development
New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
Marketing Plans and Campaign Development
Total credit hours
Marketing Plan Development
Total credit hours
Storytelling
Total credit hours
Local and National Labor Laws
Total credit hours
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
258
Course Descriptions Program Core OBM 1000
SMM 3751
SMM 3111
Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Public Relations in Sports
Sports Business Models
The Public Relations in Sports Course provides students with an understanding of sports communications. The primary focus is on professional and corporate levels with an emphasis on the use of content creation, technology, distribution, and new media. Students learn how teams, organizations, and marketing companies use traditional and new media to align their business objectives with their communications strategies and how organizations can manage various forms of media to communicate specific messages to distinct audiences designed for particular subjects. This course allows students to learn how to employ new technologies to reach fans creatively and shows them how to become the creative bridges between the sports business, the on-field and off-field content, and its consumers.
The Sports Business Models Course is designed to help students develop a basic understanding of the principles of economics that influence individual decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within an economic system, as well as a basic understanding of the function of product markets as they relate to sports. Students also learn about the different types of relationships forged between sports organizations, their business partners and consumers, and how industry businesses develop and nurture streams of revenue through those relationships.
The Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries course explores the evolving infrastructures within the industry’s various sectors. Students will examine the innovative business methods that reinforce the importance of monetizing the emotional connections fostered within these creative industries, as well as the industry’s current business trends. Students will also identify the variety of careers available for business professionals in these industries and their respective skill sets, with an eye toward developing the abilities that relate to their chosen fields.
Course Outline An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries
Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Total credit hours
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
SMM 101, 102, 203
Project Management and Assessment I, II, III The Project Management and Assessment courses are concurrent courses taken alongside core curriculum in order to assist students with the development, management, and assessment of program projects. The courses will provide an opportunity for students to apply analysis skills, create strategic plans, and foster professional workflow practices.
Course Outline Project Development and Analysis
Create/Evaluate Project Plan
Project Management and Assessment
Professional Workflow Practices
Total credit hours
Course length
1.00 each
4 weeks
Course Outline
Course Outline Sports Business Leadership
Financial Data
Sports Properties and Marketplaces
Management Disciplines
Public Relations Ethics
Information Services and Organizational Media
Revenue Management
Reputation Management
Crisis Communications
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
SMM 3621
Sports Events and Entertainment
SMM 3561 The Social Media and Sports Marketing Course examines the methodology inherent in viral marketing through social media applications and applies social media to situations for revenue generation and brand awareness in the sports business. Students explore the avenues by which teams and organizations can use social media to inspire consumers to tell others about their products or services to grow brand awareness and fan/consumer loyalty. Students learn how to evaluate if and when specific marketing approaches are appropriate for their product and/or brand and are tasked with creating and producing their own social media and viral marketing campaign.
The Sports Events and Entertainment Course serves as an examination of sports business event management, as well as the strategies used to market conferences, meetings, and special events, and the necessary components for marketing and packaging sports and entertainment events. Students cover a wide range of topics including event planning, promotion, and production over a variety of different types of events and conferences, with a targeted focus on the role technology and design play in contributing to the successful development of such events. The course guides students through budgeting, planning, staff and equipment management, video and graphic production, interactive marketing, signage, and strategic partnerships development, and covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Social Media and Sports Marketing
Social Media Campaign Development
Interruptive Advertising
Overview of Sports Event Management
Target Audience Research
Social Web Participation
Social Media Channels
Sports Event Concept Design
Location Scouting and Logistics
Project Plan Management and Development
Technical Sports Event Development
Social Media Measurement Tools and Metrics
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
259
Course Descriptions Program Core SMM 4231
SMM 4951
SMM 3201
Sports Law and Contracts
Sports Marketing Final Project
Sports Media
The Sports Law and Contracts Course provides an overview of general sports business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, accounting, and contracts and negotiations. Students explore the theories of negotiation and strategy in developing solution-oriented processes for achieving results in the sports business. Through integrative techniques and game theory, students investigate the relationships between organizations, sponsors, vendors, and distribution outlets. Students also explore a variety of topics including content creation, conflict and dispute resolution and remedy, theoretical processes and strategies, creativity in contract writing, and enforcement of terms.
The Sports Marketing Final Project Course gives students an opportunity to research, develop, and write a proposal for a sports business concept and/or sports marketing plan and execute the concept. Students are expected to incorporate the comprehensive elements of their entire academic experience, including the application of proper research methodologies, business writing skills, and proposal preparation to concepts such as content creation, branding, distribution, design and technology, and sales and marketing.
The Sports Media course is an exploration of the relationship between sports, sports businesses, and the media, both advanced and traditional. The course examines a wide scope of media platforms and their historical and current roles in sports business and marketing strategy, including broadcast, cable, satellite, interactive TV (including regional sports networks and their territorial rights), radio (all formats), social media, mobile media, the role of conglomerates (such as Comcast/Universal, Disney/ABC, and Newscorp), online media (blogs, podcasts, Web 2.0), and location-based media (such as retail signage). Students will examine the methods used to collect and process information and apply it to marketing sports services and products, with a focus on direct marketing and indirect public relations.
Course Outline Management Functions of Legal Theory
Strategic Governance
Human Resource Management
Marketing Management
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Sports Marketing Proposal Writing and Development
Marketing Plan and Budget
Market Analysis
Management Plan
Course Outline
Venture Description
4 weeks
SMM 3231
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Broadcast Media Rights and Ownership
Sports Network Relationships
Revenue Generation through Content Development
Location-Based Media
Total credit hours
Course length
The Sports Marketing Course introduces students to the specific properties of marketing for sports. The course reviews the revenue-generation aspects of sports business and will help students learn how to identify different types of sports business consumers, as well as a variety of marketing and media strategies and applications to engage consumers. Within their course of study, students create sports marketing initiatives for implementation on traditional and digital media platforms.
Course Outline History of Sports Marketing
Consumer Identification
Sports Marketing Concepts and Strategies
Multiplatform Distribution
4.00
Course length
Sports Marketing Research
4 weeks
SMM 4561
The Sports Marketing Research Course compares and contrasts the various research methodologies utilized in marketing research most commonly practiced in sports marketing settings. Within the context of the sports industry, students explore marketing strategies and tactics and the roles that design, implementation, analysis, interpretation, and reporting of research that influence marketing decisions. Students undertake individual research projects and are responsible for selecting an appropriate research design, conducting research, and interpreting data for conclusions.
Course Outline
Proper Market Research
4 weeks
Sports Marketing Research Strategies
Primary and Secondary Targeting
Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies
Individual Project Development
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
Sports Sales and Sponsorships The Sports Sales and Sponsorship Course provides students with an overview of current factors and issues related to sports sponsorship, including sponsorship planning, sales and negotiations, and sponsorship proposals and evaluations. Students explore the relationship between sports organizations and businesses, universities, corporate sponsors, advertising agencies, individual ticket consumers, and the development of their respective marketing campaigns. The course concentrates on the notions of communication and branding through sales, the value of sponsorship, and the alignment of marketing concepts.
Course Outline
4 weeks
Sales Force Creation, Strategies, and Negotiation
Sports Segmentation and Pricing
Sports Consumer Behavior
Branding and Activation
Sponsorship Rights
Total credit hours
†
4.00
SMM 3413
Sports Marketing
Total credit hours
Course Outline
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
260
Course Descriptions General Education
General Education
WEB 2703
ART 2007
DGL 1012
Website Design and Editing
Art History
Digital Literacy
The Website Design and Editing Course provides students with the tools they need to develop website branding and messaging through design, technology, and presentation. Students learn how to structure applications and prepare media for different types of delivery platforms, with an emphasis on creating opportunities for the Web. Outcomes include the creation of video elements, feature stories, business presentations, advertising and signage, and other industry uses of content for presentation and distribution.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Digital Literacy course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline Introduction to Editing Systems
Dialogue, Video, and Audio
Web Editing Applications
Computerized Editing Techniques
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 Weeks
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MGF 1213
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics† The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
†
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
*
CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Grammar
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Total credit hours
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
261
Course Descriptions General Education
DEP 1013
PPE 2110
Ethics and Psychology†
Psychology of Play
This Ethics and Psychology Course is designed to give students an opportunity to discover the many facets of their psychological identity. Students will focus on how a personal values system is developed, and how it serves as the foundation for the decisions an individual will make in his or her lifetime. Students will also explore human interaction and behavioral styles, as well as how to develop positive, productive relationships. Additionally, students will examine the psychological issues individuals deal with in their daily lives, such as stress, gender inclusion, and how to process information.
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Values and Moral Reasoning
Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas
MBTI and Personality Archetypes
Johari Window Communication Model
Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will
Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems
Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing
Final Group Presentations
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours 4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
SPC 1606
Public Speaking† STA 2027
Introduction to Statistics† The Introduction to Statistics course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Course Outline Overview of Business Statistics
Presentation of Statistical Data
Business Statistics Terminology
Problem-solving Using Statistics
Collecting and Organizing Data
Total credit hours
†
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
The Public Speaking course is designed to train students in understanding and implementing oral communication skills. Learning is centered on student participation in a variety of speaking and listening situations, which are designed to increase the understanding of the interpersonal nature of all speech communication. Students will study concepts and topics such as as target audience identification, surveys, body language, effective speaking techniques, and pre-speech planning in order to create and deliver at least three types of speeches.
Course Outline Impromptu Speeches
Speech Outlines
Researching for Speech Manuscripts
Audience Surveys
Creation and Delivery of Persuasive Speeches
Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness
Creation and Delivery of Expository and Demonstrative Speeches
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
262
Web Computer Design &
Animation Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Advancing at a faster pace than perhaps any other technological achievement in our society’s history, the Internet is now at the epicenter of our culture. In today’s world, the ability to share ideas, information, and concepts with a global audience is something we almost take for granted - life without the Internet is nearly unthinkable! That reality makes the skills needed to help develop the applications and sites that drive the web a powerful commodity in today’s Internet-centric market.
Just think of how many different websites you visit on a daily basis – if it’s a public entity, it probably has a website. Each site stems from an idea and specific goals, and is designed and developed by people who are dedicated to maintaining our most prevalent source of information. When you enter Full Sail’s Web Design & Development Program, you prepare to join the ranks of those who create the way we live and connect with others online.
Areas of Focus Areas of Focus
Interface Design & Usability Fine Arts Web Standards Modeling Interactivity Animation
Dynamic Back-end Development Effects
Website Final Project/ Development Demo Reel CreProject ation
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
263
WEB DESIGN Areas of Focus & DEVELOPMENT
information
INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY
information
INTERFACE DESIGN & USABILITY
DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURE
optimization
WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0
DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT intuitive INTERFACE
DESIGN
objectORIENTED
PROGRAMMING
CHITECTURE database
tables
indexes
timization
ECHDATA N IQ U E S
O R G A N I Z AT I O N
DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
friendly
EXPERIENCE ENGAGING
TECH NIQ U ES
EX PERIENCE Interface
DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N ENGAGING
userfriendly AINTERACTIVE
C R E AT I N G
EEXXPPEERRIIEEN N CC EE
intuitive
friendly
INTERFACE
EXPERIENCE
DESIGN
intuitive MEDIA rich INTERFACE
objectORIENTED
DEPLOYMENT
DESIGN
user
INTERFACE P R O G R A M M I N G
database
inde
Understanding how to construct a website that will strike users as both intuitive and easy to use is crucial to the success of sites you design. In this phase of the program, you’ll work on creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces by learning how users interact with different types of sites, and you’ll examine proven design patterns. You’ll also learn Information Architecture (IA), the process of organizing and presenting data to users in a clear and meaningful way.
user
INTERFACE document OBJECT
MODEL
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
ENGAGING
security
security
AP P L IC AT IONS
A user
objec OR
than ever in our day-to-day lives, whether it’s finding directions, checking our bank statements, shopping AP P LIC ATIONS online, or any of a thousand other tasks made easier by the Internet. Regardless of why we find ourselves AUTHENTICATION browsing a website, what’s most important is how accessible and user-friendly our experience is – after all, it’s these factors that influence whether we choose to visit a website more than once.
web
C R E AT I N G
DEPLOYMENT
web
SERVERS
INTERFACE
MODEL
DES
Today we depend on interfaces and websites more P R O G R A DEPLOYMENT AUTHENTICATION
database
document OBJECT
intui
EXPERIENCE INTER
Design & Usability MEDIA rich
EXPERIENCE
SERVERS
friendly
A user
richMEDIA
INTERACTIVE
INTERACTIVE
database
C R E AT I N G
A user
ENGAGING
TEC H N IQ U E S
user
DATA CREO A RT GI N AG N I Z AT I O N
optimization
WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0
formation
y
& DEVELOPMENT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
264
friendly Areas of Focus intuitive
C R E AT I N G
A user
EXPERIENCE
INTERFACE
DESIGN richMEDIA DEPLOYMENT
objectORIENTED
PAUTHENTICATION ROGRAMMING
security
Web Standards
database tables
intuitive
userDESIGN INTERFACE
INTERFACE
INTERFACE
objectORIENTED
PROGRAMMING
document OBJECT
document OBJECT
MODEL
Interactivity Mdatabase O D E L tables A compelling website WEB is more DESIGN than just some words thrown on a page. Truly stunning websites draw you & DEVELOPMENT
indexes
Have you ever accessed a website from different computers and noticed that its appearance and use were inconsistent from one platform to the next? That might be because whoever developed the site did not follow the guidelines set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).
indexes
user
in, offering an interactive experience that comes to life when your fingertips hit the keyboard. Adding music, sound effects, movies, and cartoons to a site can transport a user from their desk into your world.
INTERFACE DESIGN In this degree program, gain an understanding &you’ll USABILITY
of object-oriented programming principles – and learn languages and techniques that give you the ability to develop complex interactivity for your own websites. Once you’re fluent with this technology, WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ you’ll be able to draw, design, animate, and code ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 while implementing audio and video through both buffered and streaming deployment.
The W3C standards exist to allow websites to look and function the same on as many different operating systems (Windows, Macintosh, Unix/Linux) WEB DESIGN and delivery platforms (multiple web browsers, &devices) DEVELOPMENT mobile as possible. Our web standards courses help you learn how to design, code, and deploy websites so that your content is the same regardless of where and how it’s being viewed. As INTERFACE DESIGN you learn the proper graphic optimization techniques & USABILITY and understand how the validators developed byARCHITECTURE the W3C work, you’ll be able to make sure your (or your company’s) message gets across loud and clear.
information
WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0
DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE
optimization T E CHNIQUES
database
DYNAMIC BACK-END DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE O R G A N PROJECT I Z AT I O N DEVELOPMENT
DATA
ENGAGING
INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE
web
information
ARCHITECTURE
optimization TEC H N I Q U ES
database friendly
C R E AT I N G
A user
E X P E R I E NS ECREV E R S
richMEDIA DEPLOYMENT
DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
Au
E
ENGAGING
r
INTERACTIVE
D
EXPERIENCE
webuser
intuitive
A
INTERFACE
APPLICAT ION SINTERFACE DESIGN
objectORIENTED
PROGRAMMING
tables
document OBJECT
MODEL
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M Edatabase NT | Bachelor of Science Degree Program AUTHENTICATION
security
CREA
265
MEDIA richENGAGING INTERACTIVE optimization optimization DEPLOYMENT WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ Areas of Focus
UE S
EXPERIENCE
T3.0 E C H N IQ U E S ACTIONSCRIPT
se RS
web
DYNAMIC BACK-END A PPLIC ATI O N S DEVELOPMENT/WEBSITE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
database
OBJECT
ORIENTED
ENGAGING PROGRAMMING
MODEL MEDIA rich richMEDIA EXPERIENCE
INTERACTIVE INTERACTIVE TECHN IQUE S EXPERIENCE
AUTHENTICATION
security
database tables
indexes
web web
database
APPLI CAT I ON S
A PPLI CAT I O N S
Dynamic Back-end Development
Website Development Project
Organization is key to any website, but it’s not limited to what your site’s visitors see. You’ll need to develop a solid and robust back-end system that will deploy content from a database server and allow interaction between the hosting server and the user’s web browser.
Once you’ve mastered the design and coding concepts you need to build any kind of website, we’ll ask you to do just that. In the final stage of the Web Design & Development program, you’ll need to use all your web development skills and techniques to define your goals for an advanced website, plan its functionality and design, and then enter a production phase where you’ll create the entire site from start to finish.
From logging into a secure area of a website, to searching for specific info on a web search engine like Google, to creating robust user search functions, dynamic back-end development plays an important role in developing web applications, particularly for mid-to-large-sized corporations. You’ll gain experience setting up thorough user-friendly systems while learning concepts like sessions and cookies, querying, authentication, security, and database tables with indexes.
AUTHENTICATION
AUTHENTICATION
SERVERS
SERVERS
DEPLOYMENT DEPLOYMENT
security
security
objectobjectORIENTED
ORIENTED
R OMGIRNAGM M I N G P R O G R APM
document document OBJECT OBJECT
M OM DO ED LE L
tables database tables database
indexes indexes
Our instructors will guide you throughout the process, critiquing your work and helping you create a final project that utilizes your skills to the fullest. You’ll document every step of your work, and when it’s completed, you’ll present your finished website to your peers and instructors as an example of exactly what you’re capable of.
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
266
Overview
Objective
Full Sail’s Web Design & Development degree is a program equally divided between the artistic and aesthetic concerns of creating websites and the coding and programming needed to make them work. You’ll begin to unlock the secrets of web development in all of its forms by designing, coding, and publishing standards-based web content for a variety of formats. To make websites that are at their most dynamic and engaging, you’ll be using industry-standard tools, including HTML5, CSS, XML, Flash and ActionScript, server-side languages, database structures, and JavaScript. You’ll also learn to develop content for smartphones, tablets, and other branches of the expanding realm of mobile devices. Each of your acquired skills will be used to create real-world projects and develop a well-rounded portfolio.
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of web development production needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as web designers, developers, and programmers. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical proficiency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
In addition to giving you experience and assignments aimed at making you a well-rounded web designer, you’ll also have courses focusing on communication skills, English composition, professional presentation, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that first step into the web design and development industry. To help you make that transition, we’ve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career – not just during your education.
WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
267
Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
WDD 442
Advanced Server-Side Languages
WDD 211
Chronological Schedule by Months
GENERAL EDUCATION Code
Course
4.00
ART 2006
Art History
4.00
Applied Design Tools and Interfaces
4.00
MGF 1213
College Mathematics†
4.00
WDD 331
Database Structures
3.00
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
3.00
WDD 463
Deployment of Web Projects
4.00
ENC 1101
English Composition I†
4.00
WDD 312
Design Patterns for Web Programming
3.00
PHY 1000
Fundamentals of Physics†
4.00
WDD 242
Designing for Web Standards I
4.00
VIC 2003
History of Visual Communication†
4.00
WDD 321
Designing for Web Standards II
4.00
SPC 2410
Interpersonal Communications
4.00
WDD 372
Front-End Web Frameworks
3.00
DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
3.00
PLA 2412
Intellectual Property and Law†
3.00
WDD 342
Mobile Device Deployment
4.00
MDV 1310
Mobile Media Design I
4.00
MDV 1410
Mobile Media Design II
4.00
WDD 345
Networks and Server Structures
4.00
ODT 1000
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
3.00
WDD 371
Principles of Production Process
3.00
WDD 244
Programming for Web Applications I
4.00
WDD 344
Programming for Web Applications II
4.00
WDD 373
Rich Media Optimization
3.00
WDD 353
Server-Side Languages
4.00
WDD 482
Web Final Project I
3.00
WDD 483
Web Final Project II
3.00
WDD 333
Web Interaction & Animation
4.00
WDD 141
Web Interface and Usability
3.00
WDD 144
Web Programming Fundamentals
4.00
WDD 481
Web Project Preproduction
4.00
WDD 354
Web Standards Project
4.00
Totals:
†
Credit Hours
Totals:
Credit Hours
30.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
124 108
1
2
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
6
7
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN I
PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS I
11
12
3
4
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
8
9
10
WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY
DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS II
14
15
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS I
13
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS
ART HISTORY APPLIED DESIGN TOOLS & INTERFACES
16
NETWORKS & SERVER STRUCTURES
21
PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS II
WEB STANDARDS PROJECT
17
18
HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION DESIGN PATTERNS FOR WEB PROGRAMMING
22
ADVANCED SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES
DEPLOYMENT OF WEB PROJECTS
26
27
WEB FINAL PROJECT I
WEB FINAL PROJECT II
5 COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
FRONT-END WEB FRAMEWORKS
19
WEB PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS
WEB INTERACTION & ANIMATION
20 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW
DATABASE STRUCTURES
SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES
23
24
25
MOBILE DEVICE DEPLOYMENT
WEB PROJECT PREPRODUCTION
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION PROCESS
RICH MEDIA OPTIMIZATION
94.00
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
268
Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 442
WDD 331
WDD 312
Advanced Server-side Languages
Database Structures
Design Patterns for Web Programming
Advanced Server-side Languages reinforces and builds upon concepts and principles outlined in the Server-side Languages course. Students expand on the foundation concepts taught in that class by developing even more robust dynamic content and applications. This course teaches students how to write advanced code that will be used to create dynamic web applications that are frequently used within the industry.
The Database Structures Course focuses on the creation of databases and their comprising table structures. In this class students learn the benefits of creating database structures with regard to such concepts as storage anomalies and table normalization. Students also learn a Data Definition Language used to create their database structures. Developing a database for use with a server-side scripting language allows students to develop more robust web applications, as they are an integral part of deploying dynamic web content for mid-to-large-sized corporations.
Design Patterns for Web Programming explores development techniques that go beyond procedural programming, such as object-oriented programming (OOP). Students will be introduced to concepts including composition, aggregation, encapsulation, abstraction, and refactoring. Students will also learn object model implementation of industry-standard techniques such as reusability and efficiency.
Course Outline Writing Organized and Readable Code
Integrating Applications with Database Structures
Scripting Server-side Applications
Presentation of Application
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
Course Outline
4 weeks
WDD 211
Design Concepts for Interfaces
Screen Design and Layout
Creating Interface Graphics
Web Accessibility
Database Tables and Indexes
Authentication and Security
Total credit hours
Course length
4 weeks
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
WDD 242
Designing for Web Standards I
In the Deployment of Web Projects course, all of the elements of web development come together, with an emphasis on the design and production of complex, interactive products. Students will go through the process of producing an interactive project from initial concept to final distribution. This course teaches skills required to produce an intricate web product and deliver it on multiple platforms, including desktop, mobile, and advanced devices. Conceptualizing and Storyboarding
Asset Integration and Testing
Interface Design and Structure
Final Publishing and Archiving
Total credit hours 4.00
3.00
3.00
The Designing for Web Standards I Course examines the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students will learn how to use HTML along with other standards to develop websites, and will explore the correct usage of semantic markup elements to ensure that Web page content is well-formed and easily understood.
Course Outline HTML and Related Web Standards
Web Page Accessibility
Web Page Markup and Semantics
Introductory Web Page Content Layout and Design
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Asset Creation
Working with Color Total credit hours
Tiered Application Architecture
Encapsulation and Abstraction
WDD 463
Course Outline
Object Model Design
Validation
Deployment of Web Projects
The Applied Design Tools and Interfaces Course focuses on combining the knowledge of graphic design software with the theories of web usability and interface creation. Students use industry-standard graphic design applications and prototype interface designs while adhering to interface usability guidelines. This course explores functional interface theory and design principles for the web.
Procedural vs. Non-Procedural Programming
Multi-tier Architectures
Total credit hours
Applied Design Tools and Interfaces
Course Outline
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
269
Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 321
PLA 2412
MDV 1310
Designing for Web Standards II
Intellectual Property and Law†
Mobile Media Design I
The Designing for Web Standards II Course continues the process of creating functional, standards-based content for the Internet. Students will learn how to use CSS and other standards to enhance web pages easily and effectively. This course explores standards-based design for a slimmer, faster, and more flexible approach to designing for the web.
The Intellectual Property and Law Course is designed to introduce the student to general business practices including finance, accounting, insurance, taxes, management, marketing, and negotiation. Students are provided a foundation that addresses the complexities of intellectual property, copyright, and basic business and contract law. The impact and ways in which law has shaped our society are explored through the use of case studies.
The Mobile Media Design I Course is designed to teach students basic levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes vector graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and provides students with a thorough understanding of the basic techniques and tools used for designing compelling interfaces for mobile applications.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline CSS and Related Web Standards
Web Page Content Positioning and Visual Enhancement
Advanced Web Page Content Layout and Design
Optimizing Web Page Content
Total credit hours
Overview of the Industries
Contracts
Working with Vector Graphics
Understanding Color Theory
Business Practices
Business Law
Compression Techniques
Interface Design Concepts
Intellectual Property
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
Total credit hours 3.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks MDV 1410
WDD 372
Front-End Web Frameworks The Front-End Web Frameworks Course reinforces and builds upon the concepts presented in the previous client-side development courses. Students will explore, compare, and contrast the features and uses of current client-side development libraries and frameworks. This course teaches students how to architect, develop, and deploy rich internet applications utilizing industry-standard Open Source tools.
Course Outline
†
Mobile Device Deployment The Mobile Device Deployment Course examines the practice of creating and delivering web content for mobile devices, including cell phones and PDA’s. Students go through the process of producing and optimizing Internet-based content that is compatible with various mobile device operating systems and mobile browsers. This course also explores current techniques for mobile web authoring including XHTML, CSS, JavaScript, and the DOM.
Course Outline
Research and Evaluation of Front-End Tools
Client-Side Libraries
User Interface Frameworks
Rich Internet Application Development
Total credit hours
Mobile Media Design II
WDD 342
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
Mobile Device Overview
FlashLite and Mobile Devices
Using Web Standards for Mobile Devices
Optimizing for Mobile Devices
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
The Mobile Media Design II Course teaches students advanced levels of graphics creation through the use of software programs used by design, animation, and interactive media companies worldwide. The course emphasizes raster graphic design from a mobile web-specific point of view and expands the knowledge of digital color models and interface composition to create a more visual compelling aesthetic optimized for handheld delivery.
Course Outline Advanced Vector Graphics
Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices
Handheld Aesthetics
Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications
Total credit hours
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
4.00
|
Course length
4 weeks
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
270
Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 345
WDD 371
WDD 344
Networks and Server Structures
Principles of Production Process
Programming for Web Applications II
The Networks and Server Structures Course explores computer operations, networking, and storage options. Students examine various operating systems, CPU and peripheral uses, and networked computer environments and their protocols. This course presents knowledge about communications within single and multiple computers, network communications, and communication protocols. A history of both computers and the Internet is also explored.
The Principles of Production Process Course mirrors the workflow model used in professional web development. Students work to define the scope of a project, including the range of assets needed to complete it, the technologies that will be used, and the time required to develop it to completion. This course presents the framework for a cohesive web workflow plan that will ensure the efficient and effective delivery of web development projects.
The Programming for Web Applications II course continues teaching the client-side technologies used for creating dynamic content for the web. Students in this course expand upon the knowledge they received in the Programming for Web Applications I course by learning more advanced concepts of scripting languages such as JavaScript. Students will also explore new technologies to control the behavior of a web page that will not require client requests or hosting server interaction.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
Computer and Internet History
Networks and Protocols
Production Process Phases
Production Prototyping
Dynamic Web Technologies
Detecting Browser Features
Computers and Peripherals
Network Management
Creating Production Documentation
Delivery, Archiving, and Maintenance
Document Object Model
Extending Browser Behavior
Total credit hours
Course length
Total credit hours
Operating Systems
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
3.00
4 weeks
WDD 244
Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path.
The Programming for Web Applications I course trains students in the technologies used to create dynamic content for the web using client-side programming. This course builds upon the coding and logic concepts learned in the Web Programming Fundamentals course, continuing the use of JavaScript. Students will also be shown more advanced concepts, such as data structures and key algorithms.
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling
Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries
The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology
Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
Course length
4 weeks
Rich Media Optimization The Rich Media Optimization Course teaches students current industry methods and techniques used to improve loading efficiency of bandwidth-intensive content for Web delivery. Students explore optimizing high-bandwidth content, such as digital video and audio, for deployment within a non-streaming server environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of digital video and audio CODECs, along with target encoding rates, for optimal playback on the Web.
Course Outline
Client-Side Web Programming
Web Data and Validation
Common Client-Side Algorithms
Programming for Code Libraries and Reuse
Digital Audio and Video File Formats
Rich Media and Flash
Digital Audio CODECs
Optimization Settings and Buffering
Course length
Digital Video CODECs
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
WDD 373
Programming for Web Applications I
ODT 1000
Total credit hours
4.00
4 weeks
Total credit hours
4.00
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
271
Course Descriptions Program Core WDD 353
WDD 483
WDD 141
Server-side Languages
Web Final Project II
Web Interface and Usability
The Server-side Languages Course will examine the benefits of a server-side scripting language to heighten human computer interaction with web content. In this class students will learn how to take their existing knowledge of static-based web content and implement a server-side scripting language to develop a more robust web application. By implementing server-side languages within standards compliant XHTML web pages, students will be able to deploy dynamic content to further the level of interaction between client and server communication.
The Web Final Project II Course is the second of two courses that serve as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design & Development Program. Students continue creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Web Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluate the completeness of each student’s progress. Evaluation of each student’s successful completion of the course is based on the completed website, the website presentation, and the website documentation.
The Web Interface and Usability Course teaches students the concepts and strategies needed to create successful web interfaces. In this course, students examine the foundation of creating logical, intuitive, and clear web interfaces used by companies worldwide. This course examines design principles relating from usability, visualization, and functionality constructs.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Interface Usability Concepts
Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility
Control Structures
Querying
Project Management
Asset Integration and Testing
Interface Visualization Elements
Variables
Sessions and Cookies
Interface Design
Final Publishing and Archiving
Total credit hours
Asset Creation
Project Presentation
Object-oriented Programming
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
WDD 482
WDD 333
Web Final Project I
Web Interaction and Animation
The Web Final Project I Course is the first of two courses that serve as the culmination of skills developed during the Web Design & Development Program. Students are tasked with creating an advanced website, which was defined within the Web Final Project Preproduction course. During the independent study component of the course, faculty evaluate the completeness of each student’s progress. Evaluation of each student’s successful completion of the course is based on completed milestones, the website production, and the website documentation.
Web Interaction and Animation examines the process of designing and creating animated content for the web. Students will use web standards and other technologies to enhance the interaction and aesthetic of web content. This course helps to develop students’ overall knowledge of the animation process, including pre-production, design, animation, and output.
Course Outline
Course Outline Animation Theory and Techniques
Web Animation Technologies
Project Management
Asset Integration and Testing
Interaction and Animation Workflow
Tools and Delivery
Interface Design
Final Publishing and Archiving
Total credit hours
Course length
Asset Creation
Project Presentation
Total credit hours
†
Course Outline
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4.00
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
WDD 144
Web Programming Fundamentals The Web Programming Fundamentals course introduces students to basic programming and logic skills. Students will learn how to break down processes and tasks into smaller, programmable parts and translate them into source code. JavaScript, the language available in every Web browser, is used to teach these cornerstone concepts.
Course Outline Introduction to Programming and Logic
Variables and Data Types
Control Structures: Loops and Branches
Functions
Total credit hours
Course length
4.00
4 weeks
4 weeks
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
272
Course Descriptions Program Core
General Education
WDD 481
ART 2006
DGL 1012
Web Project Preproduction
Art History
Digital Literacy
In the Web Project Preproduction Course, students identify and plan the scope of their final project, including the concept, design, and production pace. Students expand on the preproduction methods learned in the Principles of Production Process course by creating the necessary preproduction documentation to ensure a successful delivery of their final project. By the end of the course, students will have an intimate knowledge of the requirements needed to complete their final project.
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacy’s significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Course Outline
Creating the Project Treatment
Storyboarding
Ancient Art
Modern Art
Developing the Production Timeline
Identifying Assets
Medieval and Renaissance Art
Post-modern Art
Creating the Flowchart
Setting Design Standards
Total credit hours
Total credit hours
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks MGF 1213
Web Standards Project The Web Standards Project Course examines the process of implementing applications to create a functional standards-based project for the Internet. Students build upon concepts introduced in the Web Design Fundamentals, Designing for Web Standards, and Principles of Production Process courses related to the production process and standards-based web deployment. Students learn how to utilize Web Standards Based Design, including CSS and XHTML, combined with a professional web development workflow model to create an efficient and effective web project. This course explores developing a Web Standards Based project while following a proven production process to ensure successful delivery.
Course Outline Preproduction
Asset Integration and Testing
Asset Creation
Project Delivery and Archiving
Digital Tools and Resources
Global Digital Citizenship
Digital Literacy Skills
Total credit hours
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline Review of Basic Arithmetic
Graphing
Operations with the Real Number System
Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Measurement and Number Systems
Introductory Statistics and Probability
Exponents & Radical Expressions
Business Applications and Mathematical Models
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
Total credit hours
ENC 1101
English Composition I† The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline Invention and Drafting
Essay Structure
Revising and Editing
Audience Awareness
Grammar
Linear Equations & Inequalities
Asset Optimization
†
Effective Digital Communication Strategies
College Mathematics†
WDD 354
Total credit hours
Terms, Themes, and Concepts
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
273
Course Descriptions Program Core PHY 1000
SPC 2140
Fundamentals of Physics†
Interpersonal Communication
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.
The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students’ ability to analyze and evaluate information.
Course Outline Kinematics
Electromagnetic Spectrum
Motion
Survey of Light
Assessment and Evaluation
Writing Résumés and Other Documents
Energy and Mechanics
Physical Theories and Formulae
Research and Planning
Networking and Interviewing
Course Outline
Electricity and Magnetism
Total credit hours
Total credit hours 4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
VIC 2003
History of Visual Communication† The History of Visual Communications Course presents an historic account of humanity’s communicating life events through visual arts. Starting with cave drawings, stories and ideas have been presented and told using visual techniques. As time passes and society changes, avant-garde artists and scientists have pushed the envelope of their respective disciplines and brought about the dissolution of boundaries that traditionally exist between the artistic and media. In the past 25 years, the intersection of art and human-computer interactivity has emerged as a mass medium, triggering new forms of artistic, entertainment, and educational content. The student will follow the evolution of the various convergent disciplines, setting up a forum for informed discussions about the implications for the future.
Course Outline Art as a Communication Tool
History of Design
Human Interfaces
Artistic Tools
Historical References
Future Applications and Implications
Total credit hours
†
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play
Critical-Thinking Skills
Play and the Brain
Collaboration and Team Building
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
274
Education Computer Media Design Animation & Technology Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certificate
Full Sail University’s Education Media Graduate Certificate will give you specific knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job fields. The certificate is comprised of several courses taken from our Education Media Design & Technology Master’s Degree Program and is offered online to fit the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelor’s degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sail’s Graduate Certificates. Today’s students are digital natives born at a time where technology is integrated into every aspect of their lives. To connect with them, teachers need to create innovative and inspirational environments that bridge
the gap between traditional education and the ever-expanding realm of technology and media, to allow students to learn and grow. You’ll learn to utilize media creation tools and technology to create video presentations, media assets, and more, and you’ll study how to incorporate video games, music, and educational multimedia in your classroom. By engaging today’s digital natives using the technology they use every day outside the classroom, you’ll be able to create a more collaborative atmosphere inside your classroom.
Areas of Focus Fine Arts
Modeling
Animation
Effects
Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Graduate Certificate
275
Education Media Design & Technology Certificate Program
Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
EDM 573
Digital Media and Education Applications
3.00
EDM 531
Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture
3.00
EDM 561
Filmmaking Principles in Education
3.00
EDM 5226
Game Strategies and Motivation†
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
2
3
4
EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE
DIGITAL MEDIA & EDUCATION APPLICATIONS
FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES IN EDUCATION
GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION
12.00
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
†
1
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
12 16
E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Graduate Certificate
276
Course Descriptions Program Core EDM 573
EDM 531
EDM 561
Digital Media and Education Applications
Emergent Technologies in a Collaborative Culture
Filmmaking Principles in Education
The Digital Media and Education Applications Course examines digital media and how it can be used in education applications. The curriculum specifically trains students on software that explores digital media techniques and introduces them to theories of specific software. Along with understanding the mechanisms of digital art, students learn how to support their design approaches with established academic theories. They also explore how to engage today’s digital savvy student into an online learning community.
Course Outline Academic Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles
Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials
Digital Media Design and Education Principles
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Digital Media and Education Applications Integration of Digital Media into Education Technology Products
Digital Media Software Programs
Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
3.00
Course length
In this course, students will develop skills in accessing, analyzing, evaluating and creating with several types of media technologies. These skills include literacy with media, technology, learning and innovation plus and social technologies to communicate and collaborate. This course also addresses how to use social networks and tools such as virtual worlds to manage information and relationships as well as examining the role of mass media in our culture today. These tools increase interaction, learner control over content and forming learning networks.
Course Outline
Utilizing Social Media Networks
Filmmaking Techniques and the Visual Learner
Digital Video Software
Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Examining the Role of Mass Media in Culture
Examining Communities of Practice
Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Educational Product Development
Filmmaking and Online Curriculum Development
Developing Critical Analysis Skills
Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
Storyboarding Techniques and Education
Corporate Training and Filmmaking Techniques
Digital Camera and Digital Video Concepts and Techniques
Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
Examining Pedagogies and Learning
4 weeks
This course explores the components of filmmaking and the concept of visual literacy. Students learn a variety of filmmaking techniques that can enhance their education and training modules. Along with understanding how film is developed, students examine the importance of visual literacy, visual learning, and how to create and communicate with visual images. This course also explores visionary filmmakers and how their approaches can be applied to create a compelling education product.
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
4 weeks
Graduate Certificate
277
Course Descriptions Program Core EME 5226
Game Strategies and Motivation† The Game Strategies and Motivation Course teaches educators and staff trainers game-theory techniques and strategies that will motivate students to engage in a learning activity. A variety of gaming models and methods are examined, along with academic theories and psychological methods to support the game design applications. Students then design games to take learners from the beginning of a complicated topic and carefully navigate them through to academic mastery. In addition, students will explore how games can be evaluated for assessment goals.
Course Outline Overview of Gaming Strategies
The Individual and Game Learning Techniques
Examination of Game Structures
Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies
Education Assessment and Game Design
Assessment in Gaming Approaches
Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies
Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
Total credit hours
†
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
4 weeks
E DUC AT I ON M E DI A DE S I GN & T E C HNOL OGY
|
Graduate Certificate
278
Internet
Marketing Graduate Certificate
Full Sail University’s Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate will give you specific knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job fields. The certificate is comprised of several courses taken from our Internet Marketing Master’s Degree Program and is offered online to fit the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelor’s degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sail’s Graduate Certificates. It’s more important than ever for a marketing professional to understand the possibilities and limitations of digital media, and how to best employ sound marketing fundamentals in this rapidly changing technological landscape. The courses in the Internet
Marketing Graduate Certificate provide an introductory exploration of Internet-specific marketing methodologies, search engine optimization, marketing analysis, and Internet consumer behavior. Through the courses in this graduate certificate, you’ll gain the necessary foundation to strategically market products and raise brand awareness on the Internet, giving you tools that are crucial to becoming a 21st century marketing leader.
Fine Arts
Modeling
Animation
Effects
Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Graduate Certificate
279
Internet Marketing Certificate Program
Chronological Schedule by Months
PROGRAM CORE Code
Course
IMK 511
Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies
3.00
MAR 510
Internet Marketing Fundamentals
3.50
IMK 521
New Media Marketing
3.00
IMK 662
Web Analytics & Optimization
3.00
Totals:
Credit Hours
1
2
3
4
INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS
NEW MEDIA MARKETING
ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES
WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION
12.50
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: TOTAL WEEKS:
12.5 16
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Graduate Certificate
280
Course Descriptions Program Core
IMK 662
MAR 510
IMK 511
Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies
Internet Marketing Fundamentals
Web Analytics and Optimization
The Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Course addresses all of the marketing strategies that are particular to this extremely competitive digital arena. The goal of this course is to identify the many components of Internet marketing and to examine each one of these component’s unique marketing approach. This course explores the following: affiliate marketing, email marketing, global Internet marketing, social media marketing, and search engine marketing. A thorough understanding of each one of these aspects is necessary to cultivate a successful Internet marketing campaign. Advanced topics are discussed within each type of marketing strategy, and companion case studies align with the course content.
The Internet Marketing Fundamentals Course introduces students to the growing influence of Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) and illustrates how harnessing the power of the Internet can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on business while also learning the best strategic methods for success in the ever-changing Internet industry.
The goal of analyzing web metrics is to create and provide a measuring system that defines a trend or a characteristic within a company’s Internet marketing structure. As presented in the Web Analytics and Optimization Course, web metrics can be used to explain an outcome, correct a problem, chart a future trend, and/or gauge the success of a marketing endeavor. Understanding web metrics and being able to craft reporting structures that meaningfully analyze this data will assist a marketing team to make productive decisions that facilitate growth and strengthen the company’s marketing goals.
Course Outline
Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing
Internet Marketing Defined
Social Media Marketing
Internet Marketing Strategies Overview
Search Engine Marketing
Affiliate Marketing
Case Studies
Email Marketing
Final Project Application
Global Internet Marketing
Total credit hours
Course Outline
Internet Marketing Assessment
Search Engine Ranking Systems
Search Engine Optimization Overview
The Customer Experience
Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations
Final Project Application
Total credit hours 3.00
Course length
Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations
3.50
Course length
Web Metrics Overview
Reporting Techniques
Web Metrics and Analysis Principles
Case Studies
Search Analytics
Final Project Application and Development
Strategic Analysis
4 weeks
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks IMK 521
New Media Marketing The New Media Marketing Course addresses how a company establishes which new media approach will accomplish its marketing goals, meet its budget, and further the company’s success. The types of new media examined include mobile technology, websites, email, virtual worlds, social media networks, podcasting, interactive television, and location-based technologies. Other topics addressed include how to create a financial plan, identify a company’s marketing goals, and work with new media marketing distribution channels.
Course Outline Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing
Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels
Identifying a Company’s New Media Marketing Goals
Final Project Application
New Media Marketing Project Planning
Total credit hours
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
|
Graduate Certificate
281
Extended Studies
in the
Media Arts
The course under this heading is offered in addition to the Degree Programs and is available to any Full Sail graduate in good standing. Upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program, a certificate is issued. These studies represent Full Sail’s effort to continue the expansion of educational services to our students
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Internship The Internship Course, combined with Full Sail’s Career Development Department, is specifically tailored to further prepare degree students for the careers of their choice. Full Sail works with numerous entertainment media facilities that participate in the Internship Course and a Career Development Advisor works directly with host facilities to make sure participants gain practical experience and on-the-job training. Besides the many obvious advantages of gaining working experience in a real-world situation, a successful internship gives graduates a professional reference, which can be very beneficial when seeking employment.
and the industry.
Course Outline
Internship Course Objective
Career Consultation and Interview Techniques Résumé Review and Employment Tactics Internship Total credit hours Course length
5.5 6 weeks
To give students the opportunity to put all that they have learned into practice during a six-week, comprehensive, hands-on working experience in a real-world production environment. Graduates gain a solid understanding of their chosen field in the media industry. Note: Students must graduate from a Full Sail Degree Program before applying for an internship. A certificate is awarded upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program.
E XT E NDE D S T UDI E S I N T HE M E DI A ART S
|
Internship
282
Degree
Programs ON CAMPUS
GAME DE VELOPMENT
SHOW PRODUC TION
Master’s
Associate’s
The Game Development Degree Program teaches students the skills necessary to develop and program single and multiplayer video games for consoles, personal computers, and networks. Students collaborate with programmers and artists in the program to develop a playable game from start to finish.
Students in the Show Production Bachelor’s Degree Program learn to master essential career skills for the live production industry. By learning to produce great live entertainment by mastering the same equipment and techniques used in different venues throughout the industry, students graduate with the practical experience to head out on the road with touring bands, run lights and sound at worldclass performing arts halls, as well as other career paths.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
GR APHIC DESIGN
The Entertainment Business Master’s Degree Program is designed to give students flexibility to take their careers to new heights. This comprehensive program will take students through high-level business courses in leadership, brand development, negotiation, Internet marketing, and more, culminating in the completion of two academic Capstone Projects – a professional Leadership Portfolio and a Business Plan Thesis.
The Graphic Design Degree Program is designed to give students the specific skills and training needed to succeed in the field of graphic and print design, and corporate branding. Students explore subjects like color theory, typography and page layout, logos and symbols, and more.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Bachelor’s
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
COMPUTER ANIMATION
The Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree is a comprehensive business program that combines core courses like management, marketing, and statistics, with more advanced topics like data analysis, international business, and business law – plus entertainment-specific courses like artist management, entertainment media distribution, and intellectual property. The course also requires students to develop a business proposal unique to their interests and develop it from start to finish.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Computer Animation Bachelor’s Degree Program learn the technical and creative processes used to develop content for games, television, feature films, and more. The curriculum blends traditional art with the latest technology in specialized classes that cover 2D and 3D animation, lighting and shading for games, production modeling, character animation and rigging, and portfolio creation.
CRE ATIVE W RITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program Students in the Creative Writing for Entertainment bachelor’s degree program explore the integral role that writing plays in a variety of different media in the entertainment industry, including film, television, gaming, animation, and more. The program’s courses focus on essential creative writing concepts such as storyboarding and scriptwriting, the exploration of genres and literary devices, and transmedia storytelling.
DIGITAL ARTS & DESIGN
Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Digital Arts & Design Degree Program offers comprehensive instruction in many areas of digital art creation and design production, including 2D and 3D graphics, motion graphics, web design, digital video production, and digital publishing.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
In the Media Communications bachelor’s program, students learn core communication principles and writing techniques, while becoming familiar with digital media – from video and audio, to games and animation. The program’s projects and coursework relate to realworld communications issues, and students apply their skills in a final project that relates to their potential career paths.
MOBILE DE VELOPMENT
Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Mobile Development bachelor’s degree program teaches the programming and design fundamentals needed to develop interactive content for a variety of different mobile platforms. Students in the program learn programming languages used throughout the industry, including JavaScript, PHP, and XHTML, as well as specialized development kits for mobile platforms like iOS and Android.
FILM
MUSIC BUSINESS
The Film Degree Program prepares students to become competitive in the professional film, television, and postproduction job markets, teaching techniques used throughout the industry for film production, editing, visual special effects, sound, lighting, and set design.
The Music Business Bachelor’s Degree combines a sound business education with the specific skills necessary to find success in the unique world of the music industry. In addition to fundamental business courses like marketing, finance, and accounting, students will also learn about artist development, music distribution, record label development, contract negotiations, and more.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
GAME ART
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Artists in the video game industry require a unique set of design skills, and the Game Art Bachelor’s Degree Program teaches students the same processes used to create high-resolution graphics for consoles and computers. The program explores production fundamentals like character animation, rigging, shading and lighting, texturing, and modeling, giving students the focused knowledge to start a professional career developing assets for the next generation of video games.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
RECORDING ARTS
Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Recording Arts Bachelor’s Degree Program puts students in the same kind of studios and on the same kind of gear that are used to create professional audio. Students master recording, editing, and mixing techniques that can be applied to music production, as well as sound design and postproduction for film, television, video games, and multimedia applications.
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
SOF T WARE DE VELOPMENT
Bachelor of Science Degree Program The Software Development bachelor’s degree program introduces students to the design, development, and implementation of software-based solutions and products for business, entertainment, and consumer markets. Throughout the program, they work on their own software products, while building the critical-thinking and professional skills necessary to enter the industry.
SPORTS MARKE TING & MEDIA
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Students in the Sports Marketing & Media bachelor’s degree program develop an understanding of content creation and marketing principles as they relate to the world of sports within the entertainment industry. The program’s courses cover concepts such as global sports marketing strategies, sales and sponsorships, law and contracts, and licensing.
WEB DESIGN & DE VELOPMENT
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Master of Science Degree Program
FILM PRODUC TION
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program In the Film Production master of fine arts program, students work in teams to create short films, learning fundamentals such as storytelling, visual aesthetics, and technical roles, as well as the business strategies needed to bring completed works to audiences. They’ll build their skills in Full Sail’s professional studios and facilities, and get familiar with industry equipment, software and technology. The goal is to build a graduate-level portfolio to showcase filmmaking talents.
GAME DESIGN
Master of Science Degree Program The Game Design Master’s Degree Program teaches students to broaden their leadership and project management abilities in the game production process, preparing them for careers as creative leaders in the gaming industry. This program’s curriculum stresses the project management and design processes used to develop successful video game titles.
Associate of Science Degree Program
RECORDING ENGINEERING
Associate of Science Degree Program Full Sail University’s Recording Engineering Associate’s Degree Program is designed to prepare individuals for entrylevel careers in the recording arts. Students learn the fundamentals of recording, mixing, and mastering on equipment and software used in the industry, while learning core subjects such as music theory, electronics, and communications.
Certificate ENGLISH AS A SECOND L ANGUAGE The English as a Second Language courses can help build English skills needed to thrive as a Full Sail student and professional in entertainment and media. Students explore reading and vocabulary, listening skills, and conversational English – and create media such as videos, podcasts, music, and more.
Full Sail’s Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Degree Program immerses students in one of the most rapidly developing industries in our society. The program delivers a holistic look at website production by balancing the aesthetic and usability concerns of web design with the programming fundamentals necessary to create an engaging and effective Internet presence.
DE GRE E P ROGRAM S
|
On Campus
283
General
Information GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
284
Admission
Requirements for Admission Applicants must submit the following to be considered for admission: • Application for Admission—Applicants must submit the completed application and fulfill all the requirements therein. • $75.00 application fee—The application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. • Documentation of High School Graduation, General Educational Development (GED) scores, or other equivalent, state-approved diploma examination — Full Sail requires that all applicants have completed high school and received a standard high school diploma or have passed the GED. Applicants who hold a GED must submit a copy of GED test score results and/or their GED diploma. » Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify the successful completion of high school (such as, but not limited to, student transcripts) and/or to assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine whether or not the secondary training completed by the applicant is sufficient to satisfy the high school graduation admission requirement.
• Government Issued Photo Identification—Applicants must submit a government issued photo ID. Such as: » Copy of a Valid State Issued Driver’s License » Copy of a Valid State Issued Identification Card » Copy of a Valid Passport
• Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study. NOTE:
ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION THAT IS NOT IN ENGLISH MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A CERTIFIED ENGLISH TRANSLATION. IF NATIVE LANGUAGE IS OTHER THAN ENGLISH, VERIFICATION OF LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY IS REQUIRED.
Applicants to online-only degree programs will be required to complete a technology assessment and orientation module. The assessment module confirms that the applicant has received sufficient instruction and information from the orientation module. The module explains the best practices for conducting online learning, overall operation of the online platform, procedures for troubleshooting problems and contacting the technical support team, and general school policy as it applies to the online format. Applicants to online-only bachelor’s degree programs will be required to complete an online education readiness evaluation (OERE). The OERE assesses whether the student has the necessary skills, competencies, and access to technology to succeed in a distance education environment. The evaluation consists of completing a pre-entry questionnaire and a student preferences survey. Applicants to online degree programs are required to have access to a reliable computer capable of running multimedia applications and navigating media-rich websites. Applicants are also required to have access to a reliable high-speed Internet connection. Creative Writing, M.F.A. applicant’s career objectives will be considered when an admission decision is made. Computer Animation and Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program applicants should possess artistic skills. Traditional art classes are recommended prior to entering the program. A foundation of sketching, sculpting, and painting are important for the animation industry and are essential in developing the 3D artist.
Applicants wishing to transfer credits toward the completion of the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program must possess one of the following to be eligible: • An associate’s, or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, which is related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business bachelor of science degree, with a transfer academic average of 2.0 minimum GPA. A copy of official transcripts is required. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, final GPA, and degree earned. Eligible applicants will be required to complete three additional Full Sail courses: College Mathematics, Computer Science and Internet, and Introduction to Media Arts. • A Full Sail associate’s or bachelor’s degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0.
Graduate School and Graduate Certificate applicants must possess one of the following to be eligible: • A Full Sail bachelor’s degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. • A baccalaureate or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. Degree held must be of similar scope and subject matter as to prepare applicants for the educational program objectives of the Graduate School Degree Program, with a transfer academic average of 2.5. Applicants who meet these criteria will be considered for admission pending an evaluation of a copy of official transcripts. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, final GPA and degree earned. A copy of official high school transcripts or GED is not required.
Applicants with a GPA lower than the required 2.5 must submit a Letter of Intent, résumé and college transcripts for Program Director review.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Admissions
285
Admission
International Applicants International applicants must provide the following to be considered for admission: • Application for Admission—Applicants must submit the completed application and fulfill all the requirements therein. • $75.00 application fee—The application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. • Language Proficiency - Applicants whose native language is not English must demonstrate the required level of language proficiency by providing documentation of one of the following: TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) » Paper and pencil test: minimum score accepted is 550 » Computer-based test; minimum score accepted is 213 » New internet-based test; minimum score accepted is 79 IELTS (International English Language Testing System) » The minimum required score is 6 Additional language proficiency exams may be accepted. Contact your admissions representative for more information.
• Financial Guarantee - must be provided to verify available funding for tuition and related expenses for the first academic term of the chosen degree program. • Documentation of High School Graduation— Full Sail requires that all applicants who have completed high school at a foreign institution must provide official documentation to the International Department to determine U.S. equivalency » (Graduate School Applicants Only) - college transcripts must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. Bachelor equivalency. Please contact the International Department for recommended evaluation services.
• Foreign School Credentials - must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. equivalency. Please contact your Admissions Representative or an International Liaison for recommended evaluation services. • English Translation - any documentation not in English must be accompanied by a certified English translation. • Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study.
Admission Application Process In an effort to minimize costs due to international currency exchange and bank surcharges, a wire transfer or a credit card is recommended for payment of all fees, deposits and tuition for International applicants and students. Regardless of payment method, all fees must be paid in United States currency. Please contact Full Sail’s International Liaison for details. NOTE:
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION APPLY EQUALLY TO ALL APPLICANTS WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE, COLOR, NATIONAL ORIGIN, SEX, DISABILITY, AGE, SEXUAL ORIENTATION, OR MARITAL STATUS.
Information regarding Services for Students with Disabilities in the classroom can be found in the student services section of the catalog.
The Admissions Department is prepared to assist with completing the application process. To apply simply: • • • •
Complete an interview with your Admissions Representative. Complete the Application for Admission. Submit completed application along with $75 application fee. If applying for additional degree programs, a $200 deposit is required for each additional program.
Applicants will be notified in writing in regards to acceptance upon completion and review of all required documents. The application fee and deposit(s) are credited to the cost of tuition but are not covered by financial aid. All deposits are fully refundable.
Transfer Credit Students who have applied to Full Sail may request credit for previous education. To be eligible for transfer credit, applicants must have successfully completed courses from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses, and received a grade of C or better. For Entertainment Business graduates with an associate’s degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards the completion of this degree. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business Bachelor’s Degree.
Procedure • Upload a copy of official transcripts through Launch (the student portal). • Transcripts will be reviewed by the Document Management team. • Applicants will be notified of transfer credit approval or denial prior to their expected start/enrollment date.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Admissions
286
Financial Ai
Admission
Full Sail Prepaid Tuition Program
Full Sail offers a Prepaid Tuition Program to applicants who have not yet graduated from high school. This plan allows early applicants to secure a future Full Sail education at current tuition prices. Tuition pre-payment is only available to applicants who: 1.
have not completed high school,
2.
apply for the pre-payment plan,
3.
begin the pre-payment plan prior to completing high school,
4.
upon acceptance of the pre-payment plan, pay the tuition either in a lump sum or begin making equal monthly installments,
5.
start a Full Sail education by December 31 of their high school graduation year, and
6.
pay the tuition in full prior to the first day of class.
Seven and one-half percent simple interest will be charged for the on-going tuition balance each year. Should the plan be canceled at any time, a full refund will be made within 30 days. Interest will not be paid on money deposited with Full Sail. Financial aid, for those who qualify, is available for living expenses to those participating in the Prepaid Tuition Program.
Financial Aid
Full Sail’s Financial Aid Department is here to provide assistance with tuition and/or living expenses for those who qualify. As a financial aid student you need to make informed decisions regarding the types and amounts of financial aid available. The Financial Aid Department is staffed and organized with our students’ needs in mind, dedicated to making the financial aid process understandable and valuable. The Financial Aid Department encourages all applicants who apply for financial aid to begin the process early. Those seeking “federal” financial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You may request a FAFSA from Full Sail’s Financial Aid Department or you may fill one out online by going to www.fafsa.ed.gov. The federal school code for Full Sail is 016812. Eligibility for Federal Financial Aid Programs requires that a student be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen [Alien Registration Receipt Card (Form I-151) or Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551), commonly known as a green card].
A Trial Period of 30 calendar days from the program enrollment date may be granted on a defined degree program basis. The Trial Period of attendance is a four week period of time where a student attends an eligible program without incurring program charges (minus the application fee) or receiving Federal Student Aid funds. Once the student is admitted as a regular student after successfully completing the trial period, he/she is eligible to receive Federal Student Aid funds for the entire payment period. Trial period students will be required to pay a non-refundable application fee to participate. Students who are enrolled in a Trial Period program may withdraw at any time during this period without financial obligation. The student will not be eligible to receive Title IV, HEA program funds until the successful completion of the trial period. Students who attend a Trial Period and who wish to receive Title IV, HEA program funds after successfully completing the trial period and becoming a regular student must meet the other student eligibility criteria as provided in the regulations at 34 CFR 668.32.
Financial aid is only available to a student considering one or more Degree Programs. Individual course students are not eligible for financial aid. On a case-by-case basis, Full Sail reserves the right to decline the certification of any educational loan.
Grants and Scholarships
Once you complete the FAFSA, the Department of Education will send you the results and you can discuss your available options with one of Full Sail’s financial aid professionals. This discussion will assist in determining the best federal and non-federal aid resources that are available to you.
Like grants, scholarships do not require repayment. Scholarship requirements and application procedures vary depending upon the criteria set by the scholarship provider.
Additional financial aid and loan applications as well as other pertinent information on sources of funding are available through the Full Sail Financial Aid Department.
The Federal Pell Grant Program is designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelor’s or first professional degree. Awards for the 2013-2014 year range up to $5,645. The U.S. Department of Education uses a standard formula, established by Congress, to determine eligibility.
While attending Full Sail, students must maintain Satisfactory Progress and meet specific credit hour and weeks of instruction requirements in order to receive their financial aid. Students not actively attending due to a Leave of Absence, Suspension, Termination or Withdrawal may not receive award disbursements.
Grants are forms of aid that do not have to be repaid. Full Sail can assist you in determining your eligibility for available grant programs.
FEDERAL PELL GRANT
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Financial Aid
287
Financial Ai
Financial Aid (Cont.) FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT
Stafford Loans
Special Programs
The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) is also designed to assist undergraduates with education expenses. Under this program, an undergraduate is one who has not earned a bachelor’s or first professional degree. Amounts are determined by application of the federal formula regarding a student’s need as determined by the information provided on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and Pell Grant eligibility. Awards for the 2013-2014 year range up to $500.
A Stafford Loan is a low-interest loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate or Graduate Degree Program. Annual loan limits increase each subsequent year a student attends. Repayment terms and conditions are flexible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation.
FEDERAL WORK-STUDY
Parent PLUS Loans
Full Sail participates in the Federal Work-Study Program. The Federal Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to qualified students with financial need allowing them to earn money to help pay education-related expenses. The program encourages community service work and work related to the student’s course of study. Students are awarded Federal Work Study funds based on a federally-prescribed formula. Full Sail is an equal opportunity employer.
The Florida Student Assistance Grant (FSAG) is a need-based program administered by the state. This grant is awarded to students who show financial need based upon the eligibility criteria of the grant program and the availability of funds.
A Parent PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to either parent of a dependent child enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate Degree Program. Available to credit-worthy parents, these loans provide funds for a student’s educational expenses and may also provide additional money for living expenses. The interest rate is determined by Congress and compares favorably to other education financing options.
FLORIDA BRIGHT FUTURES SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM
Graduate PLUS Loans
Free Application for Federal Student Aid - www.fafsa.ed.gov
A Graduate PLUS Loan is a credit-based loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Masters Degree Program. Similar to the Parent PLUS Loan, but only available to credit-worthy graduate students, Graduate PLUS loans can also provide funds for educational and living expenses. Students should always consider lower cost Stafford Loans before applying for a Graduate PLUS Loan. As with Stafford Loans, repayment terms and conditions are flexible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation.
Florida Department of Education www.floridastudentfinancialaid.org
FLORIDA STUDENT ASSISTANCE GRANT
This is a lottery-funded scholarship to reward Florida high school graduates who demonstrate high academic achievement. This program is comprised of three awards: the Florida Academic Scholars Award, the Florida Medallion Scholarship, and Florida Gold Seal Vocational Scholars Award. Each award has different criteria for eligibility. Applications and eligibility criteria are available from your high school guidance office.
Federal Loans Federal Loans are provided to students through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan program. To apply for a federal loan, a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) should be completed. Once eligibility is determined, a Federal Master Promissory Note must be completed. The Financial Aid Department is available to answer any questions you may have regarding these forms.
Financial Aid on the Web U.S. Department of Education - www.ed.gov Federal Aid Programs - www.studentaid.ed.gov
National Student Loan Data System - www.nslds.ed.gov
Private Education Loans Many private lenders offer alternative education loans to supplement the federal programs after maximum limits are reached. These non-federal education loans have differing fees, interest rates and repayment options. They are credit-based and students may often secure a more favorable interest rate by using a co-signer. Private education loans provide funds for educational and living expenses up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. Students are strongly encouraged to maximize their eligibility for federal aid prior to applying for any private education loan. Contact the Financial Aid Department for more information.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Financial Aid
288
Career Developmen
Career Development Department Advancing your career in your industry or a new industry is challenging and sometimes difficult. Researching, networking, and staying current with industry trends are all keys to unlocking a successful career. The services of the Career Development Department support the technical and professional skills gained throughout a student’s education. Full Sail’s Career Development Department governs: 1.
degree specific lectures and presentations designed to prepare students for the pursuit of internships and entry level employment, including instruction about résumé creation, interview techniques, and the professionalism required within the industry,
2.
a regularly updated record of potential employers in the industry,
3.
a well-organized industry outreach effort to promote awareness of Full Sail’s degree programs, as well as qualified graduates and their successes, and
4.
an online community for all Full Sail alumni to promote networking and professional relationships.
Full Sail degree program students preparing for graduation as well as alumni throughout their careers may utilize Career Development services. Those desiring assistance must register their requests with the Career Development Department. The Career Development Department requires a consistent and professional dialogue from each student or graduate in order to provide effective assistance. Flexibility is desirable with respect to location or type of employment and may enhance the efforts of our services. Relocation for specific types of employment may be necessary in order to successfully launch and maintain a career in the entertainment media industry. If specific, employment-related information beyond the scope of the Career Development Department is requested, every reasonable effort will be made to supply available contact information of other resources that may be able to further assist students and alumni.
Full Sail educates students about the process of successfully marketing themselves to the industry. The Career Development Department is frequently approached by entertainment media facilities seeking the services of graduates. In selecting candidates, the department will review the graduate’s GPA, attendance records, and GPS score. Graduates who meet the qualifications set forth by the Career Development Department and the employers are then considered. Even though Full Sail makes a reasonable effort to assist each graduate in seeking employment, this in no way constitutes a promise or guarantee of employment. Career assistance may be suspended in the event that a student’s financial commitments are delinquent or in default. Completion of individual courses does not qualify students for career assistance.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Career Development
289
Tuition Breakdow
2014 Tuition Breakdown Master of Arts Degree Program NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 646 $ 7,000 $ 7,000 $ 14,000 $ 28,000 $ 778
Master of Fine Arts Degree Programs CREATIVE WRITING
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
MEDIA DESIGN
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 646 $ 8,700 $ 8,700 $ 18,600 $ 36,000 $ 600
Master of Science Degree Programs BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS with a Sports Management Elective Track Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 747
$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 747 $ 7,000 $ 7,000 $ 14,000 $ 28,000 $ 778 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861
INTERNET MARKETING
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
MOBILE GAMINING
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 838 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program CREATIVE WRITING FOR ENTERTAINMENT Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 456
Bachelor of Science Degree Programs COMPUTER ANIMATION
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 445 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 62,000 $ 498 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 6,000 $ 54,000 $ 450
GAME ART
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
GAME DESIGN
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
GRAPHIC DESIGN
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
INTERNET MARKETING
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 463 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 475 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 467 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 11,000 $ 56,000 $ 421 $ 6,000 $ 6,000 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 12,000 $ 54,000 $ 450 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 429
MUSIC BUSINESS
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 11,000 $ 56,000 $ 452
MUSIC PRODUCTION
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 440
SPORTS MARKETING & MEDIA Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 449
WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 11,000 $ 57,000 $ 460
Graduate Certificate Programs EDUCATION MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY Semester 1 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
INTERNET MARKETING
Semester 1 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,200 $ 7,200 $ 600 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 600
Tuition amounts are subject to change. For the most up-to-date tuition information, speak with your Admissions Representative or visit www.fullsail.edu/outcomes-and-statistics. GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Tuition Breakdown
290
General Informatio
Transferring Credits into Other Full Sail Bachelor’s Degrees
Degrees Awarded
Fees/Deposits
Those who have earned or will earn an associate’s degree from Full Sail may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelor’s degrees.
Upon completion of the degree program or graduate certificate, the student will be awarded:
A $75 application fee is required to apply for a Degree Program.
Graduates with an associate’s degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards other Full Sail bachelor’s degrees. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the specific degree.
Master of Arts Degree
To determine the cost and transfer of credit eligibility, contact Full Sail’s Admissions Department.
Master of Science Degree
Multiple Degrees Students may take a combination of Bachelor of Science Degree Programs and Master of Science Degree Programs, based on eligibility requirements. A $200 refundable deposit is required to apply for each additional Bachelor or Master of Science Degree Program. An Admissions Representative is available to offer recommendations on Degree Program combinations and order.
• New Media Journalism • Public Relations
Master of Fine Arts Degree • Creative Writing • Media Design
• Business Intelligence • Entertainment Business • Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track
• • • •
Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree • Creative Writing for Entertainment
Bachelor of Science Degree • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Computer Animation Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Game Art Game Design Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development
Graduate Certificates • Education Media Design & Technology • Internet Marketing
For those applying for a second, or multiple degrees, an additional $200 refundable deposit is required. A $200 deposit is required for each individual course. Availability of a course or degree start/enrollment date is subject to class size limitations. A seat will only be reserved upon receipt of each course/ program’s deposit. The application fee and deposit(s) are not covered by financial aid. The application fee and deposit(s) are included in the tuition prices listed. Deposits held for future Degree Programs may be credited toward any amount due Full Sail, for any other tuition or fees that may be due.
Delay of Start/Enrollment Date Full Sail will charge a non-refundable fee of $100 for each revision that results in a delay of a student’s start/ enrollment date.
Non-Sufficient Funds A $25 fee will be charged for any check returned for non-sufficient funds.
Comparative Program Information Comparative program information related to tuition and program length is available from: » Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703) 247-4212 GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON www.accsc.org
291
General Informatio
What’s Included
Project LaunchBox™
The cost of a Full Sail Degree Program includes expenses such as textbooks, manuals, media, production materials, lab fees, technology fees, and other associated costs except as noted.
The primary component of the institutional fee is Project LaunchBox™, which is an Apple MacBook Pro computer that serves as a personal workstation throughout their education. This notebook computer comes with degreespecific software that allows students to work on their projects on and off-campus and maintain their personal portfolio of work wherever they may be.
Institutional Fee All students are required to purchase a computer and software in addition to tuition. Technology configured in accordance with program specifications.
The choice of Apple hardware has allowed Full Sail to develop our curriculum to a high and specific standard of computer capability, while giving students maximum flexibility for their creativity. In addition, Full Sail’s Online Learning Environment, which is utilized by all Full Sail students, is built around the capabilities of Apple workstations, helping the school to provide the same high level of education and innovation both online and on-campus.
LaunchBox™ Pricing by Degree Program Fee Amount
Online Degrees Business Intelligence Master of Science Online
$3,000.00
Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Online
$5,000.00
Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online
$3,000.00
Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts Online
$3,000.00
Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Online
$5,000.00
Education Media Design & Technology Graduate Certificate Online
$3,000.00
Entertainment Business – Sports Management Master of Science Online
$3,000.00
Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
Entertainment Business Master of Science Online
$3,000.00
Game Art Bachelor of Science Online
$5,000.00
Game Design Bachelor of Science Online
$3,000.00
Graphic Design Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
Innovation & Entrepreneurship Master of Science Online
$3,000.00
Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Online
$4,000.00
Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
Internet Marketing Master of Science Online
$3,000.00
Internet Marketing Graduate Certificate Online
$3,000.00
Media Communications Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
Media Design Master of Fine Arts Online
$3,000.00
Mobile Development Bachelor of Science Online
$5,000.00
Mobile Gaming Master of Science Online
$4,000.00
Music Business Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
Music Production Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
New Media Journalism Master of Arts Online
$4,000.00
Public Relations Master of Arts Online
$4,000.00
Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science Online
$5,000.00
Web Design & Development Bachelor of Science Online
$4,000.00
Online Fee Amount includes shipping and software.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
292
Class Schedule
Class Schedules Business Intelligence - Master of Fine Arts Degree
Digital Cinematography - Bachelor of Science Degree
Game Art - Bachelor of Science Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
Computer Animation - Bachelor of Science Degree
Education Media Design and Technology - Graduate Certificate
Game Design - Bachelor of Science Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
GRADUATION May 8/9, 2014 June 5/6, 2014 June 26/27, 2014 August 7/8, 2014 September 4/5, 2014 October 2/3, 2014 October 30/31, 2014 November 24/25, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015
Creative Writing for Entertainment - Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree
Entertainment Business - Bachelor of Science Degree
Graphic Design - Bachelor of Science Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
Creative Writing - Master of Fine Arts Degree START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
*
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GRADUATION February 4/5, 2016 March 3/4, 2016 March 24/25, 2016 May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016
Instructional Design and Technology - Master of Science Degree GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
Internet Marketing - Bachelor of Science Degree GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
Innovation & Entrepreneurship - Master of Science Degree
Internet Marketing - Graduate Certificate
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
The Entertainment Business Master of Science and the Entertainment Business Master of Science with a Sports Management Elective Track Degree Programs have the same class schedule.
GRADUATION May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017
Internet Marketing - Master of Science Degree GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
Entertainment Business - Master of Science Degree* GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GRADUATION May 8/9, 2014 June 5/6, 2014 June 26/27, 2014 August 7/8, 2014 September 4/5, 2014 October 2/3, 2014 October 30/31, 2014 November 24/25, 2014 December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015
|
Class Schedule
293
Class Schedule
Class Schedules (Cont.)
2014 Holiday Schedule
Media Communications - Bachelor of Science Degree
Music Business - Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Sports Marketing & Media - Bachelor of Science Degree
Spring Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . April 19 - April 27, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
Memorial Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 26, 2014
GRADUATION May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017
Media Design - Master of Fine Arts Degree START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
Music Production - Bachelor of Science Degree GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
Mobile Development - Bachelor of Science Degree
New Media Journalism - Master of Arts Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
Mobile Gaming - Master of Fine Arts Degree START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017
GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
July 4th Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 29 - July 6, 2014 Labor Day Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . August 31 - September 2, 2014 Thanksgiving . . . . . . . November 26 (1pm) - November 30, 2014 Winter Break . . . . . . December 20 (1pm), 2014 - January 4, 2015
Web Design & Development - Bachelor of Science Degree GRADUATION September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017 March 30/31, 2017 May 4/5, 2017 June 1/2, 2017 June 29/30, 2017 August 3/4, 2017
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION March 24/25, 2016 May 5/6, 2016 June 2/3, 2016 June 30/July 1, 2016 August 4/5, 2016 September 1/2, 2016 September 29/30, 2016 October 27/28, 2016 November 21/22, 2016 December 15/16, 2016 February 2/3, 2017 March 2/3, 2017
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
Public Relations - Master of Arts Degree GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014
GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Class Schedule
294
Student Service
Online Educatio
Online Education at Full Sail
Online degree programs and courses are delivered over the Full Sail Online Learning Environment—a secure web-based platform that employs modern multimedia technologies and is accessible 24 hours a day via the Internet. Online students use this system to view video content, receive and submit project work and assignments, take tests and quizzes, communicate with instructors and classmates, and review grades and course progress.
Online Support The staff of Full Sail Online Support works together with students, faculty, and administration to make the student experience positive, reassuring, and seamless throughout our online courses. Our mission is to provide the highest standard of technical support and to nurture students’ growth and development while allowing them to enhance the skills necessary to be successful in an online environment.
Student Services Full Sail Support Specialists can assist with resolving technical issues associated with the functionality of the online platform. You can reach Online Support by phone at 877-437-6349 or by email at
[email protected].
International Student Center International students may be assisted by the International Student Center in matters regarding visa status. International students are welcome to seek assistance with issues of daily living such as opening bank accounts, obtaining driver’s licenses and medical insurance. The International Student Center works closely with other Full Sail staff members to ensure a smooth transition for students from other countries attending Full Sail.
Services for Students with Disabilities Full Sail is committed to providing equal access to all students, including those who qualify as persons with disabilities. While upholding this commitment, Full Sail also expects all students to maintain the high standards of academic achievement and excellence that are essential to the integrity of the school’s mission. By advancing these aims, Full Sail ensures that its policies, practices, and procedures conform to federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. Provide written documentation to the Director of Student Affairs regarding the nature of your disability and any considerations/ accommodations that may be necessary. Such documentation must: (1) be from an appropriate professional, (2) not be more than three years old and, (3) provide a clear understanding of how the student is presently functioning. Full Sail’s confidentiality policy provides that only the appropriate Full Sail personnel access this information and it is stored in separate, confidential files. Except in instances of health or safety, information concerning the disability, accommodations, or documentation will not be released without written consent.
Provide ample time when requesting a reasonable accommodation(s). Requests must be evaluated and arrangements made prior to the anticipated need for service/support. Full Sail cannot guarantee that appropriate accommodations/services can be put in place without sufficient lead-time to make arrangements. Whenever possible, please provide at least 60 days advance notice. The Director of Student Affairs, assigned by the President, makes determinations of reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. Fax documentation to (407) 552-2072.
Academic Success Department The staff of the Academic Success Department works collaboratively with the students, faculty and administration to create a positive environment for development throughout our student’s academic journey. We aim to provide support and encouragement that enables our students to develop character and integrity while expanding their competency and skills. We strive to endorse learning in the classroom and in the community, not only through academics but through personal growth and maturity. The Academic Success Department provides services through Student Advising, Student Records, Student Success Seminars, Global Professionalism Standards, and the Library. We work closely with the faculty to ensure the best support services for all students. Student Advisors can assist with scheduling issues, leaves of absence, community referrals, and can act as a contact for parents. Student Advisors are available during regular office hours Monday through Friday, either by appointment or on an availability basis.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Online Education
295
The Student Success Seminars
Policies & Procedure
Student Service
Student Services, cont.
The Student Success Seminars, unique to Full Sail and available online and on campus, are offered as a service to Degree-seeking students. These optional classes in human performance enhancement are not remedial classes, but have been designed specifically to help students perform well within Full Sail’s compressed Degree Programs. The Student Success Seminars are designed to help students acquire tools for building competency, self-esteem and self-management. Topics covered include discussions about study skills and test-taking strategies, developing positive strategies for dealing with life circumstances and relationships, managing stress, balancing logic and emotion, creative and critical thinking, budgeting and money management, and time management. There are no fees for these seminars and they may be prescribed, when indicated by lower than expected academic achievement, by the Director of Student Affairs.
Policies & Procedures Advancement
Class Size
An academic year consists of 32 weeks of instruction. In order to advance to the next grade level (freshman to sophomore, etc.), students must earn a minimum of 24 semester credits during that academic year.
Full Sail’s philosophy is to put students in environments with optimal student to instructor ratios. To achieve this, online course sections are limited to a maximum of 25.
Anti-Hazing Policy Full Sail does not allow hazing for any reason whatsoever. Students engaging in any potentially harmful activities will be disciplined and may be subject to suspension or termination.
Appeals Any disciplinary or administrative action taken according to Full Sail policies may be appealed to an Appeals Committee. Appeals must be submitted in writing to Student Advisors. The Appeals Committee is convened as required by the Director of Advising and consists of no less than five senior Full Sail administrators including the Program Director for a given student’s particular program of study.
Attendance Specific daily attendance is not recorded for online courses, as it would be on campus. Students are required, however, to maintain weekly logins and timely submission of assignments or they may risk being withdrawn for lack of attendance.
Auditing Graduates of Full Sail’s Degree Programs may audit (attend without credit) any current course in their degree program with permission of the Director of Student Affairs. Auditing is allowed on an available-seating basis.
Changes Full Sail reserves the right to affect changes in tuition, textbooks, equipment, administration, schedules, subject matter, faculty and staff, and to teach courses in any order it deems necessary.
Conduct Students are expected to conduct themselves honorably and with dignity at all times. They are responsible for learning and abiding by state and local laws. Conviction for a criminal offense or any behavior reflecting dishonor or discredit on the college is sufficient grounds for termination. In addition, Full Sail reserves the right to terminate enrollment in the event of cheating, disruptive behavior, substance abuse or destruction of property at studios, offices, classrooms, or any other accommodations arranged by Full Sail. Although the mode of dress is casual, shoes, pants and shirts must be worn at all Full Sail-related activities. Discretion, modesty, and good taste are expected at all times.
Course Numbering System Each course is assigned a three- or four-letter course prefix that identifies the degree program the class is associated with and a three- or four-digit course suffix that identifies the level, course number, and course version of each course within their respective program.
Credit for Previous Education Students with previous postsecondary education may request credit for previous education. TRANSFER CREDIT Those seeking transfer credit from another accredited postsecondary school while attending Full Sail must submit must submit a copy of official transcripts to the Document Management Team. To receive transfer credit, students must have successfully completed courses similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses. The submission of a copy of official college transcripts must occur within the first two weeks of GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
296
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures attendance at Full Sail. For those classes that begin the first week in a degree program, a copy of official college transcripts must be received before class begins. The right to receive transfer credit for a course is only granted for successful completion of prior education in subjects that have received a grade of C or better. Transfer credits are awarded based on courses already completed and recommendations to attend courses at other institutions cannot be provided. Acceptance of transfer credit may change a student’s eligibility for certain types of financial aid. Full Sail may request additional documentation to verify and/or assess the preparation provided by the issuing institution. In all cases, Full Sail retains the sole discretion to determine the transferability of credits. TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDIT Questions regarding matriculation should be directed to the institution at which continued education is being sought. The transferability of credit from Full Sail to another institution is at the discretion of the accepting institution. It is the student’s responsibility to confirm whether or not credits will be accepted by another college.
Evaluations During courses, students are evaluated on their performance through a series of quizzes, exams, and project evaluations. They are evaluated on theory, technical and practical application, and attitude.
Global Professionalism Standards For 30 years, Full Sail has built relationships within the Entertainment Media Industry and has learned from industry professionals, our alumni and Advisory Board members, those items that are crucial to a successful career. It is the school’s role to ensure that each student understands, accepts, and adheres to specific industry expectations placed upon graduates as they pursue their chosen field. In addition to the school’s widely-respected education, Full Sail is a unique community that promotes the importance of a vital code of conduct, which will allow a student to transition into a successful media professional.
The Global Professionalism Standards (GPS) program is a formal set of standards for professional conduct which reflects the expectations of the industry. While these standards have been represented in the Full Sail Student Manual’s code of conduct since the school’s inception, this expanded program quantifies these terms, allowing students to measure their progress as well as giving them a platform from which excellence can be gauged. These initiatives address the need for students and graduates alike to exhibit a desired level of professionalism thereby ensuring each student a respectful, optimized learning environment, while allowing Full Sail graduates to be viewed as more competitive and better qualified for entering the industry. The GPS contains five main components that will be evaluated throughout the education term as a student. These components are: • • • • •
Timeliness Evidencing Respect Preparation Alertness/Attentiveness Compliance with Full Sail’s policies as well as local and federal laws
Each student’s professional skills will be assessed during their tenure with Full Sail in three areas: Learning Environment, Education, and Community. • Learning Environment and Education: The ability to follow the code of conduct set forth in the Full Sail Student Manual (factors including: timeliness, evidencing respect, preparation, alertness/ attentiveness and compliance with Full Sail’s policies as well as local and federal laws) will ensure that each student maintains a GPS score of 100 percent. Failure to follow any and/or all parts of the Full Sail code of conduct will result in points being deducted from the GPS score. • Community: This element represents the ability to add to the GPS score by contributing and participating in events both within Full Sail and throughout the larger community. Events may include: volunteer work, attending designated tutorials or workshops, starting or participating in a community-minded group, or organizing a benevolent fund-raising event.
• The Global Professionalism Standards program was created with the help of industry professionals and students to help the current student become familiar with the professional attributes of employment and to enhance the ability to successfully navigate within a professional environment.
Academic Grading Scale Grades are given for both academics and attendance. Students are required to obtain a passing grade in each course and 90 percent attendance. A passing grade in an associate- or bachelor-level program is a D or a numerical grade of 70. A passing grade in a master-level program is a C or a numerical grade of 73. The grading scale is as follows: ASSOCIATE’S & BACHELOR’S DEGREES GRADE A+ A B+ B C+ C D F
NUMERICAL GRADE
GRADE POINTS
95–100 % 90-94 % 85-89 % 80-84 % 76-79 % 73–75 % 70-72 % below 70 %
4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0
MASTER’S DEGREES GRADE A+ A B+ B C D F
NUMERICAL GRADE
GRADE POINTS
95–100 % 90–94 % 85–89 % 80–84 % 73–79 % 70–72 % 0–69 %
4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.0 0.0
Unless otherwise stated in each course syllabus, grades are rounded to the nearest percentage point. GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
297
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures Florida’s Statewide Course Numbering System Courses in this catalog are identified by prefixes and numbers that were assigned by Florida’s Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). This numbering system is used by all public postsecondary institutions in Florida and 25 participating nonpublic institutions. The major purpose of this system is to facilitate the transfer of courses between participating institutions. Students and administrators can use the online SCNS to obtain course descriptions and specific information about course transfer between participating Florida institutions. This information is at the SCNS website at http://scns.fldoe.org. Each participating institution controls the title, credit, and content of its own courses and recommends the first digit of the course number to indicate the level at which students normally take the course. Course prefixes and the last three digits of the course numbers are assigned by members of faculty discipline committees appointed for that purpose by the Florida Department of Education in Tallahassee. Individuals nominated to serve on these committees are selected to maintain a representative balance as to type of institution and discipline field or specialization. The course prefix and each digit in the course number have a meaning in the SCNS. The listing of prefixes and associated courses is referred to as the “SCNS taxonomy.” Descriptions of the content of courses are referred to as “statewide course profiles.”
EXAMPLE OF COURSE IDENTIFIER PREFIX
LEVEL CODE (FIRST DIGIT)
CENTURY DIGIT (SECOND DIGIT)
DECADE DIGIT (THIRD DIGIT)
UNIT DIGIT (FOURTH DIGIT)
ENC
1
1
0
1
English Composition
Lower (Freshman) Level At This Institution
Freshman Composition
Freshman Composition Skills
Freshman Composition Skills I
In the sciences and certain other areas, a “C” or “L” after the course number is known as a lab indicator. The “C” represents a combined lecture and laboratory course that meets in the same place at the same time. The “L” represents a laboratory course or the laboratory part of a course that has the same prefix and course number but meets at a different time or place. Transfer of any successfully completed course from one participating institution to another is guaranteed in cases where the course to be transferred is equivalent to one offered by the receiving institution. Equivalencies are established by the same prefix and last three digits and comparable faculty credentials at both institutions. For example, ENC 1101 is offered at a community college. The same course is offered at a state university as ENC 2101. A student who has successfully completed ENC 1101 at the community college is guaranteed to receive transfer credit for ENC 2101 at the state university if the student transfers. The student cannot be required to take ENC 2101 again since ENC 1101 is equivalent to ENC 2101. Transfer credit must be awarded for successfully completed equivalent courses and used by the receiving institution to determine satisfaction of requirements by transfer students on the same basis as credit awarded to the native students. It is the prerogative of the receiving institution, however, to offer transfer credit for courses successfully completed that have not been designated as equivalent. NOTE: Credit generated at institutions on the quarter-term system may not transfer the equivalent number of credits to institutions on the semester-term system. For example, 4.0 quarter hours often transfers as 2.67 semester hours.
THE COURSE PREFIX LAB CODE
No laboratory component in this course
GENERAL RULE FOR COURSE EQUIVALENCIES Equivalent courses at different institutions are identified by the same prefixes and same last three digits of the course number and are guaranteed to be transferable between participating institutions that offer the course, with a few exceptions, as listed below in Exception to the General Rule for Equivalency. For example, a freshman composition skills course is offered by 56 different postsecondary institutions. Each institution uses “ENC_101” to identify its freshman composition skills course. The level code is the first digit and represents the year in which students normally take the course at a specific institution. In the SCNS taxonomy, “ENC” means “English Composition,” the century digit “1” represents “Freshman Composition,” the decade digit “0” represents “Freshman Composition Skills,” and the unit digit “1” represents “Freshman Composition Skills I.”
The course prefix is a three-letter designator for a major division of an academic discipline, subject matter area, or subcategory of knowledge. The prefix is not intended to identify the department in which a course is offered. Rather, the content of a course determines the assigned prefix to identify the course.
AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT COURSES Section 1007.24(7), Florida Statutes, states: Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education and that participate in the statewide course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate statewide course numbering system faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions to be academically equivalent to courses offered at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, regardless of the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to be accepted by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty possess credentials that are comparable to those required by the accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit may be limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this subsection shall satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native students.
EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE FOR EQUIVALENCY Since the initial implementation of the SCNS, specific disciplines or types of courses have been excepted from the guarantee of transfer for equivalent courses. These include courses that must be evaluated individually or courses in which the student must be evaluated for mastery of skill and technique. The following courses are exceptions to the general rule for course equivalencies and may not transfer. Transferability is at the discretion of the receiving institution. A. Courses not offered by the receiving institution. B. For courses at non-regionally accredited institutions, courses offered prior to the established transfer date of the course in question. C. Courses in the _900-999 series are not automatically transferable, and must be evaluated individually. These include such courses as Special Topics, Internships, Apprenticeships, Practica, Study Abroad, Theses, and Dissertations. D. College preparatory and vocational preparatory courses. E. Graduate courses. F. Internships, apprenticeships, practica, clinical experiences, and study abroad courses with numbers other than those ranging from 900-999. G. Applied courses in the performing arts (Art, Dance, Interior Design, Music, and Theatre) and skills courses in Criminal Justice (academy certificate courses) are not guaranteed as transferable. These courses need evidence of achievement (e.g., portfolio, audition, interview, etc.).
COURSES AT NON-REGIONALLY ACCREDITED INSTITUTIONS The SCNS makes available on its home page (http://scns.fldoe.org) a report entitled “Courses at Nonregionally Accredited Institutions” that contains a comprehensive listing of all nonpublic institution courses in the SCNS inventory, as well as each course’s transfer level and transfer effective date. This report is updated monthly. Questions about the SCNS and appeals regarding course credit transfer decisions should be directed to Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs or to the Florida Department of Education, Office of Articulation, 1401 Turlington Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0400. Special reports and technical information may be requested by calling the SCNS office at (850) 245-0427 or at http://scns.fldoe.org.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
298
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from one of Full Sail’s undergraduate degree programs, a student must: 1.
Achieve a minimum GPA of 1.0 in each course,
2.
Complete all applicable courses within the degree,
3.
Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program,
4.
Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 2.0, and
Students are required to fulfill all financial obligations before a diploma and final transcripts are issued.
It is recommended that financial aid recipients considering an Interruption of Training consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect it will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on IOT, students will not receive financial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense stipends. Current financial aid funding may change, and future financial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional financial aid application forms based on the timing of their IOT within the financial aid period.
1.
Achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 and a minimum attendance rate of 90 percent in each course,
Only students who maintain satisfactory progress with a GPA of 1.0 or higher will be granted an IOT. Students not communicating and/or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an official IOT will be dismissed.
2.
Complete all applicable courses within the degree,
RETURN FROM INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING
3.
Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program,
4.
Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, and
In order to graduate from one of Full Sail’s graduate degree programs, a student must:
Interruption of Training / Leave of Absence
Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their IOT to confirm their return. A Return from IOT form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from IOT should confirm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor.
INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Standard term “semester” students are not eligible to apply for a Leave of Absence. They are eligible to apply for an Interruption of Training.
Students under “Enrollment Periods” as indicated on the Enrollment Agreement are not eligible for an Interruption of Training. They are eligible for a Leave of Absence.
(FOR STUDENTS UNDER “SEMESTERS” AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT)
(FOR STUDENTS UNDER “ENROLLMENT PERIODS” AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT)
In extenuating circumstances, students may apply for an Interruption of Training (IOT) for 90 days per Academic Year (2 Semesters). Students are required to complete the request form with a Student Advisor, which must include the following information: specific reason for the IOT, date IOT starts (must be equal to first scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days in an Academic Year).
In extenuating circumstances, students may be permitted to interrupt their training with a Leave of Absence (LOA) of up to 90 days. Students are required to submit a written request for such leave to the Student Advisor. Request forms are available from the Student Advisor and must include the following information: specific reason for the LOA, date LOA starts (must be equal to first scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days). Only one such Leave
Students are required to fulfill all financial obligations before a diploma and final transcripts are issued.
of Absence may be granted during a twelve month period. LOAs must be for a minimum of 30 days unless mitigating circumstances warrant 2 weeks. It is recommended that financial aid recipients considering a Leave of Absence consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect such leave will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on LOA, students will not receive financial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense sti pends. Current financial aid funding may change, and future financial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional financial aid application forms based on the timing of their LOA within the financial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress will be granted a Leave of Absence. Students not communicat ing and/ or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an official LOA will be dismissed. RETURN FROM LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their LOA to confirm their return. A Return from LOA form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from LOA should confirm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor.
Living Expenses Disbursement of living expense funds due to the student may be withheld or delayed pending receipt of payment for any outstanding account balances owed by the student. Students not actively attending classes may not receive living expense disbursements.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
299
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures Make-up Work Due to the nature of on-line courses and the accelerated pace, make-up work is not offered. In extenuating circumstances, the Course Director may choose to allow a short extension for the submission of an assignment, but this must be arranged in advance with the Course Director. Authorization for an extension is solely at the discretion of the Course Director.
Maximum Time Frame for Program Completion The credit hours attempted for any Degree Program cannot exceed 1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. This maximum time frame requirement is a standard mandated by the accrediting body, and students who exceed the time frame are dismissed from the Degree Program.
Probationary Status Students who do not meet Full Sail grading, attendance, financial, or conduct standards may be placed on probation. During this time, students are advised as to the level of improvement or the action necessary to rectify the probationary status. Students are removed from probation when satisfactory progress standards have been met. Students who do not meet satisfactory progress requirements at the end of their probationary period are subject to termination.
Progress Records and Reports Progress records are permanently maintained by the school. Grades and attendance for each course are posted on the student’s personal page on the Student Intranet site. Unofficial transcripts of student progress are available by completing a Transcript Request Form. Parents seeking access to this progress must have students sign an authorization to release records and, that being done, may call the college for a verbal check on academic progress. Students may give their parents the student’s username and password to the Student Intranet site, thereby allowing their parents access to their progress as well as Campus News.
Transcript requests must be in writing from the student. To request a transcript, the student may either complete a Transcript Request Form in the Education Reception Area, on the Student Intranet site, or by sending a letter that includes the student’s full name, date of birth, social security number, program of study, and the student’s signature. Requests for transcripts will be processed within 14 days of receipt. Transcripts will be available for pick-up at the Education Reception desk unless instructed otherwise by the student. There is a $5.00 charge for each official transcript.
Re-Entry Students wishing to re-enter school must contact their Student Advisor. Re-entry will depend on the academic progress made by the student in their previous enrollment at the university. A student who was dismissed or administratively withdrawn by the university may not be eligible for re-entry, depending on the severity of the situation surrounding the withdrawal. To re-enter, a Change of Enrollment (COE) will be initiated by the Student Advisor and/or COE Assessment Team Member and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Re-entry requests must be initiated by the student. Family members may not request a Change of Enrollment (COE) on the student’s behalf. Any balance of tuition must be paid prior to re-entry. If withdrawn for more than one year, reentering students will be charged the currently applicable tuition price and will be responsible for any increased amounts. Students may receive credit only for the common classes that were passed prior to their withdrawal. Typically, the re-entry process may require students to make appointments with several different departments; therefore, no less than a 30-day notice is required for a standard re-entry. If a student withdraws with plans to immediately re-enter (for example, due to an IOT for more than 90 days), 60 days notice prior to the intended start/enrollment date is required.
Institutional Refund Policy REFUNDS Full Sail University’s Institutional Refund Policy has been established in accordance with current state and federal regulations and applicable accrediting standards. A refund to the student or fund source may result from the application of Full Sail University’s Institutional Refund Policy. REFUNDS DUE TO CANCELLATIONS Students who are rejected by the college, cancel application within five (5) business days of Full Sail University’s receipt of the application fee, or cancel enrollment within five (5) business days of Full Sail University’s receipt of a signed enrollment agreement are entitled to a 100% refund of tuition (0% tuition charged) and a refund of the $75 application fee. Students who have not visited Full Sail University prior to enrollment will have the opportunity to cancel all courses without penalty (0% of tuition charged, excluding the application fee) within three (3) business days following either the regularly scheduled orientation or following a tour of the school. Under any other circumstances, the $75 application fee is retained by Full Sail University. REFUNDS DUE TO WITHDRAWAL Full Sail University has an established add/drop period that is the first week of each semester. All tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students who drop within the add/drop period. After the add/drop period, the tuition and fees for the semester will be charged as follows: PERCENTAGE OF TUITION CHARGED
DROP DATE
0% of tuition charged .......................................................Prior to semester start date 0% of tuition charged .......................................................... During Add / Drop Period (first week of semester) 25% of tuition charged ........................................... During second week of semester 75% of tuition charged ................................................During third week of semester 100% of tuition charged .................................................After third week of semester
All institutional fees will be refunded to students when unopened materials and equipment are returned to Full Sail University. The date from which the refund is calculated is the GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
300
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures last date that the student attended a class. Refunds will be made within thirty (30) days of the date that Full Sail University determines that the student has withdrawn. The original source from which monies are received dictates the entity to which monies are to be refunded. Refunds due to the student that are less than one dollar are not issued unless the student submits a written request. In the event of a student’s prolonged illness, accident, death in the family, or other circumstances that make completion of the semester impossible or impractical, the school will attempt to make a fair and reasonable settlement. Full Sail University reserves the right to modify these policies in order to remain in compliance with any changes in the applicable laws and regulations.
Repayment of Government Program Funds If a student is terminated, withdraws, or otherwise fails to complete an enrollment period and received financial aid while enrolled, the Federal Government dictates how refunds (if applicable) are repaid. Students on Trial Periods: Once a student has successfully completed the Trial Period and becomes a regular student, otherwise eligible trial period students become eligible for Title IV, HEA program funds back to the beginning of the payment or loan period, as applicable, including the trial period, and the Title IV Refund Policy and Institutional Withdrawal Policy applies. The return of financial aid is dictated by The Return of Title IV Funds calculation policy. If a refund results from this calculation, federal policy requires that these unearned funds be returned to the applicable Title IV financial aid fund source. Funds are refunded to the Title IV Programs in the following federally mandated order: 1.
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans
2.
Subsidized Federal Stafford loans
3.
Federal PLUS loans
4.
Federal Pell grants
5.
Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG)
6.
National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART)
7.
Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
8.
Other grant or loan assistance authorized by Title IV of the HEA, as amended
When a student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, Full Sail University returns these funds based semesters. If a student withdraws on or before completing sixty (60) percent of the semester, a portion of the total Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds calculation may result in the student owing a balance to the Federal Government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal.
Living Expense Repayment If a student is provided with living expense funds originating from a student financial assistance program and the student fails to complete the semester for any reason, the student is required to return the unearned funds. Full Sail will notify the student of the amount owed. If the student fails to satisfy the repayment, he or she will be ineligible for any further federal student financial aid assistance.
Repeat of a Course Students may repeat a course one time without additional tuition charges, however, if a student withdraws prior to graduation, all weeks of attendance (even repeats for academic failure) will be counted toward the weeks of attendance for percentage of tuition owed. There are some courses in degree programs that a student must complete within two attempts, or that student will be dismissed from the program. This information is provided to the students in the syllabus received on the first day of those classes.
Satisfactory Progress Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each course and at 24 credit hours/32 weeks (which represents the end of the first academic year). During their first course, students in degrees with Trial Periods who do not successfully and comprehensively complete 80% of the assignments within the first two weeks may risk being administratively withdrawn for lack of attendance. Students are graded by periodic examinations, both written and practical, using a standard system of percentages to gauge progress. To successfully complete each course, in an undergraduate program, a student must attain a grade of D or better. To successfully complete each course in a graduate program, a student must attain a grade of C or better. To maintain satisfactory progress in an undergraduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.0 at the end of the first 25 percent of their program, a 1.5 cumulative grade point average by the midpoint of their program and a 2.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. To maintain satisfactory progress in a graduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of the first 25 percent of their program, a 2.5 cumulative grade point average by the mid-point of their program and a 3.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. Students who fail to meet these standards are placed on probation. This probation is usually for a 90-day period. Those who fail to achieve satisfactory progress after the probationary period may be terminated. This is left to the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. Mitigating circumstances are taken into consideration. Students are required to follow a predetermined program of study; the school does not offer noncredit remedial courses or a grade of incomplete for a course in an undergraduate degree program.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
301
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures Student Complaint/Grievance Procedure Students are encouraged to discuss academic progress, career goals, suggestions, and/or concerns with Full Sail staff members and/or administrators. Appointments with a Student Advisor, the Director of Student Affairs, and/or any other staff member may be scheduled. In the event of a concern, grievance or complaint that is not satisfactorily addressed in a meeting with the appropriate staff/faculty member, a student may acquire a complaint form from a Student Advisor and submit in writing the concern to the Director of Student Affairs. The Director of Student Affairs will review each complaint with all appropriate staff members and provide a written response to the student within 15 days of receiving the grievance. Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that Full Sail has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints considered by the Commission must be in written form with permission by the complainant(s) for the Commission to forward a copy of the complaint to the school for a response. The complainant(s) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the final resolution by the Commission. Please direct all inquiries to: » Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703) 247-4212 www.accsc.org
A copy of the Commission’s Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs.
KANSAS ONLINE STUDENTS
» Kansas Board of Regents 1000 Southwest Jackson Street, Suite 520 Topeka, KS 66612-1368 http://www.kansasregents.org/resources/PDF/524ComplaintProcedureandForm.pdf
MARYLAND ONLINE STUDENTS
» Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp
Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. If you believe that your concern has not been resolved appropriately by Full Sail University, you may appeal to the Maryland Higher Education Commission (MHEC). Please submit written complaints to: » Associate Director for Private Career Schools Planning and Academic Affairs Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp » Maryland Attorney General Consumer Protection Division 200 Street Paul Place Baltimore, MD 21202
[email protected] https://web.oag.state.md.us/editor/customer/ onlineformhelpers/formviewer.aspx?filename= MUGeneral.htm Consumer Protection Hotline: (410) 528-8662
MINNESOTA ONLINE STUDENTS
» Minnesota Office of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350 St. Paul, MN 55108-5227 http://www.ohe.state.mn.us/oheContactForm.cfm (email)
WISCONSIN ONLINE STUDENTS
» Wisconsin Educational Approval Board 30 W. Mifflin Street, 9th Floor PO Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708
[email protected] http://eab.state.wi.us/resources/complaint.asp
Students Receiving Veterans Benefits CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students receiving veterans benefits with previous postsecondary training or work experience must have this training or work experience evaluated and receive credit when appropriate. An official transcript or documentation of work experience must be sent to the Director of Student Affairs. These students must also successfully complete the final exam for each course to be credited. The Director of Student Affairs evaluates all relevant information, and credit for previous training is granted where appropriate. If credit is given, the training time within the program may be shortened and the tuition reduced accordingly. SATISFACTORY PROGRESS FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS A standard system of percentages is used for measuring progress in each course. Students are given periodic examinations, both written and practical. Those receiving veterans benefits are evaluated at the end of each class. In order to maintain satisfactory progress, students must have a 1.0 term GPA at the end of each evaluation period and have a cumulative grade point average at the 25%, mid-point and end of the program that meets the same graduation requirements for all degree program students. Those who do not achieve satisfactory progress at the end of each evaluation are placed on probation for eight weeks. Students who do not achieve satisfactory progress on or before the end of the eight week probation period have their veterans benefits terminated and are subject to termination from Full Sail. In this event, students are responsible for payment of any remaining tuition balance. REPORTING FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS Students are responsible for reporting changes in their enrollment status to Full Sail’s certifying official and to the VA. The law requires that education benefits to veterans be discontinued when students cease to maintain satisfactory attendance, progress, or conduct during training. GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
302
Policies & Procedure
Policies & Procedures, cont.
Clock Hour-to-Credit Hour Conversion
RE-ENTRY FOR STUDENTS RECEIVING VETERANS BENEFITS
One “clock hour” is defined as a period of no less than 50 minutes during which a student participates in a learning activity. The conversion of clock hours to credit hours is calculated on a semester credit hour basis. One semester credit hour is equal to 45 units of academic activities:
Students receiving veterans benefits who are dismissed for unsatisfactory progress, poor attendance, misconduct or any other reason must seek re-entry through the Student Advisors in the Education Department. These students may be readmitted into the program at the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. They re-enter under a probationary status and those receiving veterans benefits are evaluated one month after re-entry. A term grade point average of at least 1.0, satisfactory attendance and good conduct are required to continue training and, at that point, students are again eligible to apply for veterans benefits. Students must maintain satisfactory progress and attendance for the remainder of the program. If satisfactory progress is not maintained, veterans benefits are denied and the students are responsible for the balance of the tuition owed.
Termination Policy and Borrower’s Agreement A student may terminate their enrollment agreement by giving written notice to Full Sail University, subject to the terms as outlined in the Institutional Refund Policy section of this catalog. Full Sail University reserves the right to terminate the enrollment agreement in the event of (i) disruptive behavior by a student, (ii) destruction of property by a student, (iii) nonpayment of tuition, (iv) unsatisfactory progress, (v) poor attendance and/or participation, or (vi) failure to satisfactorily complete all required courses prior to attempting 150% of the credit hours required to complete the semester. A student’s dissatisfaction with or non-receipt of educational services offered by Full Sail University does not excuse the student from repayment of any private loan, grant, federal loan, or other loan whatsoever made to the student for enrollment and completion of training at Full Sail University.
Full Sail offers the following campus and online degrees and certificates: Master of Arts Degrees • New Media Journalism • Public Relations
Master of Fine Arts Degrees One clock hour of Lecture or Lab
2.0 units
One hour of out-of-class work and/or preparation for a Lecture or Lab
0.5 units
A credit hour/unit chart is incorporated into each course syllabus and includes a breakdown of the total number of units for the academic activities in each respective course.
Licenses & Accreditation Full Sail University is licensed by the Commission for Independent Education, Florida Department of Education. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Commission at 325 West Gaines Street, Suite 1414, Tallahassee, FL 32399-0400, toll-free telephone number (888) 224-6684. Full Sail University is licensed to offer Associate of Science, Bachelor of Science, Master of Science, Master of Fine Arts, and graduate certificates by the Commission for Independent Education. Full Sail is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), [School # 055214]. The ACCSC is listed by the U.S. Department of Education as a nationally recognized accrediting agency under the provisions of Title 34, Chapter VI, Part 602 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations.
• Creative Writing • Film Production • Media Design
Master of Science Degrees • • • • • • • •
Business Intelligence Entertainment Business Entertainment Business with a Sports Management Elective Track Game Design Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree • Creative Writing for Entertainment
Bachelor of Science Degrees • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Computer Animation Digital Arts & Design Digital Cinematography Entertainment Business Film Game Art Game Design Game Development Graphic Design Internet Marketing Media Communications Mobile Development Music Business Music Production Recording Arts Show Production Software Development Sports Marketing & Media Web Design & Development
Associate of Science Degrees • Graphic Design • Recording Engineering
Graduate Certificates • Education Media Design & Technology • Internet Marketing
Certificate • English as a Second Language
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Policies & Procedures
303
Policies & Procedure
Licenses & Accreditation, cont. Full Sail qualifies as an eligible institution under Title IV of the United States Department of Education, Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended. Financial aid is available for students who qualify. Full Sail is approved for veterans training by the Bureau of State Approving for Veterans Training, Florida Department of Veterans Affairs.
After the seven (7) day cancellation period, but before instruction has begun, the student is eligible for a full refund, minus the application fee. After the seven (7) day cancellation period, and after instruction has begun, the refund calculation is as follows: PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED
PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED
Full Sail is authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant, alien students.
90%
Less than 10%
80%
10% up to but not including 20%
The following states require additional registration or approvals for online programs:
60%
20% up to but not including 30%
40%
30% up to but not including 40%
20%
40% up to but not including 60%
0%
More than 60%
Kansas Full Sail University holds a Certificate of Approval from the Kansas Board of Regents. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Kansas Board of Regents at 1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 520, Topeka, KS 66612-1368, telephone (785) 296-3421, or website www.kansasregents.org. Maryland Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. Additional information regarding this institution may be obtained by contacting the Maryland Higher Education Commission at 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor, Baltimore, MD 21201, telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203. Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Maryland Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Maryland residents who are enrolled in online programs. Maryland online students have seven (7) calendar days after signing their enrollment agreement to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee.
enrollment to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the three business day cancellation period, all tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students that drop within the first five (5) days of the semester. Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a student’s official withdrawal. If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Refunds will be calculated for the semester using the following chart: SEMESTER BY WEEK
PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED
PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED
Week 1
100%
6.25%
Week 2
80%
12.50%
Week 3
80%
18.75%
Week 4
70%
25%
Minnesota Full Sail University is registered as a Private Institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions.
Week 5
60%
31.25%
Week 6
60%
37.5%
Week 7
50%
43.75%
Week 8
50%
50%
Week 9
40%
56.25%
Wisconsin Full Sail University is approved by the Wisconsin Educational Approval Board. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Educational Approval Board at 30 West Mifflin Street, 9th Floor, P.O. Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708-8696, telephone (608) 266-1996.
Week 10
0%
62.5%
Week 11
0%
68.75%
Week 12
0%
75%
Week 13
0%
81.25%
Week 14
0%
87.5%
Week 15
0%
93.75%
Week 16
0%
100%
Refunds will be paid within thirty (30) days of a student’s official withdrawal. If the university cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the enrollment agreement, the university will refund all monies paid for that course or program.
Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Wisconsin Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Wisconsin residents who are enrolled in online programs. Wisconsin Online students have three (3) business days from the time of
Student’s Right to Cancel Form: http://www.fullsail.edu/downloads/wisconsinrtc.pdf GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
|
Administration
304
A copy of Full Sail’s Annual Security Report is available to prospective students upon request. This report includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that occurred on-campus; in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by Full Sail; and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus security and other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by contacting your Admissions Representative.
Administratio
Policies & Procedure
Notice of Availability of Annual Security Report
Memberships/Affiliations
Governing Body
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Association for Computing Machinery Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities (APSCU) ACM SIGGRAPH Advanced Educational Research Association American Institute of Graphic Arts Alias Global User Association American Academy of Advertising American Bar Association American Counseling Association American Library Association American Management Association American Marketing Association American Society for Group Workers Apple Distinquished Educators Apple University Executive Forum Attention Deficit Disorder Association Audio Engineering Society Autodesk User Group Autodesk Education Better Business Bureau Central Florida Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages Commission for Independent Education Educational Theater Association Educause Entertainment Arts and Sports Law – Florida Bar Enzian Theater Advisory Board Federal Bar Association Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools and Colleges Florida Bar Association Florida Film Group Florida Institute for Film Education Florida Motion Picture and Television Association Game Developers Conference Hewlett-Packard Artist and Animators of the Future Advisory Council iLL Clan Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers Instructional Technology Council Independent Game Developers Association International Advertising Association Maitland Art Center Modern Language Association Music and Entertainment Industry Educators Association National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences National Association of Broadcasters National Association of Latino Independent Producers National Association of Women Business Owners National Association of Recording Merchandisers National Council for Teachers of English National Systems Contractors Association New Media Consortium North American Council of Online Learning Orlando Advertising Federation Orlando Chamber of Commerce Orlando Museum of Art Orlando Science Center Otronicon Professional Educators Network of Florida Professional Photoshop User Group Project Management Institute Project Zero with Harvard University State Educational Technology Directors Association Search Engine Marketing Professional Organization Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers Society of Professional Audio Recording Studios Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages The National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences Winter Park Chamber of Commerce Winter Park Hospital Women in Film and Television
Full Sail University is a fictitious name registered by Full Sail, Inc., organized and chartered under the laws of the State of Florida. The address of the governing body is the same as that of the school.
Co-Chairmen/CEOs Ed Haddock Bill Heavener Jon Phelps
Full Sail University Administration Administration Garry Jones Ken Goldstone Isis Jones Debbie Magruder Geoff Rogers Christopher Marconi Stella Posada Mary Beth Plank-Mezo Matthew Pengra Tammy Elliot Andrew Solberg Mark Gilbert Sharon Griffith Craig Daily Luis Garcia
President Chief Operating Officer Chief Information Officer/ Executive Director Of Education Chief Financial Officer Executive Vice President Executive Vice President Senior Vice President, Image, Design & Development Vice President, Staff & Cultural Development Vice President, Admissions Vice President, Career Development Vice President, Marketing Vice President, Information & Media Technology Vice President, Financial Aid Vice President & Creative Director Vice President, Full Sail Online
Education Directors Dave Franko Nell Thompson Erik Noteboom Jennifer Hill Pat Bishop Debbie Mills Jon Craig
Vice President, Academic Affairs Vice President, Academic Innovation Vice President, Education Operations Director of Education Compliance Director of Graduate Studies Director of Student Affairs Director of Academic Success GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON Administration
|
305
Evolving Education Online
SM
Full Sail University 3300 University Boulevard Winter Park, FL 32792-7429 Toll Free: 800.226.7625 Local/International: 407.679.6333 fullsail.edu
Accredited University, ACCSC. Financial Aid available for those who qualify. Career development assistance.
